Table of Contents
UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

____________________________
FORM 10-K
____________________________

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020

2021

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________

Commission File Number:file number 001-39790

GORES HOLDINGS VI,

____________________________
MATTERPORT, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)

charter)
____________________________

Delaware
85-1695048
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

85-1695048

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

6260 Lookout Road
Boulder, CO
352 East Java Drive,

Sunnyvale, California 94089
(Address of principal executive offices)Principal Executive Offices, including zip code)

80301
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s

(650) 641-2241
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (310) 209-3010

code)

N/A
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbols

Symbol

Name of each exchange
on which registered

Class A Common Stock,

par value of $0.0001 per share

GHVI

MTTR

The Nasdaq CapitalStock Market

Warrants,

each exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock for $11.50 per share

GHVIW

MTTRW

The Nasdaq CapitalStock Market

Units

GHVIU

Nasdaq Capital Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
YesoNox

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
YesoNox

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),; and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes Yesx No Noo


Table of Contents
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes Yesx No Noo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”,filer,” “accelerated filer”,filer,” “smaller reporting company”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

(Check one):

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.
7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes Yes No No

The registrant was not a public company as of June 30, 2020 and therefore it cannot calculate the aggregate market value of its voting and non-voting common equitystock held by non-affiliates as of such date.

AsGores Holdings VI, Inc. (“GHVI”), our predecessor, on June 30, 2021, based on the closing price of March 12, 2021, there were 34,500,000$16.21 for shares of the Company’sGHVI Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,was approximately $699.1 million. Shares of common stock beneficially owned by each executive officer, director, and 8,625,000holder of more than 10% of GHVI’s common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates of GHVI.

The number of shares registrant’s common stock outstanding as of the Company’s Class F Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, issued and outstanding.


GORES HOLDINGS VI, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

March 11, 2022 was 280,814,312.



Table of Contents
Table of Contents

Page

PART I

Page

Item 1.

Business

2

Item 1A.

21

50

50

50

Item 5.

51

53

55

60

61

78

78

78

79

90

91

92

94

PART IV

Item 15.

94

i

3

CERTAIN TERMS

References to the “Company,” “our,” “us” or “we” refer to Gores Holdings VI, Inc., a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on June 29, 2020. References to our “Sponsor” refer to Gores Sponsor VI, LLC, an affiliate

Table of Mr. Alec E. Gores, our Chairman. References to “Gores” or “The Gores Group” refer to The Gores Group LLC, an affiliate of our Sponsor. References to our “Public Offering” refer to the initial public offering of Gores Holdings VI, Inc., which closed on December 15, 2020 (the “IPO Closing Date”).

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements that are forward-looking and as such are not historical facts. This includes, without limitation, statements under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations. These statements constitute projections, forecasts and forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are not guarantees of performance. They involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these statements. Such statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,”  “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. When we discuss our strategies or plans, we are making projections, forecasts or forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results and stockholders’ value will be affected by a variety of risks and factors, including, without limitation, international, national and local economic conditions, merger, acquisition and business combination risks, financing risks, geo-political risks, acts of terror or war, and those risk factors described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Many of the risks and factors that will determine these results and stockholder value are beyond our ability to control or predict.

All such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are qualified in their entirety by this Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.


PART I

Item 1.       Business

Introduction

We are a blank check company incorporated on June 29, 2020, as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”). We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue to date. Based on our business activities, we are a “shell company” as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) because we have no operations and nominal assets consisting solely of cash and/or cash equivalents.

Contents

BASIS OF PRESENTATION
On July 24, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 17,250,000 shares of Class F Common Stock for $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share. On October 1, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 8,625,000 Founder Shares to us for no consideration, on October 23, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class F Common Stock of 6,468,750 shares thereof and on November 13, 2020 the Sponsor surrendered 6,468,750 Founder Shares to us for no consideration, resulting in an aggregate of 8,625,000 outstanding shares of Class F Common Stock. As a result of such surrender, the per-share purchase price increased to approximately $0.003 per share. The number of Founder Shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such Founder Shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of the Public Offering. On September 11, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to each of the independent directors at their original purchase price.

On December 15, 2020 (“IPO Closing Date”),22, 2021, we consummated our Public Offering of 34,500,000 unitsthe merger (the “Units”“Merger”) of the Company, including 4,500,000 Units issued pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock” and, together with the Class F Common Stock, the “Capital Stock”), and one-fifth of one warrant of the Company (“Warrant”), each whole Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share of Common Stock. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per share, generating gross proceeds to us of $345,000,000. Simultaneously with the IPO Closing Date, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 4,450,000 warrants to our Sponsor (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $2.00 per Private Placement Warrant, each exercisable to purchase one share of Common Stock at $11.50 per share, generating gross proceeds to us of $8,900,000. The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the Warrants sold as part of the Units in the Public Offering, except that the Sponsor has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Private Placement Warrants (except to certain permitted transferees) until 30 days after the completion of the Company’s initial business combination. The Private Placement Warrants may also be net cash settled and are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. The sale of the Private Placement Warrants was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

On the IPO Closing Date, a total of $345,000,000, comprised of $338,100,000 of the proceeds from the IPO, including approximately $12,075,000 of the underwriters’ deferred discount, and $6,900,000 of the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, were placed in a Trust Account maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee. Except with respect to up to $900,000 per year of interest earned on the funds in the Trust Account that may be released to the Company to fund its regulatory compliance requirements and other costs related thereto, plus additional amounts necessary to pay its franchise and income taxes, if any, the proceeds from the IPO will not be released from the Trust Account until the earliest of (i) the completion of the Company’s initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem 100% of its public shares if the Company does not complete its initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO or (B) with respect to any other provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (iii) the redemption of the Company’s public shares if it is unable to complete its business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, subject to applicable law.

On January 29, 2021, we announced that the holders of our Units may elect to separately trade the Class A common stock and warrants included in the Units commencing on February 1, 2021, on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbols “GHVI” and “GHVIW,” respectively. Those Units not separated will continue to trade on


the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “GHVIU” and each of the Class A common stock and warrants that are separated will trade on Nasdaq under the symbols “GHVI” and “GHVIW,” respectively.

On February 7, 2021, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, (the “Merger Agreement”),dated February 7, 2021, by and among Matterport, Inc. (formerly known as Gores Holdings VI, Inc.) (the “Company”), the Company,pre-Merger Matterport, Inc. (now known as Matterport Operating, LLC) (“Legacy Matterport”), Maker Merger Sub, Inc. (“First Merger Sub”), a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and Maker Merger Sub II, LLC (“Second Merger Sub”), and Matterport, Inc. (“Matterport”),a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, pursuant to which provides for, among other things: (a) the merger of First Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy Matterport, with Legacy Matterport continuing as the surviving corporation (the “First Merger”);, and (b) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, the merger ofLegacy Matterport merged with and into Second Merger Sub, with Second Merger Sub continuing as the surviving entity (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, the “Mergers”). The transactions set forth in the Merger Agreement, including the Mergers, will constituteas a “Business Combination” as contemplated by the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

The Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby were unanimously approved by the Board of Directorswholly owned subsidiary of the Company, on February 7, 2021 andunder the Board of Directors of Matterportnew name “Matterport Operating, LLC” (the “Matterport Board”“Mergers”) on February 7, 2021.

Business Strategy

If. Upon the Mergers do not become effective, our plan is to continue to acquire a target company or business. Our acquisition and value creation strategy is to identify, acquire and, after our initial business combination, to build a company in an industry or sector that complements the experience of our management team and can benefit from our operational expertise. Our acquisition selection process will leverage our team’s network of potential transaction sources, ranging from owners and directors of private and public companies, private equity funds, investment bankers, lenders, attorneys, accountants and other trusted advisors across various sectors.

In addition, we intend to utilize the networks and industry experience of Mr. Gores and The Gores Group in seeking an initial business combination. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships that we believe will serve as a useful source of acquisition opportunities. This network has been developed through our management team’s combined history of over 80 years of business experience, including in private equity and investment banking. We expect this network will provide our management team with a robust and consistent flow of acquisition opportunities. In addition, we anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Members of our management team will communicate with their networks of relationships to articulate the parameters for our search for a target company and a potential business combination and begin the process of pursuing and reviewing potentially interesting leads.

Acquisition Criteria

The pending Mergers with Matterport are not guaranteed to occur, and in such event, we cannot assure you that we will be able to locate an appropriate target business or that we will be able to engage in a business combination with target businesses on favorable terms. Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We will use one or more of these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We intend to seek to acquire companies that we believe:

have a defensible core business, sustainable revenues and established customer relationships;

are undergoing change in capital structure, strategy, operations or growth;

can benefit from our operational and strategic approach;

offer a unique value proposition with transformational potential that can be substantiated during our detailed due diligence process; and


have reached a transition point in their lifecycle presenting an opportunity for transformation.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant.

Initial Business Combination

Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80%closing of the balanceMerger, we changed our name from Gores Holdings VI, Inc. to Matterport, Inc.

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “Matterport,” the Trust Account (excluding“Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our,” and similar terms refer to Matterport, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries following the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the timeconsummation of the agreementMerger and to enter into the initial business combination. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, or an independent accounting firm, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination, whether effectuated through the Mergers withLegacy Matterport as set forth above or another business combination if the Mergers do not occur so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or stockholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for allconsummation of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately priorMerger. References to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent“GHVI” refer to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking stockholder approval, as applicable.

Our Acquisition Process

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review that will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us. We will also utilize our operational and capital planning experience.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm, that our initial business combination is fair to our Company from a financial point of view.

Members of our management team and our independent directors directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or Private Placement Warrants, and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.


Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor these obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a waiver of the corporate opportunity doctrine, which will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless (i) such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our Company, (ii) such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue and (iii) the director or officer is permitted to refer the opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation. The purpose for the surrender of corporate opportunities is to allow officers, directors or other representatives with multiple business affiliations to continue to serve as an officer of our company or on our board of directors. Our officers and directors may from time to time be presented with opportunities that could benefit both another business affiliation and us. In the absence of the “corporate opportunity” waiver in our charter, certain candidates would not be able to serve as an officer or director. We believe we substantially benefit from having representatives who bring significant, relevant and valuable experience to our management, and, as a result, the inclusion of the “corporate opportunity” waiver in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides us with greater flexibility to attract and retain the officers and directors that we feel are the best candidates.

However, the personal and financial interest of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. The different timelines of competing business combinations could cause our directors and officers to prioritize a different business combination over finding a suitable acquisition target for our business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our stockholders’ best interest, which could negatively impact the timing for a business combination.

In addition, our Sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our initial business combination. As a result, our Sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. Although we have no formal policy in place for vetting potential conflicts of interest, our board of directors will review any potential conflicts of interest on a case-by-case basis. In particular, affiliates of our Sponsor are currently sponsoring seven other blank check companies, Gores Holdings V, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II and Gores Guggenheim. Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, and Gores Guggenheim may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is not focusing on any particular industry for business combinations. Gores Metropoulos II may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is focusing on a business combination in the consumer products and services industry, Gores Technology I and Gores Technology II may seek to complete a business combination in any location and are focusing on a business combination in the technology industry. Further, Mr. Gores, our Chairman, serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Metropoulos II, Mr. Stone, our Chief Executive Officer, serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII and Gores Guggenheim. Mr. McBride, our Chief Financial Officer, serves as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings V, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II, and Gores Guggenheim. Any such companies, including Gores Holdings V, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II, and Gores Guggenheim may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts with Gores Holdings V, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II, and Gores Guggenheim would materially affect our ability to identify and pursue initial business combination opportunities or complete our initial business combination because (a) Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Technology I and Gores Technology II each have a Chief Executive Officer that is different than Gores Holdings VI, (b) we expect that Mr. Gores will lead the search for a business combination target for each of Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VII and Gores Holdings VIII and given the industry focus of Gores Metropoulos II, Mr. Dean Metropoulos will lead the search for a business combination target for Gores Metropoulos II, whereas Mr. Ted Fike and Mr. Justin Wilson will lead the search for a business combination target for Gores Technology I and Gores Technology II and Gores will partner with Guggenheim in a search for a business combination target for Gores Guggenheim, (c) none of our directors that will be on our board are directors of either Gores Technology I or Gores


Technology II, two of the four directors on our board are not directors of Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VII or Gores Guggenheim and (d) our management team has significant experience in identifying and executing multiple acquisition opportunities simultaneously, and we are not limited by industry or geography in terms of the acquisition opportunities we can pursue.

Additionally, our Initial Stockholders have agreedInc. prior to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Further, our Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to consummate our initial business combinationthe Merger.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceedsmeaning of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our Initial Stockholders until 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination. With certain limited exceptions, the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock underlying such warrants, will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our Sponsor and officers and directors directly or indirectly own common stock and warrants, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination because of their financial interest in completing an initial business combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date.

Corporate Information

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a)27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of(the “Securities Act”), and Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B)21E of the Securities Exchange Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time), or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million1934, as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of any fiscal year for so long as either (1) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates does not equal or exceed $250.0 million as of the prior June 30th, or (2) our annual revenues did not equal or exceed $100.0 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates did not equal or exceed $700.0 million as of the prior June 30thamended (the “Exchange Act”). To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financialAll statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.


Financial Position

With $345,000,000 in gross proceeds from the Public Offering available for a Business Combination, assuming no redemptions and after payment of up to $12,075,000 of deferred underwriting fees, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt or leverage ratio. Because we are able to complete our business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third-party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

Effecting our Initial Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds held in the Trust Account from our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the Trust Account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our business combination or used for redemptions of purchases of our Class A common stock, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the Trust Account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, or to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We may seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, and we may effectuate our initial business combination using the proceeds of such offering rather than using the amounts held in the Trust Account. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would expect to complete such financing only simultaneously with the completion of our business combination. In the case of an initial business combination funded with assets other than the Trust Account assets, our tender offer documents or proxy materials disclosing the business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by law, we would seek stockholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our initial business combination. At this time, we are not a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third-party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities or otherwise.

Our Initial Stockholders hold 8,625,000 Founder Shares, which automatically convert into shares of Common Stock at the time of our Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of  Common Stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in our Public Offering and related to the closing of the Business Combination, the ratio at which the Founder Shares shall convert into shares of  Common Stock will be adjusted so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the total number of all shares of Capital Stock outstanding upon the completion of the Public Offering plus all shares of Common Stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the Business Combination, excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the Business Combination or pursuant to the Private Placement Warrants issued to our Sponsor. Holders of the Founder Shares and holders of our Common Stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, except as required by law.

In the case of a Business Combination funded with assets other than the Trust Account assets, our tender offer documents or proxy materials disclosing the Business Combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by law or applicable stock exchange rules, we would seek stockholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with a Business Combination. At this time, we are not a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third-party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities or otherwise in connection with a Business Combination.


Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. In addition, we expect to receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the business relationships of our officers and directors. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the Trust Account. In addition, we may pay our Sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with identifying, investigating and completing our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). We have agreed to pay an affiliate of our Sponsor a total of $20,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support and to reimburse our Sponsor for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination. Some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the post-transaction company following our initial business combination. The presence or absence of any such fees or arrangements will not be used as a criterion in our selection process of an acquisition candidate.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us. If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for one of these entities to which he has a fiduciary or contractual obligation, he or she will honor such obligation to present such opportunity to such entity rather than to us. Our directors and officers will only have an obligation to present an opportunity to us if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and only to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer the opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of our Initial Business Combination

Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of our assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a


member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In any case, we will only complete an initial business combination in which we own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquire a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we own or acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. There is no basis for investors in the Public Offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any target business with which we may ultimately complete our business combination.

To the extent we effect our business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information that will be made available to us.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination, and

cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’ management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.


We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC. However, we will seek stockholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons. Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of initial business combinations we may consider and whether stockholder approval is currently required under Delaware law for each type of transaction.

Type of Transaction

Whether Stockholder

Approval is Required

Purchase of assets

No

Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the company

No

Merger of target into a subsidiary of the company

No

Merger of the company with a target

Yes

Under Nasdaq’s listing rules, stockholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

we issue shares of Class A common stock that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding;

any of our directors, officers or substantial stockholders (as defined by Nasdaq rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of common stock could result in an increase in outstanding common shares or voting power of 5% or more; or

the issuance or potential issuance of common stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.

Permitted Purchases of Our Securities

In the event we seek stockholder approval of our business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination where otherwise permissible under applicable laws, rules and regulations. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares in such transactions. They will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares, is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.


The purpose of such purchases would be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our common stock may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the stockholders with whom our Sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the Trust Account or vote against the business combination. Our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Any purchases by our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act.

Redemption Rights For Public Stockholders Upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals, plus additional amounts released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, if any, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the Trust Account is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Our Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our business combination.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under the law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require stockholder approval. If we structure a business combination transaction with a target company in a manner that requires stockholder approval, we will not have discretion as to whether to seek a stockholder vote to approve the proposed business combination. We intend to conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless stockholder approval is required by law or stock exchange listing requirements or we choose to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons.


If a stockholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our business combination, we or our Sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares which are not purchased by our Sponsor, which number will be based on the requirement that we may not redeem public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval, we will complete our Business Combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of our Capital Stock voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of shares of outstanding Capital Stock of the Company representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our Initial Stockholders will count toward this quorum and have agreed to vote their Founder Shares and any public shares purchased during or after our Public Offering in favor of our Business Combination. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our Initial Stockholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our Business Combination. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. In addition, our Initial Stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and any owned public shares in connection with the completion of a Business Combination.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all


shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Limitation on Redemption Upon Completion of Our Business Combination if We Seek Stockholder Approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in the Public Offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in the Public Offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 20% of the shares sold in the Public Offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination.

Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

We may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements, which will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two days prior to the vote on the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for stockholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the stockholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the stockholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s stock in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption


rights, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. Therequirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the tender offer materials or the date of the stockholder meeting set forth in our proxy materials, as applicable. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our business combination.

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public stockholders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different target until 24 months after the IPO Closing Date.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if No Business Combination

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed that we will have only 24 months after the IPO Closing Date to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination within such 24-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our business combination within the 24-month time period.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date. However, if our Initial Stockholders acquire public shares after the Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 24-month time period.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect (i) the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date or (ii) any other provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay our franchise and income taxes divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules).


We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $1,055,000 of proceeds held outside the Trust Account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the Trust Account not required to pay franchise and income taxes on interest income earned on the Trust Account balance, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, other than the proceeds deposited in the Trust Account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the Trust Account, the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all third parties, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third-party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third-party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third-party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third-party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver.

In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, Gores has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third-party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third-party, then Gores will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We cannot assure you, however, that Gores would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our other officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals, plus additional amounts released to us to pay our franchise and income tax obligations, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in


exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations and we cannot assure you that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per public share.

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all third parties, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account. Our Sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will have access to up to approximately $1,055,000 from the proceeds of the Public Offering with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our Trust Account could be liable for claims made by creditors. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $945,000, we may fund such excess with funds from the funds not to be held in the Trust Account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the Trust Account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $945,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the Trust Account would increase by a corresponding amount.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the completion of our Public Offering may be considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution. If we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following our 24th month and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target


businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all third parties, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account. As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the Trust Account is remote. Further, our Sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the Trust Account are not reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest withdrawn to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals, plus additional amounts released to us to pay our franchise and income tax obligations and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third-party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date or if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the Trust Account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a stockholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains certain requirements and restrictions relating to our Public Offering that will apply to us until the consummation of our Business Combination. If we seek to amend any provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity, we will provide dissenting public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with any such vote. Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive any redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our Business Combination. Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that:

prior to the consummation of our Business Combination, we shall either (1) seek stockholder approval of our Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed Business Combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in our Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) or (2) provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to tender their shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in our Trust Account,


including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) in each case subject to the limitations described herein;

we will consummate our Business Combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination;

if our Business Combination is not consummated within 24 months from the completion of our Public Offering, then our existence will terminate and we will distribute all amounts in our Trust Account; and

prior to our Business Combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from our Trust Account or (ii) vote on any Business Combination.

These provisions cannot be amended without the approval of holders of 65% of Capital Stock. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our Business Combination, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we may consummate our Business Combination only if approved by a majority of the shares of Capital Stock voted by our stockholders voting at a duly held stockholders meeting.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than we do. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Conflicts of Interest

The Gores Group manages several investment vehicles. Funds managed by Gores or its affiliates may compete with us for acquisition opportunities in the same industries and sectors as we may target for our Business Combination. If these funds decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities. In addition, investment ideas generated within Gores, including by Mr. Gores and other persons who may make decisions for the Company, may be suitable for both us and for a current or future Gores fund and may be directed to such investment vehicle rather than to us. Neither Gores nor members of our management team who are also employed by certain affiliates of The Gores Group have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential Business Combination of which they become aware, unless presented to such member solely in his or her capacity as an officer of our Company. Gores and/or our management, in their capacities as officers or managing directors of Gores or in their other endeavors, may be required to present potential Business Combinations to the related entities described above, current or future Gores investment vehicles, or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our Business Combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our Company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.


Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third-party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under indemnity of the underwriter of our Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third-party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not independently verified whether or not Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our Company. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. We believe the likelihood of our Sponsor having to indemnify the Trust Account is limited because we will endeavor to have all vendors and prospective target businesses as well as other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Employees

We currently have three officers. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that any such person will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We have registered our units, Class A common stock and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”.). We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with GAAP. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

On February 7, 2021, the Company entered into a Merger Agreement, by and among the Company, First Merger Sub, Second Merger Sub, and Matterport, which provides for, among other things: (a) the First Merger; and (b) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, the Second Merger. The transactions set forth in the Merger Agreement, including the Mergers, will constitute a “Business Combination” as contemplated by the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

The Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby were unanimously approved by the Board of Directors of the Company on February 7, 2021 and the Matterport Board on February 7, 2021.


Matterport has defined the spatial data category for the built world with its market-leading platform that turns any physical space into an immersive 3D digital twin. Matterport has created the largest spatial data library in the world, with more than 10 billion square feet of space and growing. Millions of buildings in more than 150 countries have been digitized, from homes, office spaces, museums and schools to factories, hospitals, and retail stores. Matterport monetizes its data primarily under a recurring revenue software as a service model and grew its subscriber base by more than 500% in 2020.


ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other informationhistorical facts contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including statements regarding our future results of operations or financial condition; business strategy and plans; expectations regarding the impact of COVID-19; market opportunity and expansion and objectives of management for future operations, including our statements regarding the benefits and related notes. If anytiming of the following events occur,roll out of new markets, products, or technology, are forward-looking statements. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast”, “future”, “intend,” “may,” “might”, “opportunity”, “plan,” “possible”, “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “strategy”, “strive”, “target,” “will,” or “would”, including their antonyms or other similar terms or expressions may identify forward-looking statements. The absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, which involve a number of judgments, risks and uncertainties, including, without limitation, risks related to:
our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;
our ability to raise financing in the future;
our success in retaining or recruiting our officers, key employees or directors, or changes required in the retention or recruitment of our officers, key employees or directors;
the impact of the regulatory environment and complexities with compliance related to such environment;
our ability to remediate our material weaknesses;
factors relating to our business, operations and financial conditionperformance, including:
the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 public health emergency or other infectious diseases, health epidemics and operating resultspandemics;
our ability to maintain an effective system of internal controls over financial reporting;
our ability to grow market share in our existing markets or any new markets we may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of enter;
our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Additional risk factors not presently knownability to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair respond to general economic conditions;
our business or results of operations.

We are a newly formed company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on whichability to evaluate manage our growth effectively;

our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently formed company with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until completing our initial business combination. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate maintain profitability in the future;

our ability to achieveaccess sources of capital;
our ability to maintain and enhance our products and brand, and to attract customers;
our ability to manage, develop and refine our technology platform;
the success of our strategic relationships with third parties;
our history of losses and whether we will continue to incur continuing losses for the foreseeable future;
our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights;
our ability to implement business plans, forecasts, and other expectations and identify and realize additional opportunities;
our ability to attract and retain new subscribers;
4

Table of Contents
the size of the total addressable market for our products and services;
the continued adoption of spatial data;
any inability to complete acquisitions and integrate acquired businesses;
general economic uncertainty and the effect of general economic conditions in our industry;
environmental uncertainties and risks related to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters;
the volatility of the market price and liquidity of our Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”) and other securities;
the increasingly competitive environment in which we operate; and
other factors detailed under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date, and we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.
While these forward-looking statements reflect the Company’s good faith beliefs, they are not guarantees of future performance. The Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, data or methods, future events or other changes after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, except as required by applicable law. For a further discussion of these and other factors that could cause the Company’s future results, performance or transactions to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statement, please see Part I. Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which are based only on information currently available to the Company (or to third parties making the forward-looking statements).

5

Table of Contents
SUMMARY RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, that represent challenges that we face in connection with the successful implementation of our strategy and the growth of our business. In particular, the following considerations, among others, may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our business objectivestrategy or operating results, which could cause a decline in the price of completingshares of our initial business combination with onecommon stock and result in a loss of all or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete our business combination. portion of your investment:
If we fail to completemanage growth effectively, our business, combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Our public stockholdersresults and financial condition would be adversely affected.

If the assumptions, analyses or estimates used for our forecasts and projections prove to be incorrect or inaccurate, our actual operating results may not be afforded an opportunitydiffer materially from those forecasted or projected.
We have a history of losses and expect to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majorityincur significant expenses and continuing losses at least for the near term.
Certain of our public stockholders do not support suchestimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate.
We currently face competition from a combination.

We may not hold a stockholder votenumber of companies and expect to approve our initial business combination unlessface significant competition in the business combination would require stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements or if we decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons. Except as required by law, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, suchfuture as the timing of the transactionmarket for spatial data develops.

Global economic conditions and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require usinstability related to seek stockholder approval. Accordingly, weCOVID-19 may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the business combination we complete. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Proposed Business—Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination” for additional information.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Unlike many other blank check companies in which the initial stockholders agree to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public stockholders in connection with an initial business combination, our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote their founder shares, as well as any public shares purchased during or after the Public Offering, in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our Initial Stockholders’ Founder Shares, we would need 12,937,500 or approximately 37.5%, of the 34,500,000 public shares sold in the Public Offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised). Our Initial Stockholders will own shares representing 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock immediately following the completion of the Public Offering. Accordingly, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, it is more likely that the necessary stockholder approval will be received than would be the case if our Initial Stockholders agreed to vote their Founder Shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public stockholders.

Your only opportunity toadversely affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek stockholder approval of the business combination.

Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such stockholder vote. Accordingly, if we do not seek stockholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our initial business combination.


The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price,if existing and prospective clients reduce or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account or arrange for third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.

If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if

postpone discretionary spending significantly.

we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to completeobtainsufficient components to meet our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share,needs, or less thanobtain such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within such time period. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. For example, the outbreak of COVID-19 continues to grow both in the U.S. and globally and, while the extent of the impact of the outbreakmaterials on us will depend on future developments, it could limit our ability to complete our initial business combination, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable onfavorable terms acceptable to us or at all. Additionally, the outbreak of COVID-19 may negatively impact businesses we may seek to acquire. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all, operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination may be materially adversely affected by the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak and the status of debt and equity markets.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced, which has and is continuing to spread throughout the world, including the United States and Europe. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to COVID-19, and on March 11, 2020 the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic.” The COVID-19 outbreak has resulted in a widespread health crisis that has adversely affected economies and financial markets worldwide, business operations and the conduct of commerce generally, and the business of any potential target business with which we consummate a business combination could be, or may already have been, materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a business combination if concerns relating to COVID-19 continue to restrict travel or limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors, or the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a business combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected.


In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by COVID-19 and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility and decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination where otherwise permissible under applicable laws, rules and regulations, although they are under no obligation to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination, or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A common stock and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to obtain or maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the tender offer documents or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. For example, we may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed. See “Item 1. Business – Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights” for additional information.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date or (b) with respect to any other provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In addition, if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date for any reason, compliance with Delaware law may require that we submit a plan of dissolution to our then-existing stockholders for approval prior to the distribution of the proceeds held in our Trust


Account. In that case, public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the IPO Closing Date before they receive funds from our Trust Account. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Account. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit an investor’simpair our ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We cannot assure you that our securities will be, or will continue to be, listed on Nasdaq in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on Nasdaq prior to fulfill orders or increase our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum amount in stockholders’ equity (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum numbercosts of holders of our securities (generally 300 round-lot holders). Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq. For instance, our stock price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share and our stockholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $5.0 million, and we would be required to have a minimum of 300 round-lot holders (with at least 50% of such round lot holders holding securities with a market value of at least $2,500). We cannot assure you we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

production.

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a determination that our Class A common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because we expect that our units and eventually our Class A common stock and warrants will be listed on Nasdaq, our units, Class A common stock and warrants will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

You are not entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 and timely filed a Current Report on Form 8-K after the IPO Closing Date, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if the Public Offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the Trust Account to us unless and until the funds in the Trust Account were released to us in


connection with our completion of an initial business combination. For a more detailed comparison of our offering to offerings that comply with Rule 419, please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Proposed Business—Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419.”

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 20% of our Class A common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 20% of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in the Public Offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 20% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, or less than such amount in certain circumstances,attract and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companiesretain key employees and other entities, domestichire qualified management, technical, engineering and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directlyor indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants,sales personnel, our ability to compete with respectand successfully grow our business would be adversely affected.

An earthquake, wildfire or other natural disaster or resource shortage, including public safety power shut-offs that have occurredand willcontinue to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited byoccur in California or other states, could disrupt and harm our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, because we are obligated to pay cash for the shares of Class A common stock which our public stockholders redeem in connection with our initial business combination, target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. This may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. operations.
If we are unablefail to completeretain current subscribers or add new subscribers, our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account couldwould be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below. See ‘‘—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

If the net proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, weseriously harmed.

We may be unable to complete our initial business combination, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances,build and our warrants will expire worthless.

The funds available to us outside of the Trust Account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We believe that, upon the IPO Closing Date, the funds available to us outside of the Trust Account will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds


available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist usmaintain successful relationships with our search for a target business. Westrategic alliances and reseller partners, which could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposedadversely affect our business, combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

If the net proceeds of the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we will depend on loans from our Sponsor or management team to fund our search for a business combination, to pay our franchise and income taxes and to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds from our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, only approximately $1,055,000 will be available to us initially outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $945,000, we may fund such excess with funds not to be held in the Trust Account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the Trust Account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $945,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the Trust Account would increase by a corresponding amount. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our Sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. None of our Sponsor, members of our management team or any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See ‘‘—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

Subsequent to the completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Potential future acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships or alliances could be difficult to identify and integrate. Such projects may adversely affect our stock price, which could cause youfinancial condition and results of operations.
We may need to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present inside a particular target business, that it would be possibleraise additional funds to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructurefinance our operations or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose


to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all third parties, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limitedavailable when needed.

We expect to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver,incur research and development costs in each casedeveloping new products, which could significantly reduce our profitability andmay never result in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. revenue.
If any third-party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third-party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third-party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Making such a request of potential target businesses may make our acquisition proposal less attractive to them and, to the extent prospective target businesses refuse to execute such a waiver, it may limit the field of potential target businesses that we might pursue.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third-party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our business combination within the prescribed timeframe,remediate identifiedmaterialweaknesses or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors. Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third-party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals, plus additional amounts released to us to pay our franchise and income tax obligations. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third-party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third-party, then our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our Sponsor’s only assetsmaterial weaknesses are securities of our company. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any suchclaims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event,identified, we may not be able to completeaccurately or timely report our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per sharefinancial position or results of operations, whichmay adversely affect our business.

We are currently involved in connectionlitigation with any redemption of your public shares. Noneone of our officers will indemnify us for claimsstockholders relating to the lock-up restrictions included in our Amended and Restated Bylaws.
We may from time to time be involved in otherlawsuits and litigation matters that are expensive and time-consuming. If resolved adversely, lawsuits and other litigation matterscould seriously harm our business.
We cannot predict the duration or ultimate resolution of the investigation by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendorsthe Division of Enforcement of the SEC, and prospective target businesses.

The securities in which we investcooperating with the proceeds held in the Trust Account could bear a negative rate of interest,request may require significant management time and resources, which could reducehave an adverse effect on our business and financial position.

We rely significantly on the interest income available for paymentuse of taxesinformation technology. Cybersecurity risks – any technology failures causing a material disruption to operational technology or reducecyber-attacks on our systems affecting our ability to protect the valueintegrity and security of customer and employee information – could harm our reputation and/or could disrupt our operations and negatively impact our business.
6

Table of Contents
Failure to comply with laws and regulations regarding data privacy and security matters could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations or financial condition.
Our products are highly technical and may contain undetected software bugs or hardware errors, which could manifest in ways thatcould seriously harm our reputation and our business.
Our products contain third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the assets heldunderlying licenses could restrict our ability to deliver our platform or subject us to litigation or other actions.
Our future growth and success are dependent upon the continuing rapid adoption of spatial data.
Any delays in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by stockholdersdevelopment of new services, products and service/product innovations could adversely affect market adoption of our products and services and could adversely affect our business and financial results.
We may need to defend against intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claims, which may be less than $10.00 per share.

The net proceeds of the Public Offeringtime-consuming and certain proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, in the amount of $345,000,000, willexpensive, and adversely affect our business.

Our business may be held in an interest-bearing Trust Account. The proceeds held in the Trust


Account may only be invested in direct U.S. Treasury obligations having a maturity of 185 days or less, or in certain money market funds which invest only in direct U.S. Treasury obligations. While short-term U.S. Treasury obligations currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in recent years. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years, and the Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that it may in the future adopt similar policies in the United States. In the event of very low or negative yields, the amount of interest income (which we are permitted to use to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay our franchise and income taxes and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses) would be reduced. In the event thatadversely affected if we are unable to completeprotect our initialspatial data technology and intellectual property from unauthorized use by third parties.

Changes to applicable U.S. tax laws and regulations or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could affect our business combination,and future profitability.
Our tax rates may fluctuate, tax obligations may become significantly more complex and subject to greater risk of examination by taxing authorities and we may be subject to future changes in tax law, the impacts of which could adversely affect our after-tax profitability and financial results.
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforward and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company,”which could make our common stock less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare performance with other public stockholders are entitledcompanies.
We have incurred and will continue to receive their pro-rata shareincur significant expenses and administrative burdens as a public company, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to comply with laws relating to employment could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.
Provisions in the Amended and Restated Bylaws designate the Court of Chancery of the proceeds held inState of Delaware as the Trust Account, plus any interest income. Ifsole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings, which could limit the balance of the Trust Account is reduced below $345,000,000 as a result of negative interest rates, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals, plus additional amounts released to us to pay our franchise and income tax obligations, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations.

While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and we and our board may be exposed to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claimsability of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we fileobtain a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law,favorable judicial forum for disputes and may be includeddiscourage stockholders from bringing such claims.

Unanticipated changes in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claimseffective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received byincome or other tax returns could adversely affect our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.


If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirementsfinancial condition and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.results of operations.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business is to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the Trust Account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. This offering is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The Trust Account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our primary business objective, which is a business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do notcomplete our initial business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date or (b) with respect to any other provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity or; (iii) absent a business combination, our return of the funds held in the Trust Account to our public stockholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws, regulations or rules, or a failure to comply with any laws, regulations or rules, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

The warrants and Earn-out shares to legacy Matterport stockholders are recorded at fair value upon issuance/grant with changes in fair value reported in our earnings, which could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and/or an adverse effect on our financial results.
Our financial condition and results of operations are likely to fluctuate on a quarterly basis in future periods, which could cause our results for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a decline in the price of our common stock.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly and could fall below the expectations due to seasonality and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, resulting in a decline in our stock price.
The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile and could decline significantly.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, then the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.
Future issuances of debt securities and equity securities may adversely affect us, including the market price of our common stock and may be dilutive to existing stockholders.
7

Table of Contents
Part I
Item 1. Business
Our Company
Matterport is leading the digitization and datafication of the built world. We believe the digital transformation of the built world will fundamentally change the way people interact with buildings and the physical spaces around them.
Since its founding in 2011, Matterport’s pioneering technology has set the standard for digitizing, accessing and managing buildings, spaces and places online. Our platform’s innovative software, spatial data-driven data science, and 3D capture technology have broken down the barriers that have kept the largest asset class in the world, buildings and physical spaces, offline and underutilized for many years. We believe the digitization and datafication of the built world will continue to unlock significant operational efficiencies and property values, and that Matterport is the platform to lead this enormous global transformation.
The world is rapidly moving from offline to online. Digital transformation has made a powerful and lasting impact across every business and industry today. According to International Data Corporation, or IDC, approximately 65% of global GDP will be digitized by 2022 and over $6.8 trillion of direct investments will be made on digital transformation from 2020 to 2023. With this secular shift, there is also growing demand for the built world to transition from physical to digital. Nevertheless, the vast majority of buildings and spaces remain offline and undigitized. The global building stock, estimated by Savills to be $228 trillion in total property value as of 2017, remains largely offline today, and we estimate that less than 0.1% is penetrated by digital transformation.
Matterport was among the first to recognize the increasing need for digitization of the built world and the power of spatial data, the unique details underlying buildings and spaces, in facilitating the understanding of buildings and spaces. In the past, technology advanced physical road maps to the data-rich, digital maps and location services we all rely on today. Matterport now digitizes buildings, creating a data-rich environment to vastly increase our understanding and the full potential of each and every space we capture. Just as we can instantly, at the touch of a button, learn the fastest route from one city to another or locate the nearest coffee shops, Matterport’s spatial data for buildings unlocks a rich set of insights and learnings about properties and spaces worldwide. In addition, just as the geo-spatial mapping platforms of today have opened their mapping data to industry to create new business models such as ridesharing, e-commerce, food delivery marketplaces, and even short-term rental and home sharing, open access to Matterport’s structured spatial data is enabling new opportunities and business models for hospitality, facilities management, insurance, construction, real estate and retail, among others.
We believe the total addressable market opportunity for digitizing the built world is over $240 billion, and could be as high as $1 trillion as the market matures at scale. This is based on our analysis, modeling and understanding of the global building stock of over 4 billion properties and 20 billion spaces in the world today. With the help of artificial intelligence (“AI”), machine learning (“ML”) and deep learning (“DL”) technologies, we believe that, with the additional monetization opportunities from powerful spatial data-driven property insights and analytics, the total addressable market for the digitization and datafication of the built world will reach more than $1 trillion.
Our spatial data platform delivers value across a diverse set of industries and use cases. Large retailers can manage thousands of store locations remotely, real estate agencies can provide virtual open houses for hundreds of properties and thousands of visitors at the same time, property developers can monitor the entirety of the construction process with greater detail and speed, and insurance companies can more precisely document and evaluate claims and underwriting assessments with efficiency and precision. Matterport delivers the critical digital experience, tools and information that matter to our subscribers about properties of virtually any size, shape, and location worldwide.
For nearly a decade, we have been growing our spatial data platform and expanding our capabilities in order to create the most detailed, accurate, and data-rich digital twins available. Moreover, our 3D reconstruction process is fully automated, allowing our solution to scale with equal precision to millions of buildings and spaces of any type, shape, and size in the world. The universal applicability of our service provides Matterport significant scale and reach across diverse verticals and any geography. By December 31, 2021, our subscriber base had grown to over 503,000 subscribers, with our digital twins reaching more than 170 countries. We have digitized more than 20 billion square feet of space across multiple industries, representing significant scale and growth over the rest of the market.
8

Table of Contents
As we continue to transform buildings into data worldwide, we are extending our spatial data platform to further transform property planning, development, management and intelligence for our subscribers across industries to become the de facto building and business intelligence engine for the built world. We believe the demand for spatial data and resulting insights for enterprises, businesses and institutions across industries, including real estate, architecture, engineering and construction (“AEC”), retail, insurance and government, will continue to grow rapidly.
We believe digitization and datafication represent a tremendous greenfield opportunity for growth across this massive category and asset class. From the early stages of design and development to marketing, operations, insurance and building repair and maintenance, our platform’s software and technology provide subscribers critical tools and insights to drive cost savings, increase revenues and optimally manage their buildings and spaces. We believe that hundreds of billions of dollars in unrealized utilization and operating efficiencies in the built world can be unlocked through the power of our spatial data platform. Our platform and data solutions have universal applicability across industries and building categories, giving Matterport a significant advantage as we can address the entirety of this large market opportunity and increase the value of what we believe to be the largest asset class in the world.
With a demonstrated track record of delivering value to our subscribers, our offerings include software subscription, data licensing, services and product hardware. As of December 31, 2021, our subscriber base included over 20% of Fortune 1000 companies, with less than 10% of our total revenue generated from our top 10 subscribers. We expect more than 80% of our revenue to come from our software subscription and data license solutions by 2025. Our innovative 3D capture product, the Pro2 Camera, has played an integral part in shaping the 3D building and property visualization ecosystem. The Pro2 Camera has driven adoption of our solutions and has generated the unique high-quality and scaled data set that has enabled Cortex, our proprietary AI software engine, to become the pioneering engine for digital twin creation. With this data advantage initially spurred by the Pro2 Camera, we have developed a capture device agnostic platform that scales and can generate new building and property insights for our subscribers across industries and geographies.
We have recently experienced rapid growth. Our subscribers have grown approximately 36-fold from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2021. Our revenue increased from approximately $85.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to approximately $111.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing approximately 29% year-over-year growth. Our gross profit increased by $12.0 million or 25%, to $60.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $47.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Our ability to retain and grow the subscription revenue generated by our existing subscribers is an important measure of the health of our business and our future growth prospects. We track our performance in this area by measuring our net dollar expansion rate from the same set of customers across comparable periods.Our net dollar expansion rate of 110% for the three months ended December 31, 2021 demonstrates the stickiness and growth potential of our platform.
Our Industry and Market Opportunity
Today, the vast majority of buildings and spaces remain undigitized. We estimate our current serviceable addressable market includes approximately 1.3 billion spaces worldwide, primarily from the real estate and travel and hospitality sectors. With approximately 6.7 million spaces under management as of December 31, 2021, we are continuing to penetrate the global building stock and expand our footprint across various end markets, including residential and commercial real estate, facilities management, retail, AEC, insurance and repair, and travel and hospitality. We estimate our total addressable market to be more than 4 billion buildings and 20 billion spaces globally, yielding a more than $240 billion market opportunity. We believe that as Matterport’s unique spatial data library and property data services continue to grow, this opportunity could increase to more than $1 trillion based on the size of the building stock and the untapped value creation available to buildings worldwide. The constraints created by the COVID-19 pandemic have only reinforced and accelerated the importance of our scaled 3D capture solution that we have developed for diverse industries and markets over the past decade.
Our Spatial Data Platform
Overview
Our technology platform uses spatial data collected from a wide variety of digital capture devices to transform physical buildings and spaces into dimensionally accurate, photorealistic digital twins that provide our subscribers access to previously unavailable building information and insights.
As a first mover in this massive market for nearly a decade, we have developed and scaled our industry-leading 3D reconstruction technology powered by Cortex, our proprietary AI-driven software engine that uses machine learning to
9

Table of Contents
recreate a photorealistic, 3D virtual representation of an entire building structure, including contents, equipment and furnishings. The finished product is a detailed and dynamic replication of the physical space that can be explored, analyzed and customized from a web browser on any device, including smartphones. The power to manage even large-scale commercial buildings is in the palm of each subscriber’s hands, made possible by our advanced technology and breakthrough innovations across our entire spatial data technology stack.
Key elements of our spatial data platform include:
Bringing offline buildings online. Traditionally, our customers needed to conduct in-person site visits to understand and assess their buildings and spaces. While photographs and floor plans can be helpful, these forms of two-dimensional (“2D”) representation have limited information and tend to be static and rigid, and thus lack the interactive element critical to a holistic understanding of each building and space. With the AI-powered capabilities of Cortex, our proprietary AI software, representation of physical objects is no longer confined to static 2D images and physical visits can be eliminated. Cortex helps to move the buildings and spaces from offline to online and makes them accessible to our customers in real-time and on demand from anywhere. After subscribers scan their buildings, our visualization algorithms accurately infer spatial positions and depths from flat, 2D imagery captured through the scans and transform them into high- fidelity and precise digital twin models. This creates a fully automated image processing pipeline to ensure that each digital twin is of professional grade image quality.
Driven by spatial data. We are a data-driven company. Each incremental capture of a space grows the richness and depth of our spatial data library. Spatial data represents the unique and idiosyncratic details that underlie and compose the buildings and spaces in the human- made environment. Cortex uses the breadth of the billions of data points we have accumulated over the years to improve the 3D accuracy of our digital twins. We help our subscribers pinpoint the height, location and other characteristics of objects in their digital twin. Our sophisticated algorithms also deliver significant commercial value to our subscribers by generating data-based insights that allow them to confidently make assessments and decisions about their properties. For instance, property developers can assess the amount of natural heat and daylight coming from specific windows, retailers can ensure each store layout is up to the same level of code and brand requirements, and factories can insure machinery layouts meet specifications and location guidelines. With approximately 6.7 million spaces under management as of December 31, 2021, our spatial data library is the clearinghouse for information about the built world.
Powered by AI and ML. Artificial intelligence and machine learning technologies effectively utilize spatial data to create a robust virtual experience that is dynamic, realistic, interactive, informative and permits multiple viewing angles. AI and ML also make costly cameras unnecessary for everyday scans—subscribers can now scan their spaces by simply tapping a button on their smartphones. As a result, Matterport is a device agnostic platform, helping us more rapidly scale and drive towards our mission of digitizing and indexing the built world.
Our value proposition to subscribers is designed to serve the entirety of the digital building lifecycle, from design and build to maintenance and operations, promotion, sale, lease, insure, repair, restore, secure and finance. As a result, we believe we are uniquely positioned to grow our revenue with our subscribers as we help them to discover opportunities to drive short- and long-term return on investment by taking their buildings and spaces from offline to online across their portfolios of properties.
Ubiquitous Capture
Matterport has become the standard for 3D space capture. Our technology platform empowers subscribers worldwide to quickly, easily and accurately digitize, customize and manage interactive and dimensionally accurate digital twins of their buildings and spaces.
The Matterport platform is designed to work with a wide range of LiDAR, spherical, 3D and 360 cameras, as well as smartphones, to suit the capture needs of all of our subscribers. This provides the flexibility to capture a space of any size, scale, and complexity, at anytime and anywhere.
Matterport Pro2 is our proprietary 3D camera that has been used to capture millions of spaces around the world with a high degree of fidelity, precision, speed and simplicity. Capable of capturing buildings more than 500,000 square feet in size, it has become the camera of choice for many residential, commercial, industrial and large-scale properties.
360 Cameras. Matterport supports a selection of 360 cameras available in the market. These affordable, pocket sized devices deliver precision captures with high fidelity and are appropriate for capturing smaller homes,
10

Table of Contents
condos, short-term rentals, apartments, and more. The spherical lens image capture technology of these devices gives Cortex robust, detailed image data to transform panoramas into our industry-leading digital twins.
LEICA BLK360. Through our partnership with Leica, our 3D reconstruction technology and our AI powered software engine, Cortex, transform this powerful LiDAR camera into an ultra-precise capture device for creating Matterport digital twins. It is the solution of choice for AEC professionals when exacting precision is required.
Smartphone Capture. Our capture apps are commercially available for both iOS and Android now. Matterport’s smartphone capture solution has democratized 3D capture, making it easy and accessible for anyone to digitize buildings and spaces with a recent iPhone device since the initial introduction of Matterport for iPhone in May 2020. In April 2021, we announced the official release of the Android Capture app, giving Android users the ability to quickly and easily capture buildings and spaces in immersive 3D.
Cortex and 3D Reconstruction (the Matterport Digital Twin)
With a spatial data library, as of December 31, 2021, of approximately 6.7 million spaces under management, representing approximately 20 billion captured square feet of space, we use our advanced ML and DL technologies to algorithmically transform the spatial data we capture into an accurate 3D digital reproduction of any physical space. This intelligent, automated 3D reconstruction is made possible by Cortex, our AI-powered software engine that includes a deep learning neural network that uses our spatial data library to understand how a building or space is divided into floors and rooms, where the doorways and openings are located, and what types of rooms are present, such that those forms are compiled and aligned with dimensional accuracy into a dynamic, photorealistic digital twin. Other components of Cortex include AI-powered computer vision technologies to identify and classify the contents inside a building or space, and object recognition technologies to identify and segment everything from furnishings and equipment to doors, windows, light fixtures, fire suppression sprinklers and fire escapes. Our highly scalable artificial intelligence platform enables our subscribers to tap into powerful, enhanced building data and insights at the click of a button.

The Science Behind the Matterport Digital Twin: Cortex AI Highlights
Matterport Runs on Cortex
Cortex is our AI-powered software engine that includes a precision deep learning neural network to create digital twins of any building or space. Developed using our proprietary spatial data captured with our Pro2 camera, Cortex delivers a high degree of precision and accuracy while enabling 3D capture using everyday devices.
Generic neural networks struggle with 3D reconstruction of the real world. Matterport-optimized networks deliver more accurate and robust results. More than just raw training data, Matterport’s datasets allow us to develop new neural network architectures and evaluate them against user behavior and real-world data in millions of situations.
Deep learning: Connecting and optimizing the detailed neural network data architecture of each space is key to creating robust, highly accurate 3D digital twins. Cortex evaluates and optimizes each 3D model against Matterport’s rich spatial data aggregated from millions of buildings and spaces and the human annotations of those data provided by tens of thousands of subscribers worldwide. Cortex’s evaluative abilities and its data-driven optimization of 3D reconstruction yield consistent, high-precision results across a wide array of building configurations, spaces and environments.
Dynamic 3D reconstruction: Creating precise 3D spatial data at scale from 2D visuals and static images requires a combination of photorealistic, detailed data from multiple viewpoints and millions of spaces that train and optimize Cortex’s neural network and learning capabilities for improved 3D reconstruction of any space. Cortex’s capabilities combined with real-time spatial alignment algorithms in our 3D capture technology create an intuitive “preview” of any work in progress, allowing subscribers to work with their content interactively and in real-time.
Computer Vision: Cortex enables a suite of powerful features to enhance the value of digital twins. These include automatic measurements for rooms or objects in a room, automatic 2D-from-3D high-definition photo gallery creation, auto face blurring for privacy protection, custom videos, walkthroughs, auto room labeling and object recognition.
Advanced image processing: Matterport’s computational photography algorithms create a fully automated image processing pipeline to help ensure that each digital twin is of professional grade image quality. Our patented technology makes 3D capture as simple as pressing a single button. Matterport’s software and technology manage the remaining steps, including white balance and camera-specific color correction, high dynamic range tone mapping, de-noising, haze removal, sharpening, saturation and other adjustments to improve image quality.
11

Table of Contents
Spatial Data and AI-Powered Insights
Every Matterport digital twin contains extensive information about a building, room or physical space. The data using our AI-powered Cortex engine. In addition to the Matterport digital twin itself, our spatial data consists of precision building geometry and structural detail, building contents, fixtures and condition, along with high-definition imagery and photorealistic detail from many vantage points in a space. Cortex employs a technique we call deep spatial indexing. Deep spatial indexing uses artificial intelligence, computer vision and deep learning to identify and convey important details about each space, its structure and its contents with precision and fidelity. We have created a robust spatial data standard that enables Matterport subscribers to harness an interoperable digital system of record for any building.
In addition to creating a highly interactive digital experience for subscribers through the construction of digital twins, we ask ourselves two questions for every subscriber: (1) what is important about their building or physical space and (2) what learnings and insights can we deliver for this space? Our AI-powered Cortex engine helps us answer these questions using our spatial data library to provide aggregated property trends and operational and valuation insights. Moreover, as the Matterport platform ecosystem continues to expand, our subscribers, partners and other third-party developers can bring their own tools to further the breadth and depth of insights they can harvest from our rich spatial data layer.
Extensible Platform Ecosystem
Matterport offers the largest and most accurate library of spatial data in the world, with, as of December 31, 2021, approximately 6.7 million spaces under management and approximately 20 billion captured square feet. The versatility of our spatial data platform and extensive enterprise software development kit and application programming interfaces (“APIs”) has allowed us to develop a robust global ecosystem of channels and partners that extend the Matterport value proposition by geography and vertical market. We intend to continue to deploy a broad set of workflow integrations with our partners and their subscribers to promote an integrated Matterport solution across our target markets. We are also developing a third-party software marketplace to extend the power of our spatial data platform with easy-to-deploy and easy-to-access Matterport software add-ons. The marketplace enables developers to build new applications and spatial data mining tools, enhance the Matterport 3D experience, and create new productivity and property management tools that supplement our core offerings. These value-added capabilities created by third-party developers enable a scalable new revenue stream, with Matterport sharing the subscription and services revenue from each add-on that is deployed to subscribers through the online marketplace. The network effects of our platform ecosystem contributes to the growth of our business, and we believe that it will continue to bolster future growth by enhancing subscriber stickiness and user engagement.
Examples of Matterport add-ons and extensions include:
Add-ons: Encircle (easy-to-use field documentation tools for faster claims processing); WP Matterport Shortcode (free Wordpress plugin that allows Matterport to be embedded quickly and easily with a Matterport shortcode), WP3D Models (WordPress + Matterport integration plugin); Rela (all-in-one marketing solution for listings); and CAPTUR3D (all-in-one Content Management System that extends value to Matterport digital twins).
Services: Matterport ADA Compliant Digital Twin (solution to provide American Disability Act compliant digital twins).
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that we have a number of competitive strengths that will enable our market leadership to grow. Our competitive strengths include:
Breadth and depth of the Matterport platform. Our core strength is our all-in-one spatial data platform with broad reach across diverse verticals and geographies. From capture to processing to industries without customization. With the ability to integrate seamlessly with various enterprise systems, our platform delivers value across the property lifecycle for diverse end markets, including real estate, AEC, travel and hospitality, repair and insurance, and industrial and facilities. As of December 31, 2021, our global reach extended to subscribers in more than 170 countries, including over 20% of Fortune 1000 companies.
Market leadership and first-mover advantage. Matterport defined the category of digitizing and datafying the built world almost a decade ago, and we have become the global leader in the category. As of December 31, 2021, we had over 503,000 subscribers on our platform and approximately 6.7 million spaces under management. Our leadership is primarily driven by the fact that we were the first mover in digital twin creation. As a result of our
12

Table of Contents
first mover advantage, we have amassed a deep and rich library of spatial data that continues to compound and enhance our leadership position.
Significant network effect. With each new capture and piece of data added to our platform, the richness of our dataset and the depth of insights from our spaces under management grow. In addition, the combination of our ability to turn data into insights with incremental data from new data captures by our subscribers enables Matterport to develop features for subscribers to our platform. We were a first mover in building a spatial data library for the built world, and our leadership in gathering and deriving insights from data continues to compound and the relevance of those insights attracts more new subscribers.
Massive spatial data library as the raw material for valuable property insights. The scale of our spatial data library is a significant advantage in deriving insights for our subscribers. Our spatial data library serves as vital ground truth for Cortex, enabling Matterport to create powerful 3D digital twins using a wide range of camera technology, including low-cost digital and smartphone cameras. As of December 31, 2021, our data came from approximately 6.7 million spaces under management and approximately 20 billion captured square feet. As a result, we have taken property insights and analytics to new levels, benefiting subscribers across various industries. For example, facilities managers significantly reduce the time needed to create building layouts, leading to a significant decrease in the cost of site surveying and as-built modeling. AEC subscribers use the analytics of each as-built space to streamline documentation and collaborate with ease.
Global reach and scale. We are focused on continuing to expand our AI-powered spatial data platform worldwide. We have a significant presence in North America, Europe and Asia, with leadership teams and a go-to-market infrastructure in each of these regions. We have offices in London, Singapore and several across the United States, and we are accelerating our international expansion. As of December 31, 2021, we had over 503,000 subscribers in more than 170 countries. We believe that the geography-agnostic nature of our spatial data platform is a significant advantage as we continue to grow internationally.
Broad patent portfolio supporting 10 years of R&D and innovation. As of December 31, 2021, we had 50 issued and 24 pending patent applications. Our success is based on almost 10 years of focus on innovation. Innovation has been at the center of Matterport, and we will continue to prioritize our investments in R&D to further our market leading position.
Superior capture technology. Matterport’s capture technology platform is a software framework that enables support for a wide variety of capture devices required to create a Matterport digital twin of a building or space. This includes support for LiDAR cameras, 360 cameras, smartphones and the Matterport Pro2 camera. The Pro2 camera was foundational to our spatial data advantage, and we have expanded that advantage with an array of Matterport-enabled third-party capture devices. Matterport is democratizing the 3D capture experience, making high-fidelity and high-accuracy 3D digital twins readily available for any building type and any subscriber need in the property life cycle. While there are other 3D capture solution providers, very few can produce true, dimensionally accurate 3D results, and fewer still can automatically create a final product in photorealistic 3D, and at global scale. This expansive capture technology offering would not be possible without our rich spatial data library available to train the AI-powered Cortex engine to automatically generate accurate digital twins from photos captured with a smartphone or 360 camera.
Our Growth Strategies
We believe that Matterport has tremendous growth potential ahead. After securing market leading positions in a variety of geographies and vertical markets, we have demonstrated our repeatable value proposition and the ability of our sales growth model to scale. The magnitude of our total addressable market is so large that even with leading market share, we believe our penetration rates today are a small fraction of the opportunity for Matterport. With a mature and tested go-to-market playbook and team in place, we are focused on scaling execution across a carefully selected set of growth vectors. These include:
Scale the enterprise across industry verticals. Matterport will continue to drive subscriber growth by expanding use cases and introducing new applications. We are particularly focused on acquiring and retaining enterprise subscribers. With our massive spatial data library and pioneering AI-powered capabilities, we pride ourselves on our ability to deliver value across the property lifecycle to subscribers from various end markets, including residential and commercial real estate, facilities management, retail, AEC, insurance and repair, and travel and hospitality. Going forward, we will continue to improve our proprietary data library and AI-powered platform to address the workflows of the industries we serve, while expanding our solutions and reaching new industries such as manufacturing and oil and gas. We also plan to increase investments in industry-specific sales and marketing
13

Table of Contents
initiatives to increase sales efficiency and drive subscriber and recurring revenue growth, particularly from large enterprise subscribers.
Expand Internationally. The global building stock, with an estimated $228 trillion in total property value, remains largely undigitized today as we estimate that less than 0.1% is penetrated by digital transformation. With the vast majority of the world’s buildings outside of the United States, we expect significant opportunities in pursuing the digitization and datafication of the building stock worldwide. We use a “land and expand” model to capitalize on the potential for geographic expansion. As of December 31, 2021, we served subscribers in more than 170 countries, and we will seek to further penetrate these existing geographies in order to add their unique spatial data to our platform. This creates a powerful network effect that we believe will allow us to expand further into under-penetrated countries and unlock additional properties and spaces. With multiple sales attachment points and a global marketing effort, we believe that we can further penetrate enterprises and businesses worldwide through channel partnerships and direct sales. We are rapidly growing our presence in Asia, and believe there is a large opportunity for growth in that region, with approximately seven billion buildings and spaces in India and China alone.
Invest in research and development. We will continue to invest in research and development to improve our Cortex AI-powered software engine, expand our solutions portfolio, and support seamless integration of our platform with third-party systems. We plan to concentrate on in-house innovation and expect to consider acquisitions on an opportunistic basis. We have a robust pipeline of new product releases. For example, in May 2020, we launched Matterport for iPhone, which gave every recent iPhone owner the ability to capture and collaborate on 3D spaces, and resulted in a significant number of new subscribers and new spaces under management. In April 2021, Matterport announced the official release of the Android Capture app, giving Android users the ability to quickly and easily capture buildings and spaces in immersive 3D. We see significant potential for future subscriber growth as we release more products and create additional upselling opportunities. We will also strengthen our AI and ML capabilities as we enlarge our spatial data library, enabling continuous improvement of the fidelity and accuracy of digital twins and enhancing the commercial value from data-driven analytics. In June 2021, Matterport announced a collaboration with Facebook AI (now known as Meta) to release the world’s largest dataset of 3D spaces for academic research and a partnership with Apex, a national provider of advanced store surveys, to enable retail brands across the U.S. and Canada to access, collect and evaluate building data and information. In August 2021, we announced a new integration with Xactimate that allows property professionals to order a TruePlan of a Matterport 3D model with a single click in Versik’s Xactimate solution. Also in August 2021, we launched Notes, an interactive collaboration and communication tool for its digital twins to unlock big productivity gains for teams. In October 2021, we launched Matterport for Mobile, making 3D capture freely available to more than one billion Android mobile device users worldwide.
Expand partner integrations and third-party developer platform. We aim to foster a strong network of partners and developers around our Matterport platform. Through integration with our open, scalable and secure enterprise platform, organizations across numerous industries have been able to automate workflows, enhance subscriber experiences and create custom extensions for high-value vertical applications. For example, in May 2020, we rolled out integration capability with Autodesk to help construction teams streamline documentation across workflows and collaborate virtually. In July 2021, by partnering with PTC, we offer a joint solution that gives customers a highly visual and interactive way to deliver digital content onto the environments capture by our platform. Going forward, we plan to develop additional strategic partnerships with leading software providers to enable more effective integrations and enlarge our marketplace of third-party applications. In November 2021, we launched a new plugin for Autodesk Revit customers, allowing them to upload a Matterport Scan-to-BIM file into Autodesk Revit and start creating and managing information on a construction or design project across its different stages. In December 2021, we extended the availability of the Matterport platform in AWS Marketplace so that AWS customers will be able to access Matterport’s digital twin technology with AWS add-ons that potentially increase the value of digitization.
Our Subscribers
We primarily sell to enterprises, ranging from Fortune 100 companies to small- and medium-sized businesses. Our subscriber base is global and spans numerous categories, as we have expanded beyond the residential and commercial real estate verticals to AEC, travel and hospitality, repair and insurance, and industrial, facilities and retail. As of December 31, 2021, we served over 503,000 subscribers across these verticals, and we are building significant market share in each of them. We have long-standing relationships with many of the largest companies in these industries. The biggest companies in each of the verticals we serve represent billions of square feet of property that could become part of Matterport’s global
14

Table of Contents
spatial data library. We expect our global subscriber base to continue to grow rapidly as Matterport continues to establish itself as the digital standard of the built world and an integral component of managing a building’s lifecycle.
To help accelerate subscriber adoption, in May 2020, we introduced Matterport for iPhone, which gives every recent iPhone owner the ability to capture and collaborate on 3D spaces. In April 2021, we announced the official release of the Android Capture app, giving Android users the ability to quickly and easily capture buildings and spaces in immersive 3D. In October 2021, we launched Matterport for Mobile, making 3D capture freely available to more than one billion Android mobile device users worldwide. Smartphone capture is an important innovation driving significant adoption and the democratization of 3D capture across industries while also appealing to homeowners and tenants, property hosts and agents, and property managers, further expanding our subscriber base, engagement and entrenchment.
Our Go-to-Market Strategy
Matterport’s fundamental go-to-market model is built upon a subscription first, capture device agnostic approach. We have invested aggressively to unlock a scalable subscription flywheel for subscriber adoption with multiple on-ramps to Matterport and a variety of ways to expand subscriber engagement. We will continue to invest in these subscription first on-ramps and cross-sell opportunities to accelerate our growth. The key benefit to this approach is to offer our current and future subscriber a frictionless, cost effective way to start and then scale with Matterport. Our subscription plans are priced from free for a single space captured with an iPhone to custom plans tailored to large scale enterprise subscriber needs.
We have developed a scalable go-to-market process built upon the strength of our platform and an efficient approach that opens our sales funnel to reach across industries and geographies, targeted at large enterprise subscribers, small businesses and mid-market opportunities. We have deployed a multi-channel sales approach to efficiently reach each of our subscriber segments, from small businesses to enterprise-level subscribers. In general, we employ a direct sales approach for subscribers with the largest number of spaces or square feet under management, a channel partner approach to expand our reach where channel partners offer strong networks in particular verticals or geographies, and an online self-service approach for a frictionless, convenient entry point to Matterport for all potential subscribers. This structure allows us to effectively and efficiently market our solutions to businesses of all sizes across the world.
Online direct sales and downloads. We are increasing our investment across our online distribution channel to make it easy and frictionless for our subscribers to get started and grow with Matterport. Our software, a variety of subscription plans, and multiple capture device options are available online for purchase today. Our Matterport for iPhone capture solution requires just a simple app download and free account sign up to get started, enabling enterprises, small businesses and individual property owners to experience the Matterport solution in just minutes.
Direct sales. With sales teams distributed across the United States, Europe and Asia, we strive to increase adoption among large enterprise subscribers across various end markets, including residential and commercial real estate, facilities management, retail, AEC, insurance and repair, and travel and hospitality. Matterport’s direct sales teams have domain expertise in specific industries, and are organized by verticals in order to address the unique needs of our subscribers. We also have a dedicated technical support team that works closely with subscribers to ensure that the Matterport application programming interface can be integrated seamlessly with each enterprise system.
Subscriber success. Our account management teams work directly with our subscribers and our sales teams to onboard subscribers, articulate the value and scope of our services and drive engagement and cross-selling of our products and services.
Channel sales. In addition to our online and direct sales efforts, we maintain a robust ecosystem of channel partnerships, which enable us to reach a wider network of enterprise and small business subscribers. Our channel partners are technology and systems integrators with domain expertise in key industries and deep understanding of the unique requirements of their respective markets. Training and education are a cornerstone of our partnerships, and we work closely with our channel partners to ensure they are knowledgeable in addressing our subscribers’ requirements. For example, our channel partners help make our 3D cameras available to subscribers in a wide range of industries and geographies. Our partners in the specialized immersive technology space introduce real estate and travel and hospitality subscribers to Matterport’s spatial data platform to address their unique 3D capturing needs. Specialty construction contractors connect with Matterport through their suppliers to improve the efficiency of construction projects with the help of digital twins.

15

Table of Contents
Competition
We primarily compete with traditional methods of managing buildings and spaces, including 2D photography, paper-based building plans, labor- intensive computer-aided design drawings, and other static methods of visualizing and analyzing properties. We are leading a transformation from offline to an online, data-driven approach to interacting with buildings and spaces. Matterport is a fully automated end-to-end system that turns buildings into robust spatial data and digital twins. Our solution has been developed over the years to deliver consistent, precision results for any building or space. This universality differentiates Matterport from vendors that offer industry-specific and building-specific point solutions geared toward narrow parts of the market.
These point solutions address only a portion of the functionality and value that the Matterport platform provides. For example, traditional virtual tour companies create pre-recorded video tours and photo montages with background music to promote properties online. Such vendors do not capture or produce 3D spatial data for analysis and property insights. Point solution providers also offer targeted solutions for specific markets such as specialized solutions for surveying daily documentation for construction projects, and insurance claims documentation and processing. However, these point solutions do not represent a comprehensive and extensible platform solution with broad applicability to all industries, geographies and vertical markets. Matterport provides a unique platform solution expressly designed to fulfill the needs of managing every building type across the property lifecycle.
We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include:
Scale of data. Our vast spatial data library is a significant competitive advantage. Our spatial data library enhances our solutions and improves the accuracy, dependability and insights available to our subscribers.
Automation and scale of spaces under management. The ability to consistently and accurately create a digital twin of any building or space at scale, thousands of buildings at a time, requires a unique combination of spatial data, data science, and automation of the entire digitization process.
Capture ubiquity. The ability to easily capture spatial data removes friction to adoption and scale. We have created a capture technology platform to democratize 3D capture and eliminate camera hardware dependencies to make it easy and affordable for anyone to adopt Matterport. For example, the Matterport for iPhone launch in May 2020 contributed significantly to our subscriber growth. Easier adoption unlocks the flywheel with our ubiquitous capture strategy.
Open ecosystem. Creating an open ecosystem for our platform is increasingly key to our strategy. An open ecosystem enables enterprises from various verticals to run on top of Matterport’s spatial data layer. Our third party software marketplace has created a platform where developers and partners can tap into our APIs and incorporate Matterport into their own workflows.
Brand recognition. A trusted brand attracts and maintains subscribers. As of December 31, 2021, we served over 503,000 subscribers and we believe we are the clear market leader. We will continue to leverage our leading position and increasing brand awareness to grow our subscriber base and spaces under management. We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors.
Intellectual Property
Our ability to drive innovation in our business depends in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights, both in the United States and abroad, through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure and invention assignment agreements with our consultants and employees and through non-disclosure agreements with our commercial partners and vendors. Unpatented research, development, know-how and engineering skills make an important contribution to our business, but we pursue patent protection when we believe it is possible and consistent with our overall strategy for safeguarding intellectual property.
As of December 31, 2021, we had 50 issued and 24 pending patent applications. In addition, as of such date we had 18 issued trademarks and 52 pending trademark applications.
Employees and Human Capital Resources
Our employees are critical to our success. As of December 31, 2021, we had 485 full-time employees. We also engage consultants and contractors to supplement our permanent workforce. To date, we have not experienced any work
16

Table of Contents
stoppages and consider our relationship with our employees to be in good standing. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement.
Our human capital goals are based on maximizing employee value through talent acquisition, employee onboarding, talent management, total rewards, the employee experience and company culture, and internal communications. As a global company, we are committed to creating a diverse, multicultural workforce reflective of our users, customers and the communities where we live and work.
Our total rewards programs are designed to attract, retain and motivate our employees. In addition to base compensation, we provide a myriad of programs that vary by country in which we operate. Such programs include variable compensation (commissions or performance-based cash rewards), equity awards, an employee stock purchase program, health and welfare benefits for employees, retirement, charitable gift matching through MatterportCares, and various others. Our goal is to facilitate the attraction and retention of top talent while balancing the interests of our stakeholders.
Location
We are a Delaware corporation with corporate headquarters in Sunnyvale, California and a globally distributed workforce. Since March 2020, the vast majority of our workforce has been working remotely. The remote work environment has given us an advantage in attracting top talent from around the world without being tied to specific locations. We recruit and hire employees globally based on a range of factors, including the available talent pool, the type of work being performed, the relative cost of labor, regulatory requirements and costs, among other considerations.
Our Values and Commitment to Inclusion
We understand that achieving a diverse and inclusive workplace is a journey that requires action, trust, fairness, empathy, respect, transparency and accountability. We strive to be diverse and inclusive in every aspect of our business. Our success depends on it. We don’t just value differences. We prefer them.
We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team and our culture. Employee Resource Groups, a platform for Courageous Conversations, company wide recognition and celebrations of important cultural events, and an open forum to ask questions of leadership are all important aspects of our culture.
In 2021, we adopted the 3 Dimensions of Matterport as the foundation of our culture and success:
Be a Leader: Generate Energy, Create Clarity, Deliver Success
Be Inclusive: Seek Different Perspectives, Foster an Open Dialog, Create a Sense of Belonging
Be the Customer: Understand Them, Delight Them, Help Them Win
Privacy and Data Security
We collect, use, store, transfer, share or otherwise process a variety of personal information in the ordinary course of business. As such, we are subject to a number of U.S. and international laws, regulations, and industry standards governing data privacy and security, including with respect to the collection, storage, use, transmission, sharing, processing and protection of personal information and other sensitive data. Such laws and regulations may be inconsistent among countries or conflict with other rules.
In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations (e.g., Section 5 of the FTC Act), govern the collection, use, storage, transfer, sharing, or other processing of personal information could apply to our operations. In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of personal information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. These laws include, without limitation, the CCPA, CPRA, VCDPA, and COCPA.
In the EEA and the UK, the GDPR and the UK GDPR are law instruments seeking to strengthen individuals’ fundamental rights and to facilitate business by clarifying rules for companies and public bodies by setting a high standard for the protection of personal data and by imposing a strict data protection compliance regime. The GDPR and the UK GDPR apply to the processing of personal data and the term ‘processing’ is defined broadly to include collection, recording, organization, structuring, storage, adaptation or alteration, retrieval, consultation, use, disclosure by transmission, transfer, dissemination or otherwise making available, alignment or combination, restriction, erasure or
17

Table of Contents
destruction of personal data. In addition, as regards transfers of personal data outside the EEA and/or the UK, a recent decision from the Court of Justice of the European Union and the related regulatory guidance may impact/limit our ability to conduct such transfers to the United States and other jurisdictions.
The foregoing description does not include an exhaustive list of the laws and regulations governing or impacting our business. See the discussion contained in the “Risk Factors” section for information regarding how actions by regulatory authorities or changes in legislation and regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate or failure to comply with such legislation and regulations may have a material adverse effect on our business.
Government Regulations
We are subject to various laws, regulations and permitting requirements of federal, state and local authorities, including those related to health and safety; environmental, anti-corruption and export controls. We believe that we are in material compliance with all such laws, regulations and permitting requirements.
Export and Trade Matters
We are subject to various trade restrictions, including trade and economic sanctions and export controls, imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations. For example, in accordance with trade sanctions administered by the U.S. Treasury Department, the Office of Foreign Assets Control and the U.S. Department of Commerce, we are prohibited from engaging in transactions involving certain persons and certain countries or territories targeted by U.S. comprehensive sanctions, including currently Cuba, Iran, Syria, North Korea, Crimea Region of Ukraine, the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic, and the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic regions of Ukraine. Changes in these laws or regulations, or shifts in the approach to their enforcement or scope, could impact our ability to sell our product to existing or potential customers. In particular, sanctions imposed by the U.S., EU, UK, and other jurisdictions in response to Russian activities in Ukraine, and any counter-sanctions enacted in response, could restrict our ability to operate, generate or collect revenue in certain other countries, such as Russia, which could adversely affect our business.
In addition, our products are subject to export regulations that can involve significant compliance and administrative time to address. In recent years the United States government has a renewed focus on export matters. Our current and future products may be subject to these heightened regulations, which could increase our compliance costs. We are subject to anti-corruption laws and regulations imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, as well as the laws of the countries where we do business.
Our global operations expose us to the risk of violating, or being accused of violating, economic and trade sanctions laws and regulations. Our failure to comply may expose us to reputational harm as well as significant penalties, including criminal fines, imprisonment, civil fines, disgorgement of profits, injunctions and debarment from government contracts, as well as other remedial measures. Investigations of alleged violations can be expensive and disruptive. Despite our compliance efforts and activities we cannot assure compliance by our employees or representatives for which we may be held responsible, and any such violation could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Seasonality
Our capture services tend to generate higher revenue following the seasonal pattern of the U.S. residential real estate industry, with volume increases typically occurring in the spring and summer months compared to the fall and winter months. Such seasonal impacts have in the past and may in the future be reduced or changed due to changes in the composition of subscribers, uses of the Matterport digital twins, structure of subscription plans.
Available Information
We file electronically with the SEC our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and other information. Our SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov. We make available on our website at www.matterport.com, free of charge, copies of these reports and any amendments as soon as reasonably practicable after filing or furnishing them with the SEC.
18

Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Our business is subject to numerous risks. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K before making an investment decision regarding our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially and adversely affected if any of these risks occurs, and as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. This Annual Report on Form 10-K also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth below.
Risks Related to Our Business
We have experienced rapid growth and expect to invest in growth for the foreseeable future. If we fail to manage growth effectively, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.
We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. For example, the number of our employees has grown from three employees as of December 31, 2011 to 485 employees as of December 31, 2021, and we expect to continue to experience rapid growth over the near term. The growth and expansion of our business has placed and continues to place a significant strain on our management, operations, financial infrastructure and corporate culture.
In the event of further growth, our information technology systems and internal controls over financial reporting and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations and may introduce opportunities for data security incidents that may interrupt business operations or permit bad actors to obtain unauthorized access to business information or misappropriate funds.
To manage growth in operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures. Failure to manage growth effectively could result in difficulties or delays in attracting new customers, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing or enhancing products and services, loss of customers, information security vulnerabilities or other operational difficulties, any of which could adversely affect our business performance and operating results.
Our forecasts and projections are based upon assumptions, analyses and internal estimates developed by our management. If these assumptions, analyses or estimates prove to be incorrect or inaccurate, our actual operating results may differ materially from those forecasted or projected.
Our forecasts and projections, including forecasts and estimates relating to the expected sizes and growth of the markets in which we seek to operate, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions, analyses and internal estimates developed by our management, any or all of which may not prove to be correct or accurate. If these assumptions, analyses or estimates prove to be incorrect or inaccurate, our actual operating results may differ materially from those forecasted or projected.
We have a history of losses and expect to incur significant expenses and continuing losses at least for the near term.
Weincurrednetlossesofapproximately $338.1 millionand$14.0 million fortheyears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.We had accumulateddeficitsofapproximately $468.1 million and$130.0 millionasof December 31, 2021and 2020, respectively. Webelievewewillcontinuetoincuroperatingandnetlosseseachquarteratleastforthenearterm.Evenifweachieveprofitability,therecanbenoassurancethatwe will be ableto maintain profitability inthe future. Our potentialprofitability is particularly dependentupon the continued adoptionof spatial data andthe use of our platformby commercial and individual consumers,which may not occur atthe levels we currently anticipateor atall.
Certain of our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate.
This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes estimates of the addressable market for our products and services which are based in part on our internal analyses. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts, whether obtained from third-party sources or developed internally, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. This is especially so at the present time due to the uncertain and rapidly changing projections
19

Table of Contents
of the severity, magnitude and duration of the current coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic. The estimates and forecasts in this Annual Report on Form 10-K relating to the size and expected growth of the target market, market demand and adoption, capacity to address this demand and pricing may also prove to be inaccurate. In particular, estimates regarding the current and projected market opportunity are difficult to make. The estimated addressable market may not materialize for many years, if ever, and even if the markets meet the size estimates and growth forecasted in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our business could fail to grow at similar rates.
We currently face competition from a number of companies and expect to face significant competition in the future as the market for spatial data develops.
The spatial data market is relatively new and competition is still developing. We currently face competition from other companies, generally with different competitors in each of our vertical markets, as well as from traditional, offline methods of interacting with and managing buildings and their spaces. Additionally, we have a number of competitors in the spatial data market with limited funding, which could cause poor experiences and hamper consumer confidence in the spatial data market and adoption or trust in providers. We may also face competition from new market entrants with significantly greater resources, or our current competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater resources, either of which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Future competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of our current or future target markets, which could create price pressure. In light of these factors, current or potential customers may accept competitive solutions. If we fail to adapt to changing market conditions or continue to compete successfully with current or new spatial data competitors, our growth will be impacted, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We operate in a new market, and global economic conditions and instability related to COVID-19 and otherwise may adversely affect our business if existing and prospective clients reduce or postpone discretionary spending significantly.
The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, including changes in consumer and business behavior, pandemic fears and market downturns, and restrictions on business and individual activities, has created significant volatility in the global and domestic economy and has led to reduced economic activity. The spread of COVID-19 has also created a disruption in discretionary spending by consumers and businesses. While this disruption in discretionary spending has to date not materially impacted us, any sustained downturn in discretionary spending by our current subscribers could harm our business and negatively impact the growth of our platform.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have modified our business practices (including employee travel, recommending that all non-essential personnel work from home and canceling or reducing physical participation in meetings, events and conferences), have implemented additional safety protocols for essential workers, and may take further actions if required by government authorities or if required in the interest of our employees, subscribers, suppliers, vendors and business partners. There is no certainty that such actions will be sufficient to mitigate the risks posed by the pandemic or otherwise be satisfactory to government authorities. If significant portions of our workforce are unable to work effectively, including due to illness, quarantines, social distancing, government actions or other restrictions in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, our operations will be negatively impacted.
The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, prospects and results of operations will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with certainty, including, but not limited to, the duration and spread of the pandemic, its severity, the emergence of new variants such as the Delta or Omicron variants, the actions to contain the virus or treat its impact, and when and to what extent normal economic and operating activities can resume. The COVID-19 pandemic could limit the ability of our suppliers, vendors and business partners to perform, including third-party suppliers’ ability to provide components and materials used in our capture devices or the services used through our platform. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we may experience an adverse impact to our business as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic’s global economic impact, including any recession that has occurred or may occur in the future.
We rely on a limited number of suppliers for certain supplied hardware components, and availability of supplied hardware components may be affected by factors such as tariffs or supply disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. We may not be able to obtain sufficient components to meet our needs, or obtain such materials on favorable terms or at all, which could impair our ability to fulfill orders in a timely manner or increase our costs of production.
We rely on a limited number of suppliers to supply our hardware components, including in some cases only a single supplier for some products and components. This reliance on a limited number of manufacturers increases our risks, since we do not currently have proven reliable alternative or replacement manufacturers beyond these key parties. In the event of
20

Table of Contents
interruption, we may not be able to increase capacity from other sources or develop alternate or secondary sources, and if such sources become available, they may result in material additional costs and substantial delays.
Unexpected changes in business conditions, materials pricing, labor issues, wars, trade policies, natural disasters, health epidemics such as the global COVID-19 pandemic, trade and shipping disruptions, port congestions and other factors beyond our or our suppliers’ control could also affect these suppliers’ ability to deliver components to us or to remain solvent and operational. Further, our suppliers are subject to government restrictions, including stay-at-home orders, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Such restrictions may have a material adverse effect on our suppliers’ ability to manufacture and supply such components in a timely manner. Such disruptions could adversely affect our business if it is not able to meet customer demands. In addition, some of our suppliers are located in China. Our access to suppliers in China may be limited or impaired as a result of tariffs or other government restrictions in response to geopolitical factors. Additionally, global shortage of semiconductors has been reported since early 2021 and has caused challenges in the manufacturing industry and impacted our supply chain and production as well. We have used alternative suppliers and alternative parts from time to time to mitigate the challenges caused by these shortages, but there is no guarantee we may be able to continually do so as we scale production to meet our growth targets. Additionally, if our suppliers do not accurately forecast and effectively allocate production or if they are not willing to allocate sufficient production to us, it may reduce our access to components and require us to search for new suppliers. The unavailability of any component or supplier could result in production delays, idle manufacturing facilities, product design changes and loss of access to important technology and tools for producing and supporting our products, as well as impact our capacity expansion and our ability to fulfill our obligations under customer contracts. Moreover, new product launch or product design changes by us have required and may in the future require us to procure additional components in a short amount of time. Our suppliers may not be willing or able to sustainably meet our timelines or our cost, quality and volume needs, or to do so may cost us more, which may require us to replace them with other sources.
If we face supply constraints for any of the reasons described above, it may not be possible to obtain or increase supplies on acceptable terms, which may undermine our ability to satisfy customer demands in a timely manner. For example, it may take a significant amount of time to identify a manufacturer that has the capability and resources to build and supply necessary hardware components in sufficient volume. Identifying suitable suppliers can be an extensive process that requires us to become satisfied with our suppliers’ quality control, technical capabilities, responsiveness and service, financial stability, regulatory compliance, and labor and other ethical practices. Accordingly, a loss of any significant suppliers or manufacturers would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
If we are unable to attract and retain key employees and hire qualified management, technical, engineering and sales personnel, our ability to compete and successfully grow our business would be adversely affected.
Our success depends, in part, on our continuing ability to identify, hire, train and retain highly qualified personnel. Any inability to do so effectively would adversely affect our business. Competition for employees is intense and the ability to attract, hire, train and retain them depends on our ability to provide competitive compensation. We may not be able to attract, hire or retain qualified personnel in the future due to a very competitive labor market for talented individuals with technology experience, or any negative publicity related to us. If we are not successful in managing these risks, our business, financial condition, and operating results may be adversely impacted.
Some of our facilities are located in an active earthquake zone or in areas susceptible to wildfires and other severe weather events. An earthquake, wildfire or other natural disaster or resource shortage, including public safety power shut-offs that have occurred and will continue to occur in California or other states, could disrupt and harm our operations.
Our headquarter and largest facility is located in California, an active earthquake zone. The occurrence of a natural disaster such as an earthquake, drought, flood, fire (such as the recent extensive wildfires in California, Washington, Oregon and Colorado), localized extended outages of critical utilities (such as California’s public safety power shut-offs) or transportation systems, or any critical resource shortages could cause a significant interruption in our business, damage or destroy our facilities or inventory, or cause us to incur significant costs, any of which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Any insurance we maintain against such risks may not be adequate to cover losses in any particular case.
If we fail to retain current subscribers or add new subscribers, our business would be seriously harmed.
We had over 503,000 free and paid subscribers as of December 31, 2021. Our future revenue growth will depend in significant part on our ability to retain our existing customers and increase the number of our subscribers. Spatial data is an
21

Table of Contents
emerging market, and consumers may not adopt the use of spatial data or our platform on a widespread basis or on the timelines we anticipate. It is possible that our paid subscriber growth rate could decline over time if we achieve higher market penetration rates. If current and potential subscribers do not perceive our platform and products as useful, we may not be able to attract new subscribers or retain existing subscribers.
There are many factors that could negatively affect subscriber retention and growth, including if:
•    our competitors attempt to mimic our products, which could harm our subscriber engagement and growth;
•    we fail to introduce new products and services or those we introduce are poorly received;
•    we are unable to continue to develop products that work with a variety of mobile operating systems, networks, smartphones and computers;
•    there are changes in subscriber sentiment about the quality or usefulness of our existing products;
•    there are concerns about the privacy implications, safety, or security of our platform or products;
•    there are changes in our platform or products that are mandated by legislation, regulatory authorities or litigation, including settlements or consent decrees that adversely affect the subscriber’s experience;
•    technical or other problems frustrate subscribers’ experiences with our platform or products, particularly if those problems prevent us from delivering our products in a fast and reliable manner; or
•    we fail to provide adequate service to subscribers.
Decreases to our subscriber retention or growth could seriously harm our business and results of operation.
We may be unable to build and maintain successful relationships with our strategic alliances and reseller partners, and such alliances and partnerships may fail to perform, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
We employ a go-to-market business model whereby a material portion of our revenue is generated by sales through our channel partners, such as resellers and value-added resellers, which further expand the reach of our direct sales force into additional geographies, sectors and industries. In particular, we have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into strategic alliance and reseller relationships in certain international markets where we do not have a local presence. If our channel partners are unsuccessful in marketing and selling access to our platform, it would limit our expansion into certain geographies, sectors and industries. If we are unable to develop and maintain effective sales incentive programs for our channel partners, we may not be able to incentivize these partners to sell access to our platform to customers.
Some of these partners may also market, sell and support offerings that are competitive with ours, may devote more resources to the marketing, sales and support of such competitive offerings, may have incentives to promote our competitors’ offerings to the detriment of our own or may cease selling access to our products altogether. Our channel partners could subject us to lawsuits, potential liability and reputational harm if, for example, any of our channel partners misrepresents the functionality of our platform to customers or violates laws or our or their corporate policies. In addition, in circumstances where we do not enter into a direct agreement with end customers, we cannot be sure that on every occasion each channel partner has required end customers to agree to our standard terms which are protective of our solutions and technology, nor that the channel partners will enforce each failure by an end customer to comply with such terms. Our ability to achieve revenue growth in the future will depend, in significant part, on our success in maintaining successful relationships with our channel partners, identifying additional channel partners and training our channel partners to independently sell access to our platform. If our channel partners are unsuccessful in selling access to our platform, or if we are unable to enter into arrangements with or retain a sufficient number of high quality channel partners in each of the regions in which we market and sell our platform and keep them motivated to market and sell our platform, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and growth prospects would be adversely affected.
Our business strategy includes growing our portfolio through potential future acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships or alliances that could be difficult to identify and integrate. Such projects may divert the attention of key management personnel, disrupt our business, dilute our existing stockholders’ value and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
As part of our business strategy, we have in the past acquired, and may in the future acquire, additional assets, products, technologies or businesses that are complementary to our existing business. The process of identifying and consummating acquisitions and the subsequent integration of new assets and businesses into our existing business would
22

Table of Contents
require attention from management and could result in a diversion of resources from our existing business, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our operations.
Acquired assets or businesses may not generate the expected financial results. Acquisitions could also result in significant cash expenditures, potentially dilutive issuance of equity securities, amortization expenses for other intangible assets, exposure to potential unknown liabilities of acquired businesses, and potential goodwill impairment. We may not successfully evaluate or use the acquired technology or personnel, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges and tax liabilities. Further, the issuance of equity or securities convertible to equity to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our shareholders and the issuance of debt could subject us to covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations. We could become subject to legal claims following an acquisition or fail to accurately forecast the potential impact of any claims. Any of these issues could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations. Failure to successfully identify, complete, manage and integrate acquisitions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
On January 5, 2022, we consummated the acquisition of 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests in Enview, Inc., a privately-held company engaged in the development of artificial intelligence algorithms to identify natural and man-made features in geospatial data using various techniques, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately 1.59 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and $35.5 million in cash (the “Acquisition”). The completion of the Acquisition does not guarantee that we will ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals or expected growth, and the Acquisition could be viewed negatively by our customers, analysts and investors, or experience unexpected competition from market participants. Any integration process may require significant time and resources. We may not be able to manage the process successfully and may experience a decline in our profitability as we incur expenses prior to fully realizing the benefits of the Acquisition. We could expend significant cash and incur acquisition related costs and other unanticipated liabilities associated with the Acquisition, the product or the technology, such as contractual obligations, potential security vulnerabilities of the acquired company and its products and services and potential intellectual property infringement. In addition, any acquired technology or product may not comply with legal or regulatory requirements and may expose us to regulatory risk and require us to make additional investments to make them compliant. Further, we may not be able to provide the same support service levels to the acquired technology or product that we generally offer with our other products.
Additional risks we may face in connection with acquisitions include:
diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to addressing acquisition integration challenges;
coordination of research and development and sales and marketing functions;
integration of products and service offerings;
retention of key employees from acquired companies;
changes in relationships with strategic partners as a result of product acquisitions or strategic positioning resulting from acquisitions;
cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from acquired companies into our organization;
integration of acquired companies’ accounting, management information, human resources and other administrative systems in our existing operations;
the need to implement or improve controls, procedures, and policies at a business that prior to acquisition may have lacked sufficiently effective controls, procedures and policies;
additional legal, regulatory or compliance requirements;
financial reporting, revenue recognition or other financial or control deficiencies of acquired companies that we do not adequately address and that cause our reported results to be incorrect;
liability for activities of acquired companies, including intellectual property infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities;
unanticipated write-offs or charges; and
litigation or other claims in connection with acquired companies, including claims from terminated employees, customers, former stockholders or other third parties.
23

Table of Contents

Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with acquisitions and investments could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions or investments, cause us to incur unanticipated liabilities and cause other harm to our business.
We may need to raise additional funds to finance our operations and these funds may not be available when needed.
We may need to raise additional funds in the future to further scale our business and expand to additional markets. We may raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-related or debt securities, or by obtaining credit from financial institutions. We cannot be certain that additional funds will be available on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we cannot raise additional funds when needed, our financial condition, results of operations, business and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. If we raise funds through the issuance of debt securities or other loan transactions, we could face significant interest payments, covenants that restrict our business, or other unfavorable terms. In addition, to the extent we raise funds through the sale of additional equity securities, our stockholders would experience additional dilution.
We expect to incur research and development costs in developing new products, which could significantly reduce our profitability and may never result in revenue.
Our future growth depends on penetrating new markets, adapting existing products to new applications and customer requirements, and introducing new projects that achieve market acceptance. We plan to incur significant research and development costs in the future as part of our efforts to design, develop, manufacture and introduce new products and enhance existing products. Our research and development (“R&D”) expense was approximately $55.4 million and $17.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and is expected to grow substantially in the future. Our R&D efforts may not produce successful results, and any of our new products may not achieve market acceptance, create additional revenue or become profitable.
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate these material weaknesses or if management identifies additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial position or results of operations, which may adversely affect our business and stock price or cause our access to the capital markets to be impaired.
As disclosed in Item 9A of this report, we identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our financial statements that could result in a material restatement of our financial statements, and could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, any of which could diminish investor confidence in us and cause a decline in the price of our common stock. Failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could also subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we are listed or to other regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.
As a public company, we are required pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for each annual report on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by management in internal controls over financial reporting. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will also be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in each annual report on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC. We will be required to disclose material changes made in our internal controls over financial reporting on a quarterly basis. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the stock exchange on which our securities are listed or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.
24

Table of Contents
Risks Related to Litigation
We are currently involved in litigation with one of our stockholders relating to the lock-up restrictions included in our Amended and Restated Bylaws.
On July 23, 2021, plaintiff William J. Brown, a former employee and a shareholder of Matterport, Inc. (now known as Matterport Operating, LLC) (“Legacy Matterport”), sued Legacy Matterport, Gores Holdings VI, Inc. (now known as Matterport, Inc.), Maker Merger Sub Inc., Maker Merger Sub II, LLC, and Legacy Matterport directors R.J. Pittman, David Gausebeck, Matt Bell, Peter Hebert, Jason Krikorian, Carlos Kokron and Michael Gustafson (collectively, the “Defendants”) in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. The plaintiff’s complaint claims that Defendants imposed invalid transfer restrictions on his shares of Matterport stock in connection with the merger transactions between Matterport, Inc. and Legacy Matterport (the “Transfer Restrictions”), and that Legacy Matterport’s board of directors violated their fiduciary duties in connection with a purportedly misleading letter of transmittal. The plaintiff is seeking damages and costs, as well as a declaration from the court that he may freely transfer his shares of Class A common stock of Matterport received in connection with the merger transactions.
An expedited trial regarding the facial validity of the Transfer Restrictions took place from December 1-2, 2021. On January 11, 2022, the court issued a ruling that the Transfer Restrictions did not apply to the plaintiff. The opinion did not address the validity of the Transfer Restrictions. Matterport filed a notice of appeal of the court’s ruling on February 8, 2022. Separate proceedings regarding plaintiff’s remaining claims are pending.
We are currently and may from time to time be involved in lawsuits and other litigation matters that are expensive and time-consuming. If resolved adversely, lawsuits and other litigation matters could seriously harm our business.
We are currently involved in several lawsuits and other litigation proceedings, and we anticipate that we may from time to time be involved in other lawsuits and similar proceedings. Any such lawsuits or other proceedings to which we are a party may result in an onerous or unfavorable outcomes or judgment that may not be reversed on appeal, or we may decide to settle lawsuits or other proceedings on unfavorable terms. Any such negative outcome could result in payments of substantial monetary damages or fines, or changes to our products or business practices, and accordingly our business could be seriously harmed.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property, Information Technology, Data Privacy, Data Security and Regulatory Issues
Legacy Matterport received a voluntary request for information from the Division of Enforcement of the SEC in an investigation relating to certain sales and repurchases of its securities in the secondary market. Although we believe we have cooperated fully with the request, we cannot predict the duration or ultimate resolution of the investigation, and cooperating with the request may require significant management time and resources, which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial position.
On January 29, 2021, Legacy Matterport received a voluntary request for information from the Division of Enforcement of the SEC relating to certain sales and repurchases of our securities in the secondary market. Although we believe we have cooperated fully with the request, we have not received any updates from the SEC and we cannot predict the duration or ultimate resolution of the investigation.Cooperating with any additional requests from the SEC may require significant management time and resources, which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial position.

We rely significantly on the use of information technology. Cybersecurity risks – any technology failures causing a material disruption to operational technology or cyber-attacks on our systems affecting our ability to protect the integrity and security of customer and employee information – could harm our reputation and/or could disrupt our operations and negatively impact our business.

We increasingly rely on information technology systems to process, transmit and store electronic information. A significant portion of the communication between personnel, customers, business partners and suppliers depends on information technology. We use information technology systems and networks in our operations and supporting departments such as marketing, accounting, finance, and human resources. We also rely on third party technology and systems for a variety of reasons, including, without limitation, authentication technology, employee email, content delivery to customers, back-office support, and other functions. The future operation, success and growth of our business depends
25

Table of Contents
on streamlined processes made available through our uninhibited access to information systems, global communications, internet activity and other network processes.

Like most companies, despite our current security measures, our information technology systems, and those of our third-party service providers, may be vulnerable to information security breaches, malware, viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions, which could lead to interruption and delays in our services and operations and loss, misuse or theft of data. Computer malware, viruses, hacking and phishing attacks against online networks have become more prevalent and may occur on our systems in the future. Ransomware attacks, including those from organized criminal threat actors, nation-states, and nation-state supported actors, are becoming increasingly prevalent and severe, and can lead to significant interruptions in our operations, loss of data and income, reputational loss, diversion of funds, and may result in fines, litigation and unwanted media attention. Extortion payments may alleviate the negative impact of a ransomware attack, but we may be unwilling or unable to make such payments due to, for example, applicable laws or regulations prohibiting payments.Further, stored data might be improperly accessed due to a variety of events beyond our control, including, but not limited to, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, hackers and other security issues.

Hackers and data thieves are increasingly sophisticated and operate large-scale and complex automated attacks which may remain undetected until after they occur. Any attempts by cyber attackers to disrupt our services or systems or those of our third party service providers could result in mandated user notifications, litigation, government investigations, significant fines and expenditures; product fulfillment delays, key personnel being unable to perform duties or communicate throughout the organization, loss of internet sales, significant costs for data restoration; damage our brand and reputation; and materially adversely affect our business and results of operations. Efforts to prevent cyber attackers from entering computer systems are expensive to implement, and we may not be able to avoid attacks that arise through computer systems of our third-party vendors. Despite our existing security procedures and controls, if our network were compromised, it could give rise to unwanted media attention, materially damage our customer relationships, harm our business, reputation, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, result in fines or litigation, and may increase the costs we incur to protect against such information security breaches, such as increased investment in technology, the costs of compliance with consumer protection laws and costs resulting from consumer fraud.
We have not experienced any material attacks, disruptions, outages and other performance problems, but may do so in the future, due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, third-party service providers, human or software errors and capacity constraints. When we have experienced such incidents, we have implemented controls and taken other
preventative actions to further strengthen our systems against future attacks. However, we cannot assure you that such measures will provide absolute security, that we will be able to react in a timely manner, or that our remediation efforts following an attack will be successful.
We have processes and procedures in place designed to enable us to recover from a disaster or catastrophe and continue business operations and have tested this capability under controlled circumstances. However, there are several factors ranging from human error to data corruption that could materially impact the efficacy of such processes and procedures, including by lengthening the time services are partially or fully unavailable to customers and users. It may be difficult or impossible to perform some or all recovery steps and continue normal business operations due to the nature of a particular disaster or catastrophe, especially during peak periods, which could cause additional reputational damages, or loss of revenues, any of which would adversely affect our business and financial results.

Moreover, while we maintain cyber insurance that may help provide coverage for these types of incidents, we cannot assure you that our insurance will be adequate to cover costs and liabilities related to security incidents or breaches. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds our available insurance coverage, or results in changes to our insurance policies (including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements), could have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, we cannot be sure that our existing insurance coverage will continue to be available on acceptable terms or that our insurers will not deny coverage as to any future claim.

26

Table of Contents
Because we store, process, and use data, some of which contains personal information, we are subject to complex and evolving federal, state and foreign laws, regulations, industry standards, and other legal obligations regarding data privacy and security matters. Failure to comply with such laws, regulations, industry standards, and legal obligations could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations or financial condition, or have other adverse consequences.
As part of our normal business activities,we collect, store, retain, process, transmit, and use data, some of which contains personal information. As such, we are subject to various federal, state, and foreign laws and regulations, industry standards, and other legal obligations regarding data privacy and security matters. In addition, these existing laws and regulations are constantly evolving, and new laws and regulations that apply to our business are being introduced at every level of government in the United States, as well as internationally. As we seek to expand our business, we are, and may increasingly become subject to various laws, regulations, standards, and regulatory guidance relating to data privacy and security in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any federal or state privacy or security laws, regulations, regulatory guidance, industry standards, or other legal obligations relating to data privacy or security could adversely affect our reputation, results of operations or financial condition, and may result in claims, liabilities, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, customers or others.
In the United States, there are numerous federal and state data privacy and security laws, rules, and regulations governing the collection, storage, retention, transmission, use, retention, security, transfer, storage, and other processing of personal information, including federal and state data privacy laws, data breach notification laws, and consumer protection laws. For example, the FTC and many state attorneys general are interpreting federal and state consumer protection laws to impose standards for the online collection, use, dissemination, and security of data. Such standards require us to publish statements that describe how we handle personal data and choices individuals may have about the way we handle their personal data. If such information that we publish is considered untrue or inaccurate, we may be subject to government claims of unfair or deceptive trade practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences. Moreover, according to the FTC, violating consumers’ privacy rights or failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal data secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act. State consumer protection laws provide similar causes of action for unfair or deceptive practices. Some states, such as California and Massachusetts, have passed specific laws mandating reasonable security measures for the handling of consumer data. Further, privacy advocates and industry groups have regularly proposed and sometimes approved, and may propose and approve in the future, self-regulatory standards with which we must legally comply or that contractually apply to us.
Our communications with our customers are subject to certain laws and regulations, including the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing (“CAN-SPAM”) Act of 2003, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 (the “TCPA”), and the Telemarketing Sales Rule and analogous state laws, that could expose us to significant damages awards, fines and other penalties that could materially impact our business. For example, the TCPA imposes various consumer consent requirements and other restrictions in connection with certain telemarketing activity and other communication with consumers by phone, fax or text message. The CAN-SPAM Act and the Telemarketing Sales Rule and analogous state laws also impose various restrictions on marketing conducted use of email, telephone, fax or text message. As laws and regulations, including FTC enforcement, rapidly evolve to govern the use of these communications and marketing platforms, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other penalties.
In addition, many state legislatures have adopted legislation that regulates how businesses operate online, including measures relating to privacy, data security, and data breaches. Such legislation includes the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which increases privacy rights for California consumers and imposes obligations on companies that process their personal information. Among other things, the CCPA gives California consumers expanded rights related to their personal information, including the right to access and delete their personal information and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used and shared. The CCPA also provides California consumers the right to opt-out of certain sales of personal information and may restrict the use of cookies and similar technologies for advertising purposes. The CCPA prohibits discrimination against individuals who exercise their privacy rights, and provides for civil penalties for violations enforceable by the California Attorney General as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. This private right of action is expected to increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. Additionally, in November 2020, California passed the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”), which expands the CCPA significantly, including by expanding California consumers’ rights with respect to certain personal information and creating a new state agency to oversee implementation and enforcement
27

Table of Contents
efforts, potentially resulting in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. Many of the CPRA’s provisions will become effective on January 1, 2023. The costs of compliance with, and the other burdens imposed by, these and other laws or regulatory actions may increase our operational costs, and/or result in interruptions or delays in the availability of systems.
Other states have enacted similar bills. For example, the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act (the “VCDPA”) gives consumers rights similar to the CCPA and also requires covered businesses to implement security measures and conduct data protection assessments. In addition, the Colorado Privacy Act (the “COPA”) closely resembles the VCDPA. The VCDPA and COPA will become effective in 2023 and be enforceable by their respective states’ Attorney General and/or district attorneys. We must comply with the VCDPA and COPA if our operations fall within the scope of these laws, which may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. Similar laws have been proposed in other states and at the federal level, reflecting a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States. This legislation may add additional complexity, variation in requirements, restrictions and potential legal risk, require additional investment in resources to compliance programs, could impact strategies and availability of previously useful data, and could result in increased compliance costs and/or changes in business practices and policies.
In addition, some laws may require us to notify governmental authorities and/or affected individuals of data breaches involving certain personal information or other unauthorized or inadvertent access to or disclosure of such information. We may need to notify governmental authorities and affected individuals with respect to such incidents. For example, laws in all 50 U.S. states may require businesses to provide notice to consumers whose personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. These laws are not consistent with each other, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach may be difficult and costly. We also may be contractually required to notify consumers or other counterparties of a security incident, including a breach. Regardless of our contractual protections, any actual or perceived security incident or breach, or breach of our contractual obligations, could harm our reputation and brand, expose us to potential liability or require us to expend significant resources on data security and in responding to any such actual or perceived breach. In the EEA, we are subject to the General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679 (“GDPR”) and in the United Kingdom, we are subject to the United Kingdom data protection regime consisting primarily of the UK General Data Protection Regulation and the UK Data Protection Act 2018. The GDPR, and national supplementing legislation in EEA member states, and the United Kingdom regime, impose a strict data protection compliance regime.
For example, we are subject to European Union and United Kingdom rules with respect to cross-border transfers of personal data out of the EEA and the United Kingdom, respectively. Recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and uncertainty regarding transfers of personal information from the EEA and the United Kingdom to the United States. Most recently, on July 16, 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”) invalidated the EU-US Privacy Shield Framework (“Privacy Shield”) under which personal information could be transferred from the EEA to US entities who had self-certified under the Privacy Shield scheme. Use of the standard contractual clauses must now be assessed on a case-by-case basis taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country, in particular applicable surveillance laws and rights of individuals, and additional measures and/or contractual provisions may need to be put in place. The European Commission has published revised standard contractual clauses for data transfers from the EEA: the revised clauses have been mandatory for relevant transfers since September 27, 2021, and in the United Kingdom, the Information Commissioner’s Office has published new data transfer standard contracts for transfers from the UK under the UK GDPR, which will be mandatory for relevant transfers from September 21, 2022. These recent developments mean we have to review and may need to change the legal mechanisms by which we transfer data outside of the European Union and United Kingdom, including to the United States.As supervisory authorities issue further guidance on personal data export mechanisms, we could suffer additional costs, complaints and/or regulatory investigations or fines, and/or if we are otherwise unable to transfer personal data between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services, and could adversely affect our financial results.
We are also subject to evolving EU and UK privacy laws on cookies, tracking technologies and e-marketing. In the EU and the UK under national laws derived from the ePrivacy Directive, informed consent is required for the placement of a cookie or similar technologies on a user’s device and for direct electronic marketing to individuals (as opposed to businesses). The current national laws that implement the ePrivacy Directive are highly likely to be replaced across the EU (but not directly in the UK) by an EU regulation known as the ePrivacy Regulation which will significantly increase fines for non-compliance. Recent European court and regulatory decisions, as well as actions by NYOB (a not-for-profit privacy activist group), are driving increased attention to cookies and tracking technologies, and if this continues, this could lead to substantial costs, require significant systems changes, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, increase costs and subject us to additional liabilities.
28

Table of Contents
We are subject to the supervision of local data protection authorities in the United Kingdom and those EEA jurisdictions where we are established or otherwise subject to the GDPR. Fines for certain breaches of the GDPR and the UK data protection regime are significant: up to the greater of €20 million / £17.5 million or 4 % of total global annual turnover. In addition to the foregoing, a breach of the GDPR or UK GDPR could result in regulatory investigations, reputational damage, orders to cease/ change our processing of our data, enforcement notices, and/ or assessment notices (for a compulsory audit). We may also face civil claims including representative actions and other class action type litigation (where individuals have suffered harm), potentially amounting to significant compensation or damages liabilities, as well as associated costs, diversion of internal resources, and reputational harm.
Outside of the US and EU, many countries and territories have laws, regulations, or other requirements relating to privacy, data protection, information security, localized storage of data, and consumer protection, and new countries and territories are adopting such legislation or other obligations with increasing frequency. Many of these laws may require consent from consumers for the use of data for various purposes, including marketing, which may reduce our ability to market our products. There is no harmonized approach to these laws and regulations globally. Consequently, we would increase our risk of non-compliance with applicable foreign data protection laws by expanding internationally. We may need to change and limit the way we use personal information in operating our business and may have difficulty maintaining a single operating model that is compliant.
Further, because we accept debit and credit cards for payment, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or the PCI Standard, issued by the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council, with respect to payment card information. The PCI Standard contains compliance guidelines with regard to our security surrounding the physical and electronic storage, processing and transmission of cardholder data. Compliance with the PCI Standard and implementing related procedures, technology and information security measures requires significant resources and ongoing attention. Costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology, such as those necessary to achieve compliance with the PCI Standard or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations. Any material interruptions or failures in our payment related systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If there are amendments to the PCI Standard, the cost of recompliance could also be substantial and we may suffer loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our operations as a result. If we are unable to comply with the security standards established by banks and the payment card industry, we may be subject to fines, restrictions and expulsion from card acceptance programs, which could materially and adversely affect our business.
Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our posted privacy policies, our privacy-related obligations to users or other third parties, or any other legal obligations or regulatory requirements relating to privacy, data protection, or data security, may result in governmental investigations or enforcement actions, litigation (including customer class actions), claims, or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others and could result in significant liability, cause our users to lose trust in us, and otherwise materially and adversely affect our reputation and business. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the laws, regulations, other obligations, and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our users may limit the adoption and use of, and reduce the overall demand for, our platform. Additionally, if third parties we work with violate applicable laws, regulations, or contractual obligations, such violations may put our users’ data at risk, could result in governmental investigations or enforcement actions, fines, litigation, claims, or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others and could result in significant liability, cause our users to lose trust in us, and otherwise materially and adversely affect our reputation and business.
Our products are highly technical and may contain undetected software bugs or hardware errors, which could manifest in ways that could seriously harm our reputation and our business.
Our products and services are highly technical and complex. Our platform and any products we may introduce in the future may contain undetected software bugs, hardware errors, and other vulnerabilities. These bugs and errors can manifest in any number of ways in our products and services, including through diminished performance, security vulnerabilities, malfunctions, or even permanently disabled products. We have a practice of rapidly updating our products and some errors in our products may be discovered only after a product has been shipped and used by customers. Any errors, bugs or vulnerabilities discovered in our code after release could damage our reputation, drive away customers, lower revenue, and expose us to damages claims, any of which could seriously harm our business.
We could also face claims for product liability, tort, or breach of warranty. In addition, our contracts with subscribers contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, which may not be upheld. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention and seriously harm our
29

Table of Contents
reputation and business. In addition, if our liability insurance coverage proves inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, our business could be seriously harmed.
Our products contain third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could restrict our ability to deliver our platform or subject us to litigation or other actions.
Our products contain software modules licensed to us by third-party authors under “open source” licenses, and we expect to continue to incorporate such open source software in our products in the future. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties, indemnification, or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. In addition, the public availability of such software may make it easier for others to compromise our platform.
Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software we use, or grant other licenses to our intellectual property. We seek to ensure that our proprietary software is not combined with, and does not incorporate, open source software in ways that would require the release of the source code of our proprietary software to the public. However, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public. This would allow our competitors or new entrants to create similar offerings with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of our competitive advantages. Alternatively, to avoid the public release of the affected portions of our source code, we could be required to expend substantial time and resources to re-engineer some or all of our software. Our platform incorporates software that is licensed under open source licenses which could require release of proprietary code if such platform was released or distributed in any manner that would trigger such a requirement to third parties. We take steps to ensure that our platform is not released or distributed. Additionally, some open source projects have vulnerabilities and architectural instabilities and are provided without warranties or support services to actively provide us patched versions when available, and which, if not properly addressed, could negatively affect the performance of our platform.
Although we have certain processes in place to monitor and manage our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our platform to conditions we do not intend, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide or distribute our platform. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their platform, and the licensors of such open source software provide no warranties or indemnities with respect to such claims. As a result, we could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Moreover, we cannot assure you that our processes for monitoring and managing our use of open source software in our platform will be effective. If we are held to have breached or failed to fully comply with all the terms and conditions of an open source software license, or if an author or other third party that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations, could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of subscriptions to our platform or other liability, or be required to seek costly licenses from third parties to continue providing our platform on terms that, if available at all, are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our platform, to discontinue or delay the provision of our platform if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code, any of which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our future growth and success are dependent upon the continuing rapid adoption of spatial data.
Our future growth is highly dependent upon the adoption of spatial data by businesses and consumers. The market for spatial data is relatively new and rapidly evolving, characterized by rapidly changing technologies, competitive pricing and other competitive factors, evolving government regulation and industry standards and changing consumer demands and behaviors. Although demand for spatial data has grown in recent years, there is no guarantee that such growth will continue. If the market for spatial data develops more slowly than expected, or if demand for spatial data decreases, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results would be harmed.
30

Table of Contents
The spatial data market is characterized by rapid technological change, which requires us to continue to develop new services, products and service and product innovations. Any delays in such development could adversely affect market adoption of our products and services and could adversely affect our business and financial results.
Continuing technological changes in spatial data could adversely affect adoption of spatial data and/or our platform or products. Our future success will depend upon our ability to develop and introduce new capabilities and innovations to our platform and other existing product offerings, as well as introduce new product offerings, to address the changing needs of the spatial data market.
As the market for spatial data changes, we may need to upgrade or adapt our platform and introduce new products and services in order to serve our customers, which could involve substantial expense. Even if we are able to keep pace with changes in technology and develop new products and services, our research and development expenses could increase, our gross margins could be adversely affected in some periods and our prior products could become obsolete more quickly than expected.
We cannot assure that any new products and services will be released in a timely manner, or at all, or achieve market acceptance. Delays in delivering new products and services that meet customer needs could damage our relationships with customers and lead them to seek alternative products or services. Delays in introducing products and innovations or the failure to offer innovative products or services at competitive prices may cause our subscribers to use our competitors’ products or services.
If we are unable to devote adequate resources to develop products or cannot otherwise successfully develop products or services that meet customer needs on a timely basis, our platform and other products could lose market share, our revenue could decline, we may experience higher operating losses and our business and prospects could be adversely affected.
We may need to defend against intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claims, which may be time-consuming and expensive, and adversely affect our business.
Technology companies are frequently subject to litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. From time to time, the holders of intellectual property rights have previously and may in the future assert their rights and urge us to take licenses, and/or bring suits alleging infringement or misappropriation of such rights. There can be no assurance that we will be able to mitigate the risk of potential suits or other legal demands by such third parties. Although we may have meritorious defenses, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in defending against these allegations or in reaching business resolutions that are satisfactory to us. In addition, if we are determined to have infringed, or believe there is a high likelihood that we have infringed upon a third party’s intellectual property rights, we may be required to cease making, selling or incorporating key components or intellectual property into the products and services we offer, to pay substantial damages and/or royalties, to redesign our products and services, and/or to establish and maintain alternative branding. Any litigation may also involve non-practicing entities or other adverse patent owners that have no relevant solution revenue, and therefore, our patent portfolio may provide little or no deterrence as we would not be able to assert our patents against such entities or individuals. To the extent that our subscribers and business partners become the subject of allegations or claims regarding the infringement or misappropriation of intellectual property rights related to our products and services, we have previously and may in the future be required to indemnify such subscribers and business partners. For example, we are currently indemnifying our client Redfin Corporation in a lawsuit brought by Appliance Computing III d/b/a Surefield. Specifically, Appliance Computing III d/b/a Surefield has asserted that Redfin’s use of our 3D-Walkthrough technology infringes four patents. Redfin has asserted defenses in the litigation that the asserted patents are invalid and not infringed. Despite such defenses, we cannot guarantee a favorable outcome in the litigation or that our other clients’ use of the 3D-Walkthrough technology does not infringe the asserted patents.
Our agreements with customers, channel partners and certain vendors include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement pertaining to our products and technology. Some of these indemnity agreements provide for uncapped liability and some indemnity provisions survive termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Any claim of infringement by a third party, even one without merit, whether against us or for which we are required to provide indemnification, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim, could distract our management from our business, and could require us to cease use of such intellectual property or develop a non-infringing design-around. Further, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, we risk compromising our confidential information during this type of litigation. Any dispute with a customer with respect to these intellectual property
31

Table of Contents
indemnification obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with that customer and other existing or new customers, and harm our business and operating results. We may be required to make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement fees, damages, royalties, or other fees in connection with a claimant securing a judgment against us, we may be subject to an injunction or other restrictions that cause us to cease selling subscriptions to our products, we may be subject to an injunction or other restrictions that cause us to rebrand or otherwise cease using certain trademarks in specified jurisdictions, or we may be required to redesign any allegedly infringing portion of our products or we may agree to a settlement that prevents us from distributing our platform or a portion thereof, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, although we carry insurance, our insurance may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed, or otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages, and any such coverage may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.
Even if we are not a party to any litigation between a subscriber or business partner and a third party relating to infringement by our products, an adverse outcome in any such litigation could make it more difficult for us to defend our products against intellectual property infringement claims in subsequent litigation in which we are a named party. If we are required to take one or more such actions, our business, prospects, brand, operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, any litigation or claims, whether or not valid, could result in substantial costs, negative publicity and diversion of resources and management attention.
With respect to any intellectual property rights claim, we may have to seek a license to continue operations that are found or alleged to violate such rights. Such licenses may not be available, or if available, may not be available on favorable or commercially reasonable terms and may significantly increase our operating expenses. Some licenses may be non-exclusive, and therefore our competitors may have access to the same technology licensed to us. If a third party does not offer us a license to its intellectual property on reasonable terms, or at all, we may be required to develop alternative, non-infringing technology, which could require significant time (during which we would be unable to continue to offer our affected offerings), effort and expense and may ultimately not be successful. Any of these events could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to protect our spatial data technology and intellectual property from unauthorized use by third parties.
Our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our core spatial data technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on, and plan to continue relying on, a combination of patents, trade secrets, employee and third-party nondisclosure agreements, copyright, trademarks, intellectual property licenses and other contractual rights to retain ownership of, and protect, our technology. Such agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology, and we may fail to consistently obtain, police and enforce such agreements. Failure to adequately protect our technology and intellectual property could result in competitors offering similar products, potentially resulting in the loss of some of our competitive advantage and a decrease in revenue, which would adversely affect our business prospects, financial condition and operating results.
The measures we take to protect our intellectual property from unauthorized use by others may not be effective for various reasons, including the following:
•    any patent applications we submit may not result in the issuance of patents;
•    the scope of issued patents may not be broad enough to protect proprietary rights;
•    any issued patents may be challenged by competitors and/or invalidated by courts or governmental authorities;
•    the costs associated with enforcing patents or other intellectual property rights may make aggressive enforcement impracticable;
•    current and future competitors may circumvent patents or independently develop similar proprietary designs or technologies; and
•    know-how and other proprietary information we purport to hold as a trade secret may not qualify as a trade secret under applicable laws.
Patent, trademark, and trade secret laws vary significantly throughout the world. Some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States, and effective intellectual property
32

Table of Contents
protection may not be available in every country in which we operate or intend to operate our business. Further, policing the unauthorized use of our intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions may be difficult or impossible. Therefore, our intellectual property rights may not be as strong or as easily enforced outside of the United States.
Changes to applicable U.S. tax laws and regulations or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could affect our business and future profitability.
We are a U.S. corporation that will be subject to U.S. corporate income tax on our worldwide operations. Moreover, most of our operations and customers are located in the United States, and as a result, we are subject to various U.S. federal, state and local taxes. New U.S. laws and policy relating to taxes may have an adverse effect on our business and future profitability. Further, existing U.S. tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us.
As a result of plans to expand our business operations, including to jurisdictions in which tax laws may not be favorable, our tax rates may fluctuate, tax obligations may become significantly more complex and subject to greater risk of examination by taxing authorities and we may be subject to future changes in tax law, the impacts of which could adversely affect our after-tax profitability and financial results.
In the event that our business expands domestically or internationally, our effective tax rates may fluctuate widely in the future. Future effective tax rates could be affected by operating losses in jurisdictions where no tax benefit can be recorded under U.S. law, changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in tax laws. Factors that could materially affect our future effective tax rates include, but are not limited to, changes in tax laws or the regulatory environment, changes in accounting and tax standards or practices, changes in the composition of operating income by tax jurisdiction and pre-tax operating results of our business.
We may be subject to significant income, withholding and other tax obligations in the United States and may become subject to taxation in numerous additional state, local and non-U.S. jurisdictions with respect to income, operations and subsidiaries related to those jurisdictions. Our after-tax profitability and financial results could be subject to volatility or be affected by numerous factors, including the following:
•    the availability of tax deductions, credits, exemptions, refunds and other benefits to reduce tax liabilities,
•    changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, if any,
•    expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances, the tax treatment of stock-based compensation,
•    changes in the relative amount of earnings subject to tax in the various jurisdictions,
•    the potential business expansion into, or otherwise becoming subject to tax in, additional jurisdictions,
•    changes to existing intercompany structure (and any costs related thereto) and business operations,
•    the extent of intercompany transactions and the extent to which taxing authorities in relevant jurisdictions respect those intercompany transactions and
•    the ability to structure business operations in an efficient and competitive manner.
Outcomes of audits or examinations by taxing authorities could have an adverse effect on our after-tax profitability and financial condition. Additionally, the IRS and several foreign tax authorities have increasingly focused attention on intercompany transfer pricing with respect to sales of products and services and the use of intangibles. Tax authorities could disagree with our intercompany charges, cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing or other matters and assess additional taxes. If we do not prevail in any such disagreements, our profitability may be affected.
Our after-tax profitability and financial results may also be adversely affected by changes in relevant tax laws and tax rates, treaties, regulations, administrative practices and principles, judicial decisions and interpretations thereof, in each case, possibly with retroactive effect.
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
As of December 31, 2021, we had $169.4 million of U.S. federal and $89.4 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income. Certain of these carryforwards may be carried forward indefinitely for U.S. federal tax purposes, while others are subject to expiration beginning in 2031. It is possible that we will not
33

Table of Contents
generate taxable income in time to use all or a portion of these net operating loss carryforwards before their expiration or at all. Under legislative changes made in December 2017, U.S. federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and in future years may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such net operating losses is limited. In addition, our net operating loss carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the IRS, and state tax authorities. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and certain other attributes, such as research tax credits, may be subject to significant limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), respectively, and similar provisions of U.S. state law. Under those sections of the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change attributes to offset its post-change income or tax may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” would occur if the percentage of our equity interests held by one or more of our “5-percent shareholders” (as such term is used in Section 382 of the Code) increased by more than 50 percentage points over the lowest percentage of our equity held by such 5-percent shareholders at any time during the relevant testing period (usually three years). Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have not undertaken an analysis of whether the Merger constituted an “ownership change” for purposes of Section 382 and Section 383 of the U.S. Tax Code. Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities may be limited as a result of ownership changes, including potential changes in connection with the Merger (as defined herein) or other transactions. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has not undertaken any analyses in respect of Section 382 to determine the annual limitation and if any of the tax attributes are subject to a permanent limitation.
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies and/or smaller reporting companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare performance with other public companies.
We are an emerging growth company (“EGC”) as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Investors may find our common stock less attractive because we will continue to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and the stock price may be more volatile.
An EGC may elect to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and under Section 102(b)(2) of the JOBS Act, we have elected to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to non-public business entities. As a result, the financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and those that we will file in the future may not be comparable to companies that comply with public business entities revised accounting standards effective dates.
We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the Securities Act and Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company so long as either (i) the market value of shares of our common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of shares of our common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an EGC, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company, we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and, similar to emerging growth companies, if we are a smaller reporting company under the requirements of clause (ii) above, we would not be required to obtain an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm.
We have incurred and will continue to incur significant expenses and administrative burdens as a public company, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have incurred and will continue to incur increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the requirements of Section 404 thereof, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the rules and regulations promulgated and to be promulgated
34

Table of Contents
thereunder, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the securities exchanges, impose additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. Compliance with public company requirements increases costs and makes certain activities more time-consuming. A number of those requirements require us to carry out activities we had not done previously. In addition, expenses associated with SEC reporting requirements have been and will continue to be incurred. Furthermore, if any issues in complying with those requirements are identified (for example, if we identify a significant deficiency or additional material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs to rectify those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect our reputation or investor perceptions. In addition, we have purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, which has substantial premiums. The additional reporting and other obligations imposed by these rules and regulations has increased and will continue to increase legal and financial compliance costs and the costs of related legal, accounting and administrative activities. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt additional changes in governance and reporting requirements, which could further increase costs.
Failure to comply with laws relating to employment could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.
We are subject to various employment-related laws in the jurisdictions in which our employees are based. We face risks if we fail to comply with applicable United States federal or state employment laws, or employment laws applicable to our employees outside of the United States. In addition, we implemented a reduction in force and furloughed employees in 2020, and the attendant layoffs and/or furloughs could create an additional risk of claims being made on behalf of affected employees. Any violation of applicable wage laws or other employment-related laws could result in complaints by current or former employees, adverse media coverage, investigations, and damages or penalties which could have a materially adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results and prospects. In addition, responding to any such proceedings may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources, significant defense costs, and other professional fees.
Provisions in the Amended and Restated Bylaws designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit the ability of our stockholders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or with our directors, officers or employees and may discourage stockholders from bringing such claims.
The Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, and subject to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction or personal jurisdiction over the parties named as defendants therein, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for:
•    any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us;
•    any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees or our stockholders;
•    any action asserting a claim against us, our directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Amended and Restated Bylaws; or
•    any action asserting a claim against us, our directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine.
This exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. However, this provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act, which provides for the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts with respect to all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this exclusive forum provision will apply to other state and federal law claims including actions arising under the Securities Act. However, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this exclusive forum provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act, and investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. If a court were to find the exclusive forum provision contained in the Amended and Restated Bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
35

Table of Contents
Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and other jurisdictions, and our tax liabilities are subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:
•    changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;
•    expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;
•    tax effects of stock-based compensation;
•    costs related to intercompany restructurings;
•    changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or
•    lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.
In addition, we have been and may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by taxing authorities. Outcomes of these audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in laws, regulations or rules, or a failure to comply with any laws, regulations or rules, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.
We are subject to laws, regulations and regulationsrules enacted by national, regional and local governments.governments and Nasdaq. In particular, we will beare required to comply with certain SEC, Nasdaq and other legal or regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws, regulations and regulationsrules may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws, and regulations or rules and their


interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations or regulations,rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution.

The pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the 24th month from the IPO Closing Date in the event we do not complete our business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with the foregoing procedures.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distributionWarrants complies andEarn-outSharestoLegacyMatterportstockholdersareaccountedforasliabilitiesandarerecordedatfairvalueuponissuance/grantwith Section 281(b) changesinfairvalueeachperiodreportedinourearnings,whichcouldhaveanadverseeffectonthemarketpriceof the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the consummation of our initial business combination, which could delay the opportunity for our stockholders to elect directors.

In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. Under Section 211(b) of the DGCL, we are, however, required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with our bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, and thus we may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

Holders of our Class A common stock will not be entitled to vote and/oran adverse effecton any appointment of directors we hold prior to our initial business combination.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our Founder Shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during

financial results.

such time. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our Founder Shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Accordingly, you may not have any say in the management of our company prior to the completion of an initial business combination.

We are not registering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We are not registering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, underManagement evaluated the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement underwarrants issued, including the Securities Act covering such sharesprivate placement warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) and maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise ofpublicly-traded warrants (“Public Warrants,” together with the warrants, untilPrivate Placement Warrants, the expiration of the warrants“Warrants”) in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and concluded that the provisionsWarrants are accounted for as a derivative liability and that derivative liability was recorded at fair value at their initial fair value on the date of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which representissuance, and each balance sheet date thereafter, as determined based upon a fundamental changevaluation report obtained from an independent third-party valuation firm. Changes in the information set forth in the registration statement or

prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exerciseestimated fair value of the warrants are not registered underrecognized as a non-cash gain or loss on the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis for unregistered sharesstatements of Class A common stock. However, no such warrant will be exercisable, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from state registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A common stock isoperations. The Earn-out Shares are recorded at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws and there is no exemption available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have nofair value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as partthe impact of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the shares of Class A common stock includedchanges in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying shares of Class A common stock for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

The grant of registration rights to our Initial Stockholders may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into at the IPO Closing Date, our Initial Stockholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Founder Shares and the Private Placement Warrants held by them and holders of Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register such Warrants or the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Warrants. In addition, given that the lock-up periodfair value on the Founder Shares is potentially shorter than most other blank check companies, these shares may become registered and available for sale sooner than Founder Shares in such other companies. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public marketearnings may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Common Stock. In addition,Due to the existence of the registration rights may make our Business Combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Common Stock that is expected when the securities owned by our Initial Stockholders or holders of working capital loans or their respective permitted transferees are registered.


Becauserecurring fair value measurement, we are not limited to a particular industry, sector or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’ operations.

We may seek to complete a business combination with an operating company in any industry or sector. However, we will not, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, be permitted to effectuate our business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. To the extent we complete our business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure youexpect that we will properly ascertainrecognize non-cash gains or assess alllosses for each future reporting period and that the amount of such gains or losses could be material. For example, for the significant risk factors or thatyear ended December 31, 2021, we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reducerecognized non-cash losses on the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investmentchange in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in thefair value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Past performance by Gores, including our management team, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, Gores and its affiliates is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by Gores and by our management team, including with respect to each of Gores Holdings I, Gores Holdings II, Gores Holdings III, Gores Metropoulos, Gores Holdings IV, Gores Holdings V, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II and Gores Guggenheim is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not relyapproximately $48.4 million on the historical record of Gores’ or our management team’s or Gores Holdings I’s, Gores Holdings II’s, Gores Holdings III’s, Gores Metropoulos’, Gores Holdings IV’s, Gores Holdings V’s, Gores Holdings VI’s, Gores Metropoulos II’s, Gores Holdings VII’s, Gores Holdings VIII’s, Gores Technology I’s, Gores Technology II’s,Warrants and Gores Guggenheim’s performance as indicative of the future performance of an investment in the company or the returns the company will, or is likely to, generate going forward. Furthermore, an investment in us is not an investment in Gores.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management’s areas of expertise.

We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s areas of expertise if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in the Public Offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this prospectus regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.


Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these criteria and guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances,$140.5 million on the liquidationEarn-out Shares. The impact of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may seek acquisition opportunities with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue orchanges in fair value on earnings which could subject us to volatile revenues or earnings or difficulty in retaining key personnel.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include investing in a business without a proven business model and with limited historical financial data, volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our business combination with an affiliated entity or our board cannot independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, which will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional common stock or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon the conversion of the Class F Common Stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 40,000,000 shares of Class F Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Immediately after the Public Offering, there are 365,500,000 and 31,375,000 authorized but unissued shares of Class A common stock and Class F Common Stock, respectively, available for issuance, which amount takes into account the shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants but not the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon


conversion of Class F Common Stock, which amount is not currently determinable. Immediately after the consummation of the Public Offering, there were no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. Shares of Class F Common Stock are convertible into shares of our Class A common stock initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein, including in certain circumstances in which we issue Class A common stock or equity-linked securities related to our initial business combination. Shares of Class F Common Stock are also convertible at the option of the holder at any time.

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of common or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock to redeem the warrants as described in “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Stockholders’ Warrants—Redemption of warrants for Class A common stock” or upon conversion of the Class F Common Stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. The issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of existing stockholders;

may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;

could cause a change of control if a substantial number of shares of our common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A common stock and/or warrants.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.


In addition, the officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidates’ key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he or she may be entitled to substantial compensation and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. In particular, certain of our officers and directors are employed by affiliates of The Gores Group,


which is an investment manager to various private investment funds that make investments in securities or other interests of or relating to companies in industries we may target for our initial business combination. In particular, certain of our officers and directors serve as an officer or director of Gores Holdings V, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II, and Gores Guggenheim blank check companies sponsored by an affiliate of The Gores Group. Our independent directors also serve as officers or board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us, including another blank check company, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our Sponsor and officers and directors are, and may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business. In addition, our Sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our initial business combination. As a result, our Sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. Although we have no formal policy in place for vetting potential conflicts of interest, our board of directors will review any potential conflicts of interest on a case-by-case basis. In particular, affiliates of our Sponsor are currently sponsoring seven other blank check companies, Gores Holdings V, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II and Gores Guggenheim. Gores Metropoulos II may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is focusing on business combinations in the consumer products and services industry. Gores Technology I and Gores Technology II may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is focusing on business combinations in the technology industry. Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, and Gores Guggenheim may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is not focusing on any particular industry for business combinations. Further, Mr. Gores, our Chairman, serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Metropoulos II, Mr. Stone, our Chief Executive Officer, serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, and Gores Guggenheim. Mr. McBride, our Chief Financial Officer, serves as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II, and Gores Guggenheim. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target.

Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties.

Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain a waiver of the corporate opportunity doctrine, which will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless (i) such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company (ii) such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue and (iii) the director or officer is permitted to refer the opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation. The purpose for the surrender of corporate opportunities is to allow officers, directors or other representatives with multiple business affiliations to continue to serve as an officer of our company or on our board of directors. Our officers and directors may from time to time be presented with opportunities that could benefit both another business affiliation and us. In the absence of the “corporate opportunity” waiver in our charter, certain candidates would not be able to serve as an officer or director. We believe we substantially benefit from having representatives, who bring significant, relevant and valuable experience to our management, and, as a result, the inclusion of the “corporate opportunity” waiver in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides us with greater flexibility to attract and retain the officers and directors that we feel are the best candidates.


However, the personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. The different timelines of competing business combinations could cause our directors and officers to prioritize a different business combination over finding a suitable acquisition target for our business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our stockholders’ best interest, which could negatively impact the timing for a business combination.

For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Item 10. Director, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance,” and Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.”

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, our directors or officers, although we do not intend to do so. We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us, including the formation or participation in one or more other blank check companies. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

In particular, The Gores Group and its affiliates have invested in sectors as diverse as industrials, technology, telecommunications, media and entertainment, business services, healthcare and consumer products. As a result, there may be substantial overlap between companies that would be a suitable business combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our Sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders, which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our Sponsor, officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Management—Conflicts of Interest.” Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our Sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no preliminary discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination as set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Proposed Business—Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of our Initial Business Combination” and such transaction was approved by a majority of our disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our Sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our business combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target business is appropriate for our initial business combination.

On July 24, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 17,250,000 shares of Class F Common Stock for $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share. On October 1, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 8,625,000 Founder Shares to us for no consideration, on October 23, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class F Common Stock of 6,468,750 shares thereof and on November 13, 2020 the Sponsor surrendered 6,468,750 Founder Shares to us for no


consideration, resulting in an aggregate of 8,625,000 outstanding shares of Class F Common Stock. As a result of such surrender, the per-share purchase price increased to approximately $0.003 per share. The number of Founder Shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such Founder Shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after this offering. On September 11, 2020, our Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to each of our independent directors at their original purchase price. The Founder Shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our Sponsor purchased 4,450,000 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable for one share of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, for a purchase price of or $8,900,000, or $2.00 per whole warrant, that will also be worthless if we do not complete a business combination. Holders of Founder Shares have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination and (B) not to redeem any Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination. In addition, we may obtain loans from our Sponsor, affiliates of our Sponsor or an officer or director, and we may pay our Sponsor, officers, directors and any of their respective affiliate’s fees and expenses in connection with identifying, investigating and consummating an initial business combination.

The personal and financial interests of our Sponsor, its affiliates or our officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24 month anniversary of the Public Offering nears, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the Trust Account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the Trust Account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions, and fund other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;


limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and

other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

As of December 31, 2020, the net proceeds from our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants provided us with approximately $345,008,625 that we may use to complete our Business Combination and pay related fees and expenses (excluding $12,075,000 of Deferred Discount being held in the Trust Account).

We may effectuate our business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset, or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.


Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure a business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of Class A common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of common stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

The exercise price for the public warrants is higher than in many similar blank check company offerings in the past, and, accordingly, the warrants are more likely to expire worthless.

The exercise price of the public warrants is higher than is typical in many similar blank check companies in the past. Historically, the exercise price of a warrant was generally a fraction of the purchase price of the units in the initial public offering. The exercise price for our public warrants is $11.50 per share. As a result, the warrants are less likely to ever be in the money and more likely to expire worthless.

In order to effectuate our initial business combination, we may seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination but that our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and changed industry focus. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments in order to effectuate our initial business combination.


The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s stockholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s public stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of the Public Offering and the private placement of warrants into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon. In all other instances, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. Our Initial Stockholders, who will collectively beneficially own up to 20% of our common stock upon the IPO Closing Date (assuming they do not purchase any units in the Public Offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect (i) the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date or (ii) any other provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in letter agreements that we have entered into with our Sponsor, officers and directors. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our Sponsor, officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, including the Proposed Business Combination, we cannot guarantee that. If the net proceeds of the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to repurchase for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay our franchise and income taxes on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will


expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our Initial Stockholders may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our Initial Stockholders currently own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock. Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of major corporate transactions. If our Initial Stockholders purchase any units in the Public Offering or if our Initial Stockholders purchase any additional shares of common stock in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were elected by our Initial Stockholders, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our Initial Stockholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our Initial Stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our business combination.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement will provide that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

Our warrant agreement will designate the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.

Our warrant agreement will provide that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the warrant agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our warrant


agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope of the forum provisions of the warrant agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.

Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of New York law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our warrant agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we give proper notice of such redemption and provided certain other conditions are met. We will not redeem the warrants unless an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period, except if the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you (i) to exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants.

In addition, we may redeem your warrants after they become exercisable for a number of shares of Class A common stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A common stock. Any such redemption may have similar consequences to a cash redemption described above. In addition, such redemption may occur at a time when the warrants are “out-of-the-money,” in which case you would lose any potential embedded value from a subsequent increase in the value of the Class A common stock had your warrants remained outstanding. None of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us (except as set forth under “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Stockholders’ Warrants—Redemption of warrants for Class A common stock”) so long as they are held by our Sponsor or their permitted transferees.

Our warrants and Founder Shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class Acommon stock and/or our financial results.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
Our financial condition and make it more difficultresults of operations are likely to effectuatefluctuate on a quarterly basis in future periods, which could cause our results for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a decline in the price of our common stock.
Our financial condition and results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our results may vary from period to period as a result of fluctuations in the number of subscribers using our products as well as fluctuations in the timing and amount of
36

Table of Contents
our expenses. As a result, comparing our results of operations on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and the results of any one period should not be relied on as an indication of future performance. In addition to the other risks described herein, the following factors could also cause our financial condition and results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly basis:
•    our ability to attract new subscribers and retain existing subscribers, including in a cost-effective manner;
•    our ability to accurately forecast revenue and losses and appropriately plan our expenses;
•    the timing of new product introductions, which can initially have lower gross margins;
•    the effects of increased competition on our business;
•    our ability to successfully maintain our position in and expand in existing markets as well as successfully enter new markets;
•    our ability to protect our existing intellectual property and to create new intellectual property;
•    supply chain interruptions and manufacturing or delivery delays;
•    the length of the installation cycle for a particular location or market;
•    the impact of COVID-19 on our workforce, or those of our customers, suppliers, vendors or business partners;
•    disruptions in sales, production, service or other business activities or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel; and
•    the impact of, and changes in, governmental or other regulation affecting our business.
Fluctuations in operating results and cash flow could, among other things, give rise to short-term liquidity issues. In addition, revenue and other operating results in future quarters may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have an adverse effect on our stock price.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the further development and expansion of our business combination.

We issued warrantsand do not intend to purchase 6,900,000pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and future agreements and financing instruments, business prospects and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant.

General Risk Factors
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly and could fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors due to seasonality and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, resulting in a decline in our stock price.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly because of several factors, including:
labor availability and costs for hourly and management personnel;
profitability of our products, especially in new markets and due to seasonal fluctuations;
changes in interest rates;
impairment of long-lived assets;
macroeconomic conditions, both nationally and locally;
negative publicity relating to products we serve;
changes in consumer preferences and competitive conditions;
expansion to new markets; and
fluctuations in commodity prices.
37

Table of Contents
The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile and could decline significantly.
The stock markets, including Nasdaq, on which we list our shares of our Class A common stock under the symbol “MTTR,” have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. Even if an active, liquid and orderly trading market develops and is sustained for our common stock, the market price of our common stock may be volatile and could decline significantly. In addition, the trading volume of our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at an attractive price (or at all). We cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will not fluctuate widely or decline significantly in the Public Offeringfuture in response to a number of factors, including, among others, the following:
•    the realization of any of the risk factors presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K;
•    actual or anticipated differences in our estimates, or in the estimates of analysts, for our revenues, results of operations, level of indebtedness, liquidity or financial condition;
•    additions and simultaneously,departures of key personnel;
•    failure to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq;
•    failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or other laws or regulations;
•    future issuances, sales, resales or repurchases or anticipated issuances, sales, resales or repurchases, of our securities;
•    publication of research reports about us;
•    the performance and market valuations of other similar companies;
•    commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving us;
•    broad disruptions in the financial markets, including sudden disruptions in the credit markets;
•    speculation in the press or investment community;
•    actual, potential or perceived control, accounting or reporting problems;
•    changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines; and
•    other events or factors, including those resulting from infectious diseases, health epidemics and pandemics (including the ongoing COVID-19 public health emergency), natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism or responses to these events.
In the past, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their shares. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, then the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on us. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, our stock price and trading volume would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts who cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we issued Private Placement Warrantscould lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to purchasedecline.
Future issuances of debt securities and equity securities may adversely affect us, including the market price of our common stock and may be dilutive to existing stockholders.
In the future, we may incur debt or issue equity-ranking senior to our common stock. Those securities will generally have priority upon liquidation. Such securities also may be governed by an aggregateindenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting its operating flexibility. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of 4,450,000our common stock. Because our decision to
38

Table of Contents
issue debt or equity in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising efforts. As a result, future capital raising efforts may reduce the market price of our common stock and be dilutive to existing stockholders.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 
None.
Item 2. Properties 
Matterport’s corporate headquarters are located at 352 East Java Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, where we lease approximately 28,322 square feet of space. Our lease of this facility expires in the first quarter of 2025. We have additional leases in Chicago, Illinois and Lawrence, Kansas. We believe the existing facilities are in good operating condition and adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future. We may in the future procure additional space as we add employees and expand geographically.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
On July 23, 2021, plaintiff William J. Brown, a former employee and a shareholder of Matterport, Inc. (now known as Matterport Operating, LLC) (“Legacy Matterport”), sued Legacy Matterport, Gores Holdings VI, Inc. (now known as Matterport, Inc.), Maker Merger Sub Inc., Maker Merger Sub II, LLC, and Legacy Matterport directors R.J. Pittman, David Gausebeck, Matt Bell, Peter Hebert, Jason Krikorian, Carlos Kokron and Michael Gustafson (collectively, the “Defendants”) in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. The plaintiff’s complaint claims that Defendants imposed invalid transfer restrictions on his shares of Matterport stock in connection with the merger transactions between Matterport, Inc. and Legacy Matterport (the “Transfer Restrictions”), and that Legacy Matterport’s board of directors violated their fiduciary duties in connection with a purportedly misleading letter of transmittal.The plaintiff is seeking damages and costs, as well as a declaration from the court that he may freely transfer his shares of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. of Matterport received in connection with the merger transactions.
An expedited trial regarding the facial validity of the Transfer Restrictions took place from December 1-2, 2021. On January 11, 2022, the court issued a ruling that the Transfer Restrictions did not apply to the plaintiff. The opinion did not address the validity of the Transfer Restrictions.Matterport filed a notice of appeal of the court’s ruling on February 8, 2022. Separate proceedings regarding plaintiff’s remaining claims are pending.
On May 11, 2020, Redfin Corporation (“Redfin”) was served with a complaint by Appliance Computing, Inc. III, d/b/a Surefield (“Surefield”), filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Waco Division. In the complaint, Surefield asserted that Redfin’s use of Matterport’s 3D-Walkthrough technology infringes four of Surefield’s patents. Redfin has asserted defenses in the litigation that the asserted patents are invalid and not infringed.We have agreed to indemnify Redfin for the matter pursuant to our existing agreements with Redfin.The parties are vigorously defending this litigation. The case is tentatively set for trial in May 2022.
On January 29, 2021, Legacy Matterport received a voluntary request for information from the Division of Enforcement of the SEC relating to certain sales and repurchases of its securities in the secondary market. We believe we have complied fully with the request. We have not received any updates from the SEC as to the scope, duration or ultimate resolution of the investigation.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
39

Table of Contents
Part II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 
Market Information for Common Stock
Our Initial Stockholders currently own an aggregatecommon stock has been listed on The Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “MTTR,” since July 22, 2021. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock or warrants. Our warrants were listed on The Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “MTTRW” from July 22, 2021 until January 14, 2022.
Holders of 8,625,000 Founder Shares. The Founder Shares are convertible intoRecord
As of March 11, 2022, there were approximately 280,814,312 shares of Class A common stock outstanding with 271 holders of record of our common stock. Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on a one-for-one basis,behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders. As of March 11, 2022, there were approximately 18 private warrants to purchase common stock outstanding, with 2,669,060 holders of record, respectively.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying in the foreseeable future, any cash dividends on our capital stock. Prior to the Merger, GHVI had not paid any dividends on its common stock. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to adjustment as set forth herein. In addition, ifapplicable laws, and will depend on then existing business conditions, including our Sponsor makes any workingfinancial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital loans, up to $1,500,000requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of such loansdirectors may be converted into warrants, atdeem relevant.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities
As disclosed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, on January 5, 2022, we consummated the pricepreviously announced acquisition of $2.00 per warrant at the option100% of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. Our public warrants are also redeemable by us for Class A common stock.

To the extent we issue shares of Class A common stock to effectuate a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of these warrants and


conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding equity interests in Enview, Inc. for an aggregate purchase price of approximately 1.59 million shares of the Company’s common stock and $35.5 million in cash (the “Acquisition”). The shares of Company common stock issued in connection with the Acquisition have not been registered under the Securities Act and were issued in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
None.

Item 6. [Reserved]

40

Table of Content
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis provides information that Matterport’s management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of Matterport’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition. The discussion should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the accompanying notes, and other financial information included elsewhere within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon Matterport’s current expectations, estimates and projections that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors”, “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and other disclosures included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company” or “Matterport” refer to the business of Matterport, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries both prior to the consummation of and following the Merger (as defined below).
Overview
Matterport is leading the digitization and datafication of the built world. We believe the digital transformation of the built world will fundamentally change the way people interact with buildings and the physical spaces around them. Our Company’s website is www.matterport.com.
Since its founding in 2011, Matterport’s pioneering technology has set the standard for digitizing, accessing and managing buildings, spaces and places online. Our platform’s innovative software, spatial data-driven data science, and 3D capture technology have broken down the barriers that have kept the largest asset class in the world, buildings and physical spaces, offline and underutilized for many years. We believe the digitization and datafication of the built world will continue to unlock significant operational efficiencies and property values, and that Matterport is the platform to lead this enormous global transformation.
The world is rapidly moving from offline to online. Digital transformation has made a powerful and lasting impact across every business and industry today. Nevertheless, the global building stock remains largely offline today, and we estimate that less than 0.1% is penetrated by digital transformation. We were among the first to recognize the increasing need for digitization of the built world and the power of spatial data, the unique details underlying buildings and spaces, in facilitating the understanding of buildings and spaces. With approximately 6.7 million spaces under management as of December 31, 2021, we are continuing to penetrate the estimated $228 trillion global building stock and expand our footprint across various end markets, including residential and commercial real estate, facilities management, retail, architecture, engineering and construction (“AEC”), insurance and repair, and travel and hospitality. We estimate our total addressable market to be more than four billion buildings and 20 billion spaces globally, yielding a more than $240 billion market opportunity.
We believe the total addressable market for the digitization and datafication of the built world could expand beyond $1 trillion as our spatial data platform continues to grow, powered by the following:
Bringing offline buildings online: Traditionally, our customers needed to conduct site visits in-person to understand and assess their buildings and spaces. With the AI-powered capabilities of Cortex, our proprietary AI software engine, the world’s building stock can move from offline to online and be accessible to our customers real-time and on demand from anywhere.
Driven by spatial data: Cortex uses the breadth of the billions of data points we have accumulated over the years to improve the 3D accuracy of our digital twins. Our sophisticated algorithms also deliver significant commercial value to our subscribers by generating data-based insights that allow them to confidently make assessments and decisions about their properties. With approximately 6.7 million spaces under management as of December 31, 2021, our spatial data library is the clearinghouse for information about the built world.
Powered by AI and ML: Artificial intelligence (“AI”) and machine learning (“ML”) technologies effectively utilize spatial data to create a robust virtual experience that is dynamic, realistic, interactive, informative and permits multiple viewing angles. AI and ML also make costly cameras unnecessary for everyday scans—subscribers can now scan their spaces by simply tapping a button on their smartphones. As a result, Matterport is a device agnostic platform, helping us more rapidly scale and drive towards our mission of digitizing and indexing the built world.
41

Table of Content
We believe that Matterport has tremendous growth potential ahead. After securing market leading positions in a variety of geographies and vertical markets, we have demonstrated our repeatable value proposition and the ability of our sales growth model to scale. The magnitude of our total addressable market is so large that even with leading market share, we believe our penetration rates today are a small fraction of the opportunity for Matterport. With a mature and tested go-to-market playbook and team in place, we are focused on scaling execution across a carefully selected set of growth vectors, including: scaling the enterprise across industry verticals, expanding internationally, investing in R&D, and expanding partner integrations and third-party developer platforms.
Business Impact of COVID-19
In April 2020, we implemented a workforce restructuring and reduced spending on certain development programs in order to preserve operating flexibility and working capital, given that the duration and impact of the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic on our industry was highly uncertain during that period. We also modified our business practices, including reducing employee travel, recommending that all non-essential personnel work from home, and canceling or reducing physical participation in meetings, events and conferences. The COVID-19 pandemic did not adversely affect our revenue during the year ended December 31, 2021, and we have seen some signs of positive effects for our long-term business prospects as a result of the pandemic as businesses and consumers have increasingly adopted online technologies that allow them to manage their assets digitally and collaborate on tasks and projects via online platforms.
However, the future impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operational and financial performance will depend on certain developments, including the duration of the pandemic, impact on our customers and their spending habits, impact on our marketing efforts, effect on the growth of our customers’ businesses and their usage of our platform, and impact on our suppliers, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted with certainty. Public and private sector policies and initiatives to reduce the transmission of COVID-19 and disruptions to our operations and the operations of our customers, and our third-party suppliers, along with the related global slowdown in economic activity, may result in decreased revenues and increased costs. Delays, interruptions and disruptions in our supply chain have and could continue to impact our ability to maintain supplies of products and the costs associated with obtaining products. It is possible that the COVID-19 pandemic, the measures taken by the federal, state, or local authorities and businesses affected and the resulting economic impact may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial position as well as those of our customers. For more information on our operations and risks related to the COVID-19 pandemic, please see the section titled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The Merger
On July 22, 2021, we consummated the previously announced merger (collectively with the other transactions described in the Merger Agreement (defined below), the “Merger”, “Closing”, or “Transactions”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 7, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company (at such time named Gores Holding VI, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (“Gores”, or “GHVI”)), First Merger Sub, Second Merger Sub and Legacy Matterport. In connection with the consummation of the Merger, the registrant changed its name from Gores Holdings VI, Inc. to Matterport, Inc. First Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy Matterport, with Legacy Matterport continuing as the surviving corporation (the “First Merger”), and immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, Legacy Matterport merged with and into Second Merger Sub, with Second Merger Sub continuing as the surviving entity as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, under the new name “Matterport Operating, LLC” (the “Merger”). In connection with the Closing, we changed our name to Matterport, Inc. On July 23, 2021, our Class A common stock and reducewarrants began trading on the valueNasdaq Global Market under the symbols “MTTR” and “MTTRW,” respectively.
In connection with the Merger, the Company raised gross proceeds of $640.1 million, including the sharescontribution of our$345.1 million of cash held in Gores’ trust account from its initial public offering and an aggregate purchase price of $295.0 million in a private placement pursuant to the subscription agreements (“Private Investment in Public Equity” or “PIPE”) at $10.00 per share of Gores’ Class A common stock. The Company paid $0.9 million to Gores’ stockholders who redeemed Gores’ Class A common stock issued to complete the business combination. Therefore, our warrants and founder shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

The Private Placement Warrants are identicalimmediately prior to the warrants soldClosing. The Company and Gores incurred $10.0 million and $26.3 million transaction costs, respectively. The total transaction cost was $36.3 million, consisting of underwriting, legal, and other professional fees, of which $35.7 million was recorded to additional paid-in capital as parta reduction of proceeds and the remaining $0.6 million was expensed immediately upon the Closing. The aggregate consideration paid to Legacy Matterport stockholders in connection with the Merger (excluding any potential Earn-Out Shares), was 218,875,000 shares of the units in our Public Offering except that, so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) they will not be redeemable by us (except as set forth under “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Stockholders’ Warrants—Redemption of warrants for Class A common stock”), (ii) they (including theCompany Class A common stock, issuablepar value $0.0001 per share. The Per Share Matterport Stock Consideration was equal to approximately 4.1193 (the “Exchange Ratio”).

42

Table of Content
The Merger was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Gores was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination was primarily based on holders of Matterport capital stock comprising a relative majority of the voting power of the combined entity upon exerciseconsummation of these warrants) may not, subjectthe Merger and having the ability to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assignednominate the majority of the governing body of the combined entity, Matterport’s senior management comprising the senior management of the combined entity, and Matterport’s operations comprising the ongoing operations of the combined entity. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of the combined entity upon consummation of the Merger represented a continuation of the financial statements of Matterport with the Merger being treated as the equivalent of Matterport issuing stock for the net assets of Gores, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Gores were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or sold by our Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis and (iv) are subject to registration rights.

Because each Unit contains one-fifth of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-fifth of one warrant. Because, pursuantintangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the warrant agreement,Merger were presented as those of Matterport in this report of the warrants may only be exercisedcombined entity. All periods prior to the Merger have been retroactively adjusted using the Exchange Ratio for a wholethe equivalent number of shares only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time. This is different from other offerings similaroutstanding immediately after the Merger to ours whose units include one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have establishedeffect the components of the unitsreverse recapitalization. See Note 3, in our consolidated financial statements included in this wayAnnual Report on Form 10-K for additional detail about the Merger.

Our Business Model
We generate revenue by selling subscriptions to our AI-powered spatial data platform to customers, licensing our data to third parties, selling capture devices (including our Matterport Pro2 camera) and by providing services to customers from our technicians and through in-application purchases. We are focused on driving substantial annual growth in ordersubscription revenue and maintaining modest growth in license, product and services revenue.
We serve customers of all sizes, at every stage of maturity, from individuals to reducelarge enterprises, and we see opportunities for growth across all of our customer segments. We are particularly focused on increasing sales efficiency and driving customer growth and recurring revenue growth from large enterprises.
Subscription Revenue
Our AI-powered spatial data platform creates high-fidelity and high-accuracy digital twins of physical spaces and generates valuable data analytics and insights for customers. We derive subscription revenue from the dilutive effectsale of subscription plans to subscribers of all sizes ranging from individuals to large enterprises.
Our subscription plans are priced from free to custom plans tailored to the warrants upon completionneeds of larger-scale businesses. Our standard subscription plans for individuals and small businesses range from a business combination sincefree online Matterport account with a single user and a single active space that can be captured with an iPhone or an Android smartphone to multiple-user accounts that provide for the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one-fifthcapture of unlimited active spaces. The pricing of our subscription plans increases as the number of shares comparedusers and active spaces increase. The wide variety and flexibility of our subscription plans enable us to unitsretain existing subscribers and grow our subscriber base across diverse end markets, with particular focus on large enterprise subscribers. Subscription revenue accounted for approximately 55% and 48% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The majority of our subscription services are billed either monthly or annually in advance and are typically non-refundable and non-cancellable. Consequently, for month-to-month subscriptions, we recognize the revenue monthly, and for annual or longer subscriptions, we record deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet and recognize the deferred revenue ratably over the subscription term.
License Revenue
We also offer data license solutions that allow certain customers to use our digital twin data for their own needs. We began offering these solutions in 2020. License revenue accounted for approximately 4% of our total revenue for each containof the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Data licenses to date have been granted as perpetual licenses and are therefore recognized at a warrantpoint in time upon transfer of control when the customer accepts delivery of the licensed data or other property. We expect our license revenue to purchasefluctuate from year to year based on the number of new licenses purchased by our customers as we obtain new customers for our license solutions and the delivery of our licensed content is accepted by our customers during each year.
43

Table of Content
Product Revenue
We offer a comprehensive set of solutions designed to provide our customers with access to state-of-the-art capture technology that produces the high-quality data necessary to process images into dimensionally accurate digital twins. We derive product revenue from sales of our innovative 3D capture product, the Pro2 Camera, which has played an integral part in shaping the 3D building and property visualization ecosystem. Recently, we also have begun to offer capture devices and accessories manufactured by third parties. The Pro2 Camera has driven adoption of our solutions and has generated the unique high-quality and scaled data set that has enabled Cortex to become the pioneering software engine for digital twin creation, and we expect that future sales of our Pro2 Camera and third-party capture devices will continue to drive increased adoption of our solutions. Product revenue accounted for approximately 29% and 39% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Services Revenue
Most of our customers are able to utilize the Pro2 Camera or other compatible capture devices to scan digital twins without external assistance, as the camera is relatively easy to configure and requires minimal training. However, our customers sometimes may also request professional assistance with the data capture process. We generate professional services revenue from Matterport Capture Services, a fully managed solution for enterprise subscribers worldwide that require on-demand scheduling of experienced and reliable Matterport professionals to scan their properties. In addition, we derive services revenue from in-app purchases, made by subscribers using our smartphone applications or by logging in to their subscriber account. Services revenue accounted for approximately 12% and 9% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Key Metrics
We monitor the following key metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions. The calculation of the key metrics discussed below may differ from other similarly titled metrics used by other companies, analysts, investors and other industry participants.
Spaces Under Management
We track the number of spaces that have been scanned and filed on the Matterport platform, which we refer to as spaces under management, because we believe that the number of spaces under management is an indicator of market penetration and the growth of our business. A space can be a single room or building, or any one whole share, thus makingcontiguous scan of a discrete area, and is composed of a collection of imagery and spatial data that is captured and reconstructed in a dimensionally accurate digital twin of the scanned space. For tracking purposes, we treat each scanned and filed space as a unique file or model. We have a history of growing the number of our spaces under management and, as of December 31, 2021, we had approximately 6.7 million spaces under management. The scale of our spaces under management allows us to directly monetize each space managed for our paid subscribers as well as increase our ability to offer new and enhanced services to subscribers, which in turn provides us with an opportunity to convert subscribers from free subscription plans to paid plans. We believe our spaces under management will continue to grow as our business expands with our current customers and as we add new free and paid subscribers.
The following chart shows our spaces under management for each of the periods presented (in millions):
Year ended December 31,
20212020
Spaces under management6.74.3
Total Subscribers
We believe that our ability to increase the number of subscribers on our platform is an indicator of market penetration, the growth of our business and future revenue trends. For purposes of our business, a “subscriber” is an individual or entity that has signed up for a Matterport account during the applicable measurement period. We include both free and paid subscribers in our total subscriber count. We refer to a subscriber that has signed up for a free account and typically scans only one free space allocated to the account as a “free subscriber.” We refer to a subscriber that has signed up for one of our paid subscription levels and typically scans at least one space as a “paid subscriber.” Our paid subscribers typically enter into monthly subscriptions with us. We generally consider a single organization to be a single subscriber if
44

Table of Content
the organization has entered into a discrete enterprise agreement with us, even if the organization includes multiple divisions, segments or subsidiaries that utilize our platform. If multiple individuals, divisions, segments or subsidiaries within an organization have each entered into a discrete subscription with us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our unitsconsider each individual account to be worth less than if they included a warrantseparate subscriber.
We believe the number of paid subscribers on our platform is an important indicator of future revenue trends, and we believe the number of free subscribers on our platform is important because free subscribers may over time become paid subscribers on our platform and are therefore another indicator of our future revenue trend. We continue to purchase one whole share.

demonstrate strong growth in the number of free and paid subscribers on our platform as indicated by our results for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The determinationfollowing chart shows the number of our free subscribers, paid subscribers and total subscribers for each of the offering priceperiods presented (in thousands):
Year ended December 31,

20212020
Free subscribers448 210 
Paid subscribers55 44 
Total subscribers503 254 
Net Dollar Expansion Rate
We believe our ability to retain and grow the subscription revenue generated by our existing subscribers is an important measure of the health of our unitsbusiness and our future growth prospects. We track our performance in this area by measuring our net dollar expansion rate from the sizesame set of customers across comparable periods. We calculate this metric on a quarterly basis by comparing the Public Offering is more arbitrary thanaggregate amount of subscription revenue attributable to a subscriber cohort for the pricingmost recent quarter divided by the amount of securities and size of an offering of an operating company in a particular industry. You may have less assurance, therefore, that the offering price of our units properly reflects the value of such units than you would have in a typical offering of an operating company.

Priorsubscription revenue attributable to the Public Offering, there has been no public marketsame subscriber cohort for the same quarter in the previous fiscal year. Our calculation for the applicable quarter includes any of our securities. The public offering price ofsubscriber in the units andcohort that upgrades or downgrades the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and the underwriters. In determining the size of the Public Offering, management held customary organizational meetings with representatives of the underwriters, both priorsubscriber’s respective subscription level or churns. Our net dollar expansion rate can fluctuate from quarter to our inception and thereafter, with respect to the state of capital markets, generally, and the amount the underwriters believed they reasonably could raise on our behalf. Factors considered in determining the size of the Public Offering, prices and terms of the units, including the Class A common stock and warrants underlying the units, include:

the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

prior offerings of those companies;

our prospects for acquiring an operating business;

a review of debt to equity ratios in leveraged transactions;

our capital structure;

an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;

general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the Public Offering; and

other factors as were deemed relevant.

Although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities of an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results.


Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respectquarter due to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include target historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United Statesnumber of America, or GAAP, or international financing reporting standards, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companiesfactors, including, but not limited to, the number of subscribers that upgrade or downgrade their respective subscription levels or a higher or lower churn rate during any given quarter.


Three Months Ended December 31,
20212020
Net dollar expansion rate110 %112 %

Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to our results of operations below, we report certain financial measures that are not being required by, or presented in accordance with, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). These measures have limitations as analytical tools when assessing our operating performance and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP measures, including gross profit and net income. We may calculate or present our non-GAAP financial measures differently than other companies who report measures with similar titles and, as a result, the non-GAAP financial measures we report may not be comparable with those of companies in our industry or in other industries.
Non-GAAP Income (loss) from Operations
We calculate non-GAAP loss from operations as GAAP loss from operations excluding stock-based compensation expenses and transaction costs of our acquisition of Enview, Inc. announced in the fourth quarter of 2021. We believe this measure provides our management and investors with consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and is an important indicator of the performance and profitability of our business. Additionally, this measure eliminates the effects of stock-based compensation and the transaction costs of our acquisition of Enview, Inc. announced in the fourth quarter of 2021, which we do not consider to be indicative of our overall operating performance.
The following table presents our non-GAAP loss from operations for each of the periods presented (in thousands):
45

Table of Content

Year ended December 31,
20212020
GAAP loss from operations$(147,768)$(11,562)
Add back: stock based compensation expense, net100,8442,505 
Add back: acquisition-related costs887 — 
Non-GAAP loss from operations$(46,037)$(9,057)
Free Cash Flow
We calculate free cash flow as net cash used in operating activities less purchases of property and equipment and capitalized software and development costs. We believe this metric provides our management and investors with an important indicator of the ability of our business to generate additional cash from our business operations or our need to access additional sources of cash, in order to fund our operations and investments.
The following table presents our free cash flow for each of the periods presented (in thousands):
Year ended December 31,
20212020
Net cash used in operating activities$(38,808)$(3,597)
Less: purchases of property and equipment810 30 
Less: capitalized software and development costs7,200 4,854 
Free cash flow$(46,818)$(8,481)
Factors Affecting Our Performance
We believe that our growth and financial performance are dependent upon many factors, including the key factors described below, which are in turn subject to significant risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Risk Factors.”.
Penetrating a Largely Undigitized Global Property Market
Despite the rapid pace of digital transformation in today’s world, the massive global building stock, estimated by Savills to be $228 trillion in total property value as of 2017, remains largely undigitized today, and we estimate that less than 0.1% is penetrated by digital transformation. As a first mover in digital twin creation and spatial data library construction, we see significant opportunities to continue leading the digitization and datafication of the built world. We estimate that there are more than 4 billion buildings and 20 billion spaces in the world globally, yielding a more than $240 billion market opportunity. We believe that as Matterport’s unique spatial data library and property data services continue to grow, this opportunity could increase to more than $1 trillion based on the size of the building stock and the untapped value creation available to buildings worldwide. The constraints created by the COVID-19 pandemic have only reinforced and accelerated the importance of the solutions that we have developed for diverse markets over the past decade.
Through providing a comprehensive set of solutions from cutting-edge capture technology and high-accuracy digital twins to valuable property insights, our AI-powered platform delivers value across the property lifecycle to subscribers from various end markets, including residential and commercial real estate, facilities management and retail, AEC, insurance and repair, and travel and hospitality. As of December 31, 2021, we had over 503,000 subscribers on our platform and approximately 6.7 million spaces under management, which we believe represents more than 100 times number of spaces under management by the rest of the market, and we aim to continue scaling our platform and strengthen our foothold in various end markets and geographies to deepen our market penetration. We believe that the breadth and depth of the Matterport platform along with the strong network effect from our growing spatial data library will lead to increased adoption of our solutions across diverse end markets, enabling us to drive further digital transformation of the built world.
Adoption of our Solutions by Enterprise Subscribers
We are pioneering the transformation of the built world from offline to online. We provide a complete, data-driven set of solutions for the digitization and datafication of the built world across a diverse set of use cases and industries. We
46

Table of Content
take a largely offline global property market to the online world using a data-based approach, creating a digital experience for subscribers to interact with buildings and spaces and derive actionable insights. Our Cortex AI-driven engine and software platform uses the breadth of the billions of data points we have accumulated over the years to improve the 3D accuracy of our digital twin models. Our machine learning algorithms also deliver significant commercial value to our subscribers by generating data-based insights that allow them to confidently make assessments and decisions about their properties. We provide enterprise subscribers with a comprehensive solution that includes all of the capture, design, build, promote, insure, inspect and manage functionality of our platform. We believe that our scale of data, superior capture technology, continued focus on innovation and considerable brand recognition will drive a continued adoption of our all-in-one platform by enterprise subscribers. We are particularly focused on acquiring and retaining large enterprise subscribers due to the significant opportunities to expand our integrated solutions to different parts of an organization and utilize digital twins for more use cases within an organization. We will continue improving our proprietary spatial data library and AI-powered platform while increasing investments in direct sales and account-based marketing to enhance enterprise adoption of our solutions.
Retention and Expansion of Existing Subscribers
Our ability to increase revenue depends in part on retaining our existing subscribers and expanding their use of our platform. We offer an integrated, comprehensive set of solutions including spatial data capturing, digital twin creation, publication, vertical-market specific content, and property analytics. We have a variety of subscription plans to meet the needs of every subscriber, including free subscription plans and several standard paid subscription plans, and we are able to provide customized subscription plans tailored to the specific needs of large enterprises. As we seek to develop long-term subscriber relationships, our value proposition to subscribers is designed to serve the entirety of the property lifecycle, from design and build to maintenance and operations, promotion, insure, repair, restore, secure and finance. As a result, we believe we are uniquely positioned to grow our revenue with our existing subscribers as our platform helps them discover opportunities to drive short and long term returns on their property investments.
Given the all-in-one nature of our platform and its ease of use, we are also able to drive adoption of our solutions across various parts of an organization. For example, we started a long-term relationship with a large commercial real estate client when we were engaged to create digital twins for available office spaces for promotion and leasing. We were then able to expand the relationship by working with the subscriber’s construction team to redesign office spaces through integrating our digital twins with the construction team’s design software. Most recently, we signed a global agreement with the client’s real estate acquisition team to conduct due diligence of potential real property acquisitions.
As a result of our long-term focus and expansion strategy, we have been able to consistently retain our subscribers and drive increased usage of our platform. Our net dollar expansion rate of 110% and 112% for the three months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 demonstrates the stickiness and growth potential of our platform.
Scaling Across Various Industry Verticals
Matterport’s fundamental go-to-market model is built upon a subscription first approach. We have invested aggressively to unlock a scalable and cost-effective subscription flywheel for customer adoption. With our large spatial data library and pioneering AI-powered capabilities, we pride ourselves on our ability to deliver value across the property lifecycle to subscribers from various end markets, including residential and commercial real estate, facilities management and retail, AEC, insurance and repair, and travel and hospitality. Going forward, we will continue to improve our spatial data library and AI-powered platform to address the workflows of the industries we serve, while expanding our solutions and reaching new real estate segments. We also plan to increase investments in industry-specific sales and marketing initiatives to increase sales efficiency and drive subscriber and recurring revenue growth. While we expect that these investments will result in a considerable increase in our operating expenses, we expect operating margins to improve over the long term as we continue to scale and gain higher operating leverage.
International Expansion
We are focused on continuing to expand our AI-powered spatial data platform to all corners of the world. Given that the global building stock remains largely undigitized today and with the vast majority of the world’s buildings located outside of the United States, we expect significant opportunities in pursuing the digitization and datafication of the building stock worldwide. We use a “land and expand” model to capitalize on the potential for geographic expansion. As we continue to seek to further penetrate our existing geographies in order to add their spatial data to our platform. In the second half of 2021, we expanded availability of our industry-leading Matterport Pro2 camera in United Kingdom, France,
47

Table of Content
Italy and Spain and introduced Matterport for Android, making 3D capture available to anyone with a compatible Android device in more than 170 countries around the world. We continued expansion of Capture Services™ On-Demand to 5 countries and 142 cities as of December 31, 2021. Subscribers outside the United States accounted for approximately 39% of our subscription revenues for year ended December 31, 2021. Given the flexibility and ease of use of our platform and capture device agnostic data capture strategy, we believe that we are well-positioned to further penetrate existing and additional geographies.
To scale our international penetration, we plan to continue to increase our investment in sales and marketing efforts across the globe, including building up sales and marketing teams in North America, Europe, the Middle East and Africa, and the Asia Pacific region. With multiple sales attachment points and a global marketing effort, we believe that we can further penetrate enterprises and businesses worldwide through channel partnerships and direct sales. Such international expansion efforts will also involve additional investments in our market research teams to tailor platform solutions, subscription plans and pricing for each market. These international expansion activities may impact our near-term profitability as we lay the foundation for international growth. Nevertheless, we believe that customers around the world will derive value from the universal utility and flexibility of our spatial data platform which transforms how customers interact with their physical spaces in the modern age.
Investing in Research and Innovation for Growth
We will continue to invest in research and development to improve Cortex, expand our solutions portfolio, and support seamless integration of our platform with third-party software applications. We plan to concentrate on in-house innovation and expect to consider acquisitions on an opportunistic basis. We have a robust pipeline of new product releases. For example, in May 2020, we launched Matterport for iPhone, which gave every recent iPhone owner the ability to capture and collaborate on 3D spaces and resulted in significant subscriber growth and digital twin creations. In April 2021, Matterport announced the official release of the Android Capture app, giving Android users the ability to quickly and easily capture buildings and spaces in immersive 3D. We see significant potential for future subscriber growth as we release more products and create additional upselling opportunities. We will also strengthen our AI and ML capabilities as we enlarge our spatial data library, enabling continuous improvement of the fidelity and accuracy of digital twins and enhancing the commercial value from data-driven analytics. In June 2021, Matterport announced a collaboration with Facebook AI (now known as Meta) to release the world’s largest dataset of 3D spaces for academic research and a partnership with Apex, a national provider of advanced store surveys, to enable retail brands across the U.S. and Canada to access, collect and evaluate building data and information. In August 2021, we announced a new integration with Xactimate that allows property professionals to order a TruePlan of a Matterport 3D model with a single click in Verisk’s Xactimate solution. Also in August 2021, we launched Notes, an interactive collaboration and communication tool for its digital twins to unlock big productivity gains for teams. In October 2021, we launched Matterport for Mobile, making 3D capture freely available to more than one billion Android mobile device users worldwide. These investments may impact our operating profitability in the near term, but we expect our operating margins to improve over the long term as we solidify our scale and reach.
While we plan to concentrate on in-house innovation, we may also pursue acquisitions of products, teams and technologies on an opportunistic basis to further expand the functionality of and use cases for our platform. As with organic research and development, we adopt a long-term perspective in the evaluation of acquisition opportunities in order to ensure sustainable value creation for our customers.
Expanding Partner Integrations and Third-Party Developer Platform
We aim to foster a strong network of partners and developers around our Matterport platform. Through integration with our open, scalable and secure enterprise platform, organizations across numerous industries have been able to automate workflows, enhance subscriber experiences and create custom extensions for high-value vertical applications. For example, in May 2020, we rolled out integration capability with Autodesk to assist construction teams with streamlining documentation across workflows and collaborate virtually. In July 2021, by partnering with PTC, we offer a joint solution that gives customers a highly visual and interactive way to deliver digital content onto the environments captured by our platform. Going forward, we plan to develop additional strategic partnerships with leading software providers to enable more effective integrations and enlarge our marketplace of third-party software applications.In November 2021, we launched a new plugin for Autodesk Revit customers, allowing them to upload a Matterport Scan-to-BIM file into Autodesk Revit and start creating and managing information on a construction or design project across its different stages. In December 2021, we extended the availability of the Matterport platform in AWS Marketplace so that AWS customers
48

Table of Content
will be able to access Matterport’s digital twin technology with AWS add-ons that potentially increase the value of digitization.
We believe that our future growth and scale depend partially upon our ability to develop a strong ecosystem of partners and developers which can augment the value of our platform. Going forward, we plan to establish additional strategic partnerships with leading software providers through the Matterport Platform Partner Program, in which our industry partners and developers can build, develop, and integrate with our spatial data library. We will also invest in the Matterport Developer Program to enlarge our marketplace of value-added third-party applications built on top of the Matterport platform. We expect that monetization opportunities from partner integrations and the third-party developer marketplace will allow us to drive subscriber growth and develop a more loyal subscriber base, and the revenue derived from the marketplace will grow over time.
Components of Results of Operations
Revenue
Our revenue consists of subscription revenue, license revenue, services revenue and product revenue.
Subscription revenue—We provide our software as a service on our Matterport platform. Subscribers use our platform under different subscription levels based on the number of active scanned spaces. We typically bill our subscribers monthly in advance based on their subscription level and recognize revenue on a monthly basis based on the subscription level.
License revenue—We provide spatial data to customers in exchange for payment of a license fee. Under these license arrangements, customers take right to possession of the spatial data and pay a fee for an agreed scope of use.
Services revenue—Services revenue consist of capture services and add-on services. Capture services consist of professional services in which aMatterport-qualified third-party technician will provide on-site digital capture services for the customer. Under these arrangements, we will pay the third-party technician directly and bill the customer directly. Add-on services consist of additional software features that the customer can purchase. These services are typically provided by third parties under our direction and oversight and we pay the third party directly and bill the subscriber directly for the provisions of such services.
Product revenue—Product revenue consists of revenue from the sale of capture devices, including our Pro2 Camera, and out-of-warranty repair fees. Customers place orders for the capture devices, and we fulfill the order and ship the devices directly to the customer or, in some cases, we arrange for the shipment of devices from third parties directly to the customer. We recognize product revenue associated with a sale in full at the time of shipment of the capture device. In some cases, customers prepay for the ordered device and, in other cases we bill the customer upon shipment of the device. Customers purchasing capture devices from us also typically subscribe to the Matterport platform for use with their captured spaces. However, we do not require Pro2 Camera owners to have a subscription when purchasing a Pro2 Camera. We will also repair Pro2 Cameras for a fee if the nature of the repair is outside the scope of the applicable warranty.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists of cost of subscription revenue, cost of license revenue, cost of services revenue, and cost of product revenue.
Cost of subscription revenue—Cost of subscription revenue consists primarily of costs associated with hosting and delivery services for our platform to support our subscribers and other users of our subscribers’ spatial data, along with our customer support operations. Cost of subscription revenue also includes amortization of internal-use software and stock-based compensation.
Cost of license revenue—Cost of license revenue consists primarily of costs associated with data curation and delivery costs associated with providing spatial data to customers.
Cost of services revenue—Cost of services revenue consists primarily of costs associated with capture services and costs for add-on features. Costs for capture services are primarily attributable to services rendered by third-party technicians that digitally capture spaces on behalf of the applicable customer, as well as administration and support costs
49

Table of Content
associated with managing the program. Costs for add-on features are primarily attributable to services rendered by third-party contractors that develop the floor plans or other add-ons applications purchased by our subscribers as well as support costs associated with delivering the applications.
Cost of product revenue—Cost of product revenue consists primarily of costs associated with the manufacture of our Pro2 Camera, warranty and repair expenses relating to Pro2 Cameras and personnel-related expenses associated with manufacturing employees including salaries, benefits, bonuses, overhead and stock-based compensation. Cost of product revenue also includes depreciation of property and equipment, costs of acquiring third-party capture devices, and costs associated with shipping devices to customers.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses consist primarily of research and development expenses, selling, general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses and consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation, and sales commissions. Operating expenses also include overhead costs.
Research and development expenses—Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses associated with our research and development employees, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation. Research and development expenses also include third-party contractor or professional services fees, and software and subscription services dedicated for use by our research and development organization. We expect that our research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars as our business grows, particularly as we incur additional costs related to continued investments in our platform and products. In addition, research and development expenses that qualify as internal-use software development costs are capitalized, the amount of which may fluctuate significantly from period to period.
Selling, general and administrative expenses—Selling, general, and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses associated with our sales and marketing, finance, legal, information technology, human resources, facilities, and administrative employees, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, sales commissions, and stock-based compensation. We capitalize and amortize commissions associated with attracting new paid subscribers and services revenue equal to a period of three years, which is the estimated period for which we expect to benefit from the sales commissions. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include external legal, accounting, and other professional services fees, software and subscription services, and other corporate expenses. Following the Closing, we have incurred and expect to incur in the future additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the auditor attestation requirementsrules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, costs related to compliance and reporting obligations, and increased expenses for insurance, investor relations, and professional services. We expect that our selling, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as our business grows. See “The Merger” above.
Interest Income
Interest income consists of Section 404interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents and investments.
Interest Expense
Interest expense consists primarily of interest payments for our debt facilities. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt and Financing Arrangements.
Transaction costs expensed
Transaction costs consist of legal, accounting, banking fees and other costs that were directly related to the consummation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensationMerger.
Change in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the marketfair value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 millionwarrants liabilities
The public and private warrants are subject to fair value remeasurement at each balance sheet date. Matterport expects to incur incremental income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations for the fair value change for the
50

Table of Content
outstanding public and private warrants liabilities at the end of each reporting period or through the exercise of such warrants.
Change in fair value of contingent earn-out liability
The contingent obligation to issue Earn-out Shares to Matterport Legacy Stockholders was accounted for as a liability because the Earn-out triggering events determine the number of any June 30 before that time,Earn-out Shares required. The estimated fair value of the total Earn-out Shares was determined based on a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model and are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date. Matterport expects to incur incremental income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations for the fair value adjustments for the outstanding earn-out liability at the end of each reporting period.

Provision for Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes in certain foreign and state jurisdictions in which case we would no longerconduct business. We record income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. These differences are measured using the enacted statutory tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which differences are expected to reverse. We recognize the effect on deferred income taxes of a change in tax rates in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets and liabilities to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.

51

Table of Content
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 2021, Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2020
The following table sets forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands, except percentages). The period-to-period comparison of results is not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.
Year Ended December 31,Change
20212020Amount%
Revenue:
Subscription$61,275 $41,558 $19,717 47 %
License4,761 3,500 1,261 36 %
Services12,592 7,702 4,890 63 %
Product32,546 33,124 (578)(2)%
Total revenue111,174 85,884 25,290 29 %
Costs of revenue:
Subscription14,754 11,445 3,309 29 %
License— 69 (69)(100)%
Services10,046 6,131 3,915 64 %
Product26,403 20,300 6,103 30 %
Total costs of revenue51,203 37,945 13,258 35 %
Gross profit59,971 47,939 12,032 25 %
Gross margin54%56%
Operating expenses:
Research and development55,379 17,710 37,669 213 %
Selling, general, and administrative152,360 41,791 110,569 265 %
Total operating expenses207,739 59,501 148,238 249 %
Loss from operations(147,768)(11,562)(136,206)1178 %
Other income (expense):
Interest income1,811 19 1,792 9,432 %
Interest expense(676)(1,501)825 (55)%
Transaction costs(565)— (565)— %
Change in fair value of warrants liabilities(48,370)— (48,370)— %
Change in fair value of contingent earn-out liability(140,454)— (140,454)— %
Other expense, net(2,255)(900)(1,355)151 %
Total expense(190,509)(2,382)(188,127)7,898 %
Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes(338,277)(13,944)(324,333)2,326 %
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(217)77 (294)(382)%
Net loss$(338,060)$(14,021)$(324,039)2,311 %

Revenues
Total revenue increased by $25.3 million, or 29%, to $111.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $85.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in revenue is attributable to growth from subscription, license, and services revenues, offset by a decrease in product revenue.
52

Table of Content
Year Ended December 31,
20212020Change
AmountAmountAmount%
(dollars in thousands)
Subscription$61,275 $41,558 $19,717 47 %
License4,761 3,500 1,261 36 %
Services12,592 7,702 4,890 63 %
Product32,546 33,124 (578)(2)%
Total revenue$111,174 $85,884 $25,290 29 %
Subscription revenue increased by $19.7 million, or 47%, to $61.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $41.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to higher volume of subscription plans from both new and existing subscribers. Of the $19.7 million increase, approximately $6.6 million was attributable to the higher volume of subscription plans from additional new subscribers during the year ended December 31, 2021 and approximately $13.1 million was attributable to additional sales to existing customers during that period.
License revenue can fluctuate from period to period, depending on the timing of completed transactions and any associated implementation work that we must perform to recognize revenue. License revenue increased by $1.3 million, or 36%, to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to onboarding of new license customers.
Services revenue increased by $4.9 million, or 63%, to $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to increased sales of capture services and add-on services, primarily driven by our investment in growing our capture services business and the increase in the number of our subscribers.
Product revenue decreased by $0.6 million, or 2%, to $32.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Although demand remained strong in 2021, the decrease was primarily due to the global supply chain constraints.
For further information related to the impact of COVID-19, please see “Business Impact of COVID-19.”
Cost of Revenue
Our cost of revenue consists of cost of subscription revenue, cost of license revenue, cost of services revenue and cost of product revenue.
Year Ended December 31,
20212020Change
AmountAmountAmount%
(dollars in thousands)
Cost of subscription revenue$14,754 $11,445 $3,309 29 %
Cost of license revenue— 69 (69)(100)%
Cost of services revenue10,046 6,131 3,915 64 %
Cost of products revenue26,403 20,300 6,103 30 %
Total cost of revenue$51,203 $37,945 $13,258 35 %
Total cost of revenue increased by $13.3 million, or 35%, to $51.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $37.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to an emergingincrease in cost of products revenue, increase in subscription services provided, and capture services sold.
Cost of subscription revenue increased by $3.3 million, or 29%, to $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to increased costs related to hosting and delivery services for our platform to support the growth companyof subscription services provided.
Cost of license revenue did not fluctuate significantly year over year.
53

Table of Content
Cost of services revenue increased by $3.9 million, or 64%, to $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in volume and cost related to capture services sold.
Cost of products revenue increased by $6.1 million, or 30%, to $26.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to increased costs related to materials to expedite and secure material to meet the demand for capture devices in the current supply chain environment, as well as increased direct labor, and manufacturing overhead to support the capture devices sold.
Gross Profit and Gross Margin
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in thousands)
Gross profit$59,971 $47,939 
Gross margin54 %56 %
Gross profit increased by $12.0 million, or 25%, to $60.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $47.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Gross margin decreased to 54% during the year ended December 31, 2021 from 56% during the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in gross profit is primarily due to an increase of subscription and license revenue, which have higher gross margins compared to the following gross margins of product revenue. The decrease in gross margin was primarily driven by the decrease in product gross margin from 39% for the year ended December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because31, 2020 to 19% for the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily as we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractivehave used alternative
suppliers and alternative parts from time to time to mitigate the challenges caused by supply chain shortage, partially offset by the higher subscription and license revenue gross margins.
Research and Development Expenses
Year Ended December 31,
20212020Change
AmountAmountAmount%
(dollars in thousands)
Research and development expenses$55,379 $17,710 $37,669 213 %
Research and development expenses increased by $37.7 million, or 213%, to $55.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to a $3.5 million increase in personnel-related costs, including an increase in salaries as a result of increased headcount, $28.4 million increase in stock-based compensation, and an increase of $3.0 million of professional services to support our reliancecontinued investment in our platform and products.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Year Ended December 31,
20212020Change
AmountAmountAmount%
(dollars in thousands)
Selling, general and administrative expenses$152,360 $41,791 $110,569 265 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $110.6 million, or 265%, to $152.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $41.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increases were primarily attributable to increases in personnel-related costs, including $12.0 million increase in salaries as a result of increased headcount, $70.9 million increase in stock-based compensation, an increase of $7.2 million in legal fees due to an increase in acquisition costs and litigation activities, and a $4.7 million increase in consulting fees to support the growth in our business operations.
54

Table of Content
Interest Income
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in thousands)
Interest income$1,811 $19 
Interest income increased by $1.8 million, or 9,432%, to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $0.02 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to interest earned on these exemptions, our cash equivalents and investments during the trading pricesyear ended December 31, 2021.
Interest Expense
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in thousands)
Interest expense$(676)$(1,501)
Interest expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to repayment of our securitiesoutstanding loans during the year ended December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, we had no outstanding loans.
Transaction costs
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in thousands)
Transaction costs$(565)$— 
For the year ended December 31, 2021, we expensed $0.6 million of transaction costs in relation to the consummation of the Merger.
Change in Fair Value of Warrants Liabilities
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in thousands)
Change in fair value of warrants liabilities$(48,370)$— 
We recognized a change in fair value of warrants liabilities of $48.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 due to the increase in the fair value of our outstanding Public and Private Warrants since the Closing of the Merger.
Change in Fair Value of Contingent Earn-out Liability
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in thousands)
Change in fair value of contingent earn-out liability$(140,454)$— 
We recognized a change in fair value of contingent earn-out liability of $140.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the increase in the fair value of the Company common stock since the Closing of the Merger.
55

Table of Content
Other (Expense) Income, Net
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in thousands)
Other expense, net$(2,255)$(900)
Other expense increased by $1.4 million, or 151%, to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to amortization of investment premium and loss on debt extinguishment.
Provision for Income Taxes
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in thousands)
Provision for income taxes$(217)$77 
The provision for income taxes did not significantly fluctuate year over year. The U.S. federal statutory tax rate is 21%, while our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was 0.1% and (0.6)%, respectively. The difference was due primarily to the tax benefit of stock-based compensation in a foreign jurisdiction.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Sources of Liquidity
Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the growth and expansion of our paid subscribers, development of our technology and software platform (including research and development efforts), expansion of our sales and marketing activities and sales, general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2021, we had cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and investments of approximately $668.6 million. Our cash equivalents primarily consist of cash on hand and amounts on deposit with financial institutions. To date, our principal sources of liquidity have been proceeds received from the issuance of equity, the proceeds from the Merger and proceeds from warrant and option exercises for cash.
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in thousands)
Cash, cash equivalents, and investments:
Cash and cash equivalents$139,519 $51,850 
Restricted cash468 400 
Investments528,590 — 
Total cash, cash equivalents, and investments$668,577 $52,250 
We believe our existing cash resources are sufficient to support planned operations for the next 12 months. We completed the Merger and PIPE Financing on July 22, 2021, pursuant to which we received net proceeds of $612.9 million. We received $76.6 million in proceeds from the Public and Private Warrants exercised in cash in the last month of the year ended December 31, 2021. As a result, management believes that its current financial resources are sufficient to continue operating activities for at least one year past the issuance date of the financial statements.
We have incurred negative cash flows from operating activities and significant losses from operations in the past. We expect to continue to incur operating losses at least for the next 12 months due to the investments that we intend to make in our business. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including increase in our customer base, the timing and extent of spend to support the expansion of sales, marketing and development activities, and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result, we may require additional capital resources to grow our business. We believe that current cash, cash equivalents and investments will be lower than they otherwise would be,sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months.
56

Table of Content
Debt and Financing Arrangements
Debt consists of our 2019 Term Loan, our 2018 Term Loan, our 2020 Term Loan, and our line of credit. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company repaid in full the 2019 Term Loan of $2.4 million, the Line of Credit of $3.0 million, the 2018 Term Loan of $5.6 million including $0.5 million of final payment fee and $0.1 million interest and prepayment fee, and the 2020 Term Loan of $2.0 million. As of December 31, 2021, there may bewere no amounts outstanding under our term loans or line of credit.
2019 Term Loan
The 2019 term loan is secured by certain assets and has customary negative and affirmative covenants. The loan has a less active trading marketmaturity date of May 1, 2023 and bears interest rate at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate + 1% and (b) 5.25%. The 2019 Term loan was fully repaid in July 2021.
Line of Credit
Our line of credit with third-party lender is secured by our accounts receivable and has customary negative and affirmative covenants. The loan has a maturity date of December 14, 2021 and bears interest at a floating per annum rate of equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate + 0.5% and (b) 5.25%. The Line of Credit was fully repaid in July 2021.
2018 Term Loan
The 2018 term loan is repayable in 48 monthly scheduled installments commencing on May 1, 2018. We are required to make interest-only payments for the first 12 months starting May 2018 and thereafter to make 36 equal installment payments through the maturity date of the loan. The loan is secured by certain assets and has customary negative and affirmative covenants. The loan has a maturity date of May 1, 2022 and bears interest at a fixed per annum rate of 11.5%. The 2018 Term loan was fully repaid in July 2021.
2020 Term Loan
The 2020 term loan is provided under two facilities; facility A is comprised of $1.0 million maturing in 36 months, and facility B is comprised of $1.0 million maturing in 30 months. Principal is payable in 24 equal installments commencing on May 31, 2021 through April 30, 2023. The loan is secured by a letter of credit and has customary negative and affirmative covenants. The facility term loan has a maturity date of April 30, 2023 and bears interest at a fixed per annum rate of 4.75%. The 2020 Term loan was fully repaid in August 2021.
Other commitments
We lease office space under operating leases for our securitiesU.S. headquarters and other locations in the trading pricesUnited States that expire at various dates through 2025. In addition, we have purchase obligations, which include contracts and issued purchase orders containing non-cancellable payment terms to purchase third-party goods and services. As of December 31, 2021, our 12-month lease obligations (through December 31, 2022) totaled approximately $1.3 million, or approximately $4.2 million through the year ending December 31, 2025. Our non-cancellable purchase obligations as of December 31, 2021 totaled approximately $12.0 million and are mostly due throughout the year ending December 31, 2022.
Cash Flows
The following table set forth a summary of our cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities(38,808)(3,597)
Investing activities(541,821)(4,884)
Financing activities668,449 50,462 
57

Table of Content
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $38.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. This amount primarily consisted of a net loss of $338.1 million, offset by non-cash charges of $297.3 million, and a change in net operating assets and liabilities of $2.0 million. The non-cash charges primarily consisted of $5.8 million of depreciation and amortization expense, $1.4 million of amortization of investment premiums, net of accretion of discounts, $100.6 million of stock-based compensation expense, $48.4 million of change in fair value of warrants liabilities, $140.5 million of change in fair value of contingent earn-out liability, and $0.6 million of transaction costs related to reverse recapitalization. Changes in net operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of an increase in accounts payable, deferred revenue, accruals and other liabilities, which was partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets, and inventories.
Net cash used in operating activities was $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This amount primarily consisted of a net loss of $14.0 million, offset by non-cash charges of $9.3 million, and an increase in net operating assets and liabilities of $1.1 million. The non-cash charges primarily consisted of $4.8 million of depreciation and amortization expense, $2.5 million of stock-based compensation expense, $1.0 million of loss on extinguishment of loan and convertible note, $0.8 million increase of allowance for doubtful accounts, and $0.2 million amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs. Changes of net operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of an increase in accounts payable, deferred revenue and accruals and other liabilities, which was partially offset by an increase in account receivable, prepaid and other assets, and inventories.
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $541.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. This amount primarily consisted of investments in available-for-sale securities may be more volatile.

Further, of $532.6 million, capitalized software and development costs of $7.2 million, an investment in convertible notes receivable of $1.0 million and purchases of property and equipment of $0.8 million.

Net cash used in investing activities was $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This amount primarily consisted of capitalized software and development costs.
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $668.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. This amount primarily consisted of $612.9 million proceeds from reverse recapitalization and PIPE financing, net, $76.6 million proceeds from exercise of warrants, $2.1 million proceeds from exercise of stock options, partially offset by $10.0 million payment of transaction costs related to reverse recapitalization and repayment of debt of $13.1 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $50.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This amount primarily consisted of proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net, of $43.7 million, proceeds from issuance of convertible notes of $8.5 million, proceeds from external loans of $6.2 million, partially offset by repayment of debt of $8.0 million.
Emerging Growth Company Status
Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can electchoose not to opt outtake advantage of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, butand any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt outtake advantage of suchthe extended transition period which means that when a standard is issuedirrevocable.
The Company is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, and has elected to take advantage of the benefits of the extended transition period for new or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, asfinancial accounting standards. The Company will remain an emerging growth company can adoptuntil the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparisonearliest of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until(i) the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the end of the prior June 30th, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our Class A common stockthat is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which the Company has total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more during such fiscal year (as indexed for inflation), (iii) the date on which the Company has issued more than $1 billion in  non-convertible debt in the prior June 30th. Tothree-year period or (iv) December 31, 2025, and the Company expects to continue to take

58

Table of Content
advantage of the benefits of the extended transition period, although it may decide to early adopt such new or revised accounting standards to the extent we take advantage ofpermitted by such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.


Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Actstandards. This may make it more difficult for usor impossible to effectuate our initial business combination, require substantialcompare the Company’s financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2021. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to complyresults with the independent registeredfinancial results of another public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remaincompany that is either not an emerging growth company we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target company with which we seek to complete our business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A common stock and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock, and the fact that prior to the completion of our initial business combination only holders of shares of our Class F Common Stock, which have been issued to our Sponsor, are entitled to vote on the appointment of directors, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us, our directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us, our directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware, except any claim (A) as to which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware determines that there is an indispensable partyemerging growth company that has chosen not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancerywithin ten days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, (C) for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, or (D) any action arising under the Securities Act, as to which the Court of Chancery and the federal district court for the District of Delaware shall have concurrent jurisdiction. If an action is brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, a court may determine that this provision is unenforceable, and to the extent it is enforceable, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates


exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

If we take advantage of Nasdaq’s controlled company standards, we would be exempt from various corporate governance requirements.

Nasdaq listing rules generally define a “Controlled Company” as any company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. Prior to the vote on our initial business combination, only holders of the founder shares will have the right to vote on the election of directors. More than 50% of the founder shares will be held by our Sponsor. Accordingly, prior to the vote on our initial business combination, we would likely satisfy the definition of being a controlled company. As indicated herein, we will not use the related exemptions to Nasdaq’s governance rules under the controlled company standards. However, if we were to change our intentions and take advantage of the controlled companyextended transition period exemptions because of the potential differences in accounting standards we would be exempt from various corporate governance requirements such as the requirement to have a majority of independent directorsused.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
Our discussion and to have nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees comprised entirely of independent directors.

We would be subject to a second level of U.S. federal income tax on a portionanalysis of our income if wefinancial condition and results of operations are determined to be a personal holding company (a “PHC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A U.S. corporation generally will be classified as a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposesbased upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in a given taxable year if (i) at any time duringaccordance with GAAP. We evaluated the last half of such taxable year, five or fewer individuals (without regard to their citizenship or residencydevelopment and including as individuals for this purpose certain entities such as certain tax exempt organizations, pension funds and charitable trusts) own or are deemed to own (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50% of the stock of the corporation by value and (ii) at least 60% of the corporation’s adjusted ordinary gross income, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for such taxable year consists of PHC income (which includes, among other things, dividends, interest, certain royalties, annuities and, under certain circumstances, rents).


Depending on the date and sizeselection of our initial business combination, it is possiblecritical accounting policies and estimates and believe that at least 60%the following involve a higher degree of our adjusted ordinary gross income may consist of PHC income as discussed above. In addition, depending on the concentration of our stock in the hands of individuals, including the members of our Sponsorjudgment or complexity and certain tax exempt organizations, pension funds and charitable trusts, it is possible that more than 50% of our stock may be owned or deemed owned (pursuantare most significant to the constructive ownership rules) by such persons during the last half of a taxable year. Thus, no assurance can be given that we will not become a PHC following the Public Offering or in the future. If we are or were to become a PHC in a given taxable year, we would be subject to an additional PHC tax, currently 20%, on our undistributed PHC income, which generally includes our taxable income, subject to certain adjustments.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company but with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

higher costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with different commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

longer payment cycles and challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;

deterioration of political relations with the United States; and

government appropriations of assets

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer, which may adversely impactreporting our results of operations and financial condition.


ITEM 2.       PROPERTIES

Our executive officesposition and are located at 6260 Lookout Road, Boulder, Colorado 80301therefore discussed as critical. The following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and our telephone number is (303) 531-3100. Our executive offices are provided to us by an affiliatejudgements used in the preparation of our Sponsor. Commencingconsolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates and assumptions, and those differences could be material to our consolidated financial statements. We re-evaluate our estimates on October 5, 2020, we have agreedan ongoing basis. For information on our significant accounting policies, refer to pay an affiliateNote 2.—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our Sponsor a total of $20,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such, and we and the members of our management team have not been subject to any such proceeding in the 12 months preceding the date of this prospectus.

ITEM 4.       MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.


PART II

ITEM 5.       MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

(a)

Market Information

Our Units began trading on the Nasdaq under the symbol “GHVIU” on December 15, 2020. On January 29, 2021, we announced that holders of our units could elect to separately trade the Class A common stock and warrantsaudited consolidated financial statements included in the units, or continue to trade the units without separating them. On February 1, 2021, the Class A common stock and warrants began trading on Nasdaq under the symbols “GHVI” and “GHVIW,” respectively. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase of one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares of Class A common stock and will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination or 12 months from the IPO Closing Date. Our warrants expire five years after the completion of our business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation as described in “Item 1. Business.”

(a)

Holders

As of March 12, 2021, there was one holder of record of our Units, one holder of record of our separately traded shares of Common Stock and two holders of record of our separately traded Warrants.

(b)

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our Class A common stock or Class F Common Stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our business combination will be within the discretion of our Board at such time. In addition, our Board is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

(c)

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

(d)

Performance Graph

The graph below compares the cumulative total return for our Units from December 15, 2020 (the first day on which our Units began trading) through December 31, 2020 with the comparable cumulative return of three indices: the S&P 500 Index (“S&P 500”), the Dow Jones Industrial Average Index (“DJIA”) and Nasdaq.


(e)

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

Unregistered Sales

On July 24, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 17,250,000 shares of Class F Common Stock for $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share. On October 1, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 8,625,000 Founder Shares to us for no consideration, on October 23, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class F Common Stock of 6,468,750 shares thereof and on November 13, 2020 the Sponsor surrendered 6,468,750 Founder Shares to us for no consideration, resulting in an aggregate of 8,625,000 outstanding shares of Class F Common Stock. As a result of such surrender, the per-share purchase price increased to approximately $0.003 per share. The number of Founder Shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such Founder Shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of the Public Offering. On September 11, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to each of the independent directors at their original purchase price.Our Public Offering was consummated on December 15, 2020.

Prior to the IPO Closing Date, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 4,450,000 Private Placement Warrants to our Sponsor at a price of $2.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total proceeds, before expenses, of $8,900,000. The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the public warrants sold as part of the units in the IPO, except that the Private Placement Warrants may be physical (cash) or net share (cashless) settled and are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Warrants.

The sales of the above securities by the Company were exempt from registration in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

Use of Proceeds

On December 10, 2020, our registration statement on Form S‑1 (File No. 333-249312) was declared effective by the SEC for the Public Offering pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 34,500,000 Units at an offering price to the public of $10.00 per Unit, including 4,500,000 Units as a result of the underwriters’ full exercise of its over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $345,000,000.

After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the Deferred Discount, which amount will be payable upon the consummation of our Business Combination, if consummated) and the estimated offering expenses, the total net proceeds from our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were


$346,055,000, of which $345,000,000 (or $10.00 per share sold in the Public Offering) was placed in the Trust Account in the United States maintained by the trustee.

Through December 31, 2020, we incurred approximately $7,790,948 for costs and expenses related to the Public Offering. At the IPO Closing Date, we paid a total of $6,900,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, the underwriter agreed to defer $12,075,000 in underwriting commissions, which amount will be payable upon consummation of our Business Combination, if consummated. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our Public Offering as described in our final prospectus dated December 14, 2020 which was filed with the SEC.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, that we will have only 24 months from the IPO Closing Date to complete our Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our Business Combination within such 24‑month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in our Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable, and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

As of December 31, 2020, after giving effect to our Public Offering and our operations subsequent thereto, approximately $345,008,625 was held in the Trust Account, and we had approximately $633,266 of unrestricted cash available to us for our activities in connection with identifying and conducting due diligence of a suitable Business Combination, and for general corporate matters.

Item 6.       Selected Financial Data

The following table summarizes selected historical financial data and should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited financial statements, and the notes and schedules related thereto, which are included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Income Statement Data:

For the period

From June 29, 2020

(inception) to

December 31, 2020

Professional fees and other expenses

$

(78,494

)

State franchise taxes, other than income tax

(55,241

)

     Net loss from operations

(133,735

)

Other income - interest and dividend income

8,625

     Loss before income taxes

(125,110

)

Income tax benefit

26,273

     Net loss attributable to common shares

$

(98,837

)

Per Share Data:

Net loss per ordinary share:

   Class A Common stock- basic and diluted

$

(0.00

)

   Class F Common Stock - basic and diluted

$

(0.01

)


Balance Sheet Data:

As of

December 31,

2020

Working capital(1)

$

1,000,317

Total assets(2)

$

346,565,918

Total liabilities

$

12,605,703

Stockholders’ equity

$

5,000,005

(1)

Includes $633,266 in cash held outside of the Trust Account, plus $924,027 of other assets, less $530,703 of current liabilities.

(2)

Includes $345,008,625 held in the Trust Account, plus $633,266 in cash held outside of the Trust Account, plus $924,027 of other assets.

Revenue

As

Effective January 1, 2019, our revenue recognition policy is a critical policy due to the adoption of December 31, 2020, the total assetsguidance from ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and because of the variety of revenue generating transactions. We determine the amount includes $345,008,625 being heldof revenue to be recognized through the application of the following steps: (1) identify the contract; (2) identify the performance obligations; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied.
We identify performance obligations in our contracts with customers, which primarily include subscription, license, services and products. The transaction price is determined based on the amount which we expect to be entitled to in exchange for providing the promised goods and services to our customer. The transaction price in the Trust Account, $332,933,625contract is allocated to each distinct performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price basis. Revenue is recognized when performance obligations are satisfied. In certain transactions the transaction price is considered variable and an estimate of whichthe constrained transaction price is availablerecorded by us. Changes in variable consideration may result in an increase or a decrease to usrevenue. Changes to the estimated variable consideration were not material for the purposesperiods presented.
Contract payment terms vary, and are generally net 30 days. Collectability is assessed based on a number of consummatingfactors including collection history and creditworthiness of the customer. If collectability of substantially all consideration to which we are entitled under the contract is determined to be not probable, revenue is not recorded until collectability becomes probable at a Business Combination withinlater date.
Stock-Based Compensation
We measure and record the timeexpense related to stock-based awards based on the fair value of those awards as determined on the date of grant. We recognize stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period describedof the individual grant, generally equal to the vesting period and use the straight-line method to recognize stock-based compensation. For stock-based awards with performance conditions, we record compensation expenses when it is deemed probable that the performance condition will be met. We account for forfeitures as they occur. We selected the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as the method for determining the estimated fair value for stock options. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions, which determine the fair value of stock-based awards, including the option’s expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock.
We calculated the fair value of options granted by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
Expected Volatility—We estimated volatility for option grants by evaluating the average historical volatility of a peer group of companies for the period immediately preceding the option grant for a term that is approximately equal to the options’ expected term.
59

Expected Term—The expected term of the Matterport’s options represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding.
We have elected to use the midpoint of the stock options vesting term and contractual expiration period to compute the expected term, as we do not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post vesting employment termination behavior.
Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on US Treasury zero coupon issues with a term that is equal to the options’ expected term at the grant date.
Dividend Yield —We have never declared or paid dividends and do not anticipate declaring dividends. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.
Refer to Note 14—Stock Plan, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (with $12,075,000for details regarding our stock-based compensation plans.
Common Stock Valuation
Prior to the Closing date, in deferred underwriting fees payable upon consummationthe absence of a Business Combination) andpublic trading market for our common stock, on each grant date, the remaining $633,266 being availablefair value of our common stock had historically been determined by our board of directors with inputs from management, taking into account our most recent valuations from an independent third-party valuation specialist. Our board of directors intended all stock options granted to us for general working capital purposes. If a Business Combination ishave an exercise price per share not so consummated, we will be dissolved andless than the proceeds heldper share fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the Trust Account will be distributed solelyAmerican Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions used to our public stockholders (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses (which interest shall be net of taxes payable)).

If we seek stockholder approval of any Business Combination, we will offer holdersdetermine the estimated fair value of our public sharescommon stock were based on numerous objective and subjective factors, combined with management’s judgment, including:

relevant precedent transactions involving our capital stock;
external market conditions affecting the rightindustry and trends within the industry;
the rights, preferences and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to have their public shares redeemed (subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) regardlessthose of whether such stockholder votes for or against such proposed Business Combination. We will close a Business Combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such closing and, solely if we seek stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination.

our common stock;

Item 7.       Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of the Company’sour financial condition and operating results, including our levels of operations should be read in conjunctionavailable capital resources;

the progress of our research and development efforts, our stage of development and business strategy;
the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our given prevailing market conditions;
the history and nature of our business, industry trends and competitive environment;
the lack of marketability of our common stock;
recent secondary stock sales and tender offers;
equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; and
general U.S. and global market conditions.
In determining the fair value of our common stock, we established the enterprise value of our business using the market approach. Under the market approach, a group of guideline publicly traded companies with similar financial and operating characteristics to Matterport were selected, and valuation multiples based on the guideline public companies’ financial information and market data were calculated. Based on the observed valuation multiples, an appropriate multiple was selected to apply to our audited financial statementshistorical and forecasted revenue results.
In allocating the notes related theretoequity value of our business among the various classes of equity securities prior to December 2020, we used the option pricing model (“OPM”) method, which are included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”models each class of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated on June 29, 2020equity securities as a Delaware corporationcall option with a unique claim on our assets. The OPM treated our common stock and formed forredeemable convertible preferred stock as call options on an equity value with exercise prices based on the purpose of effecting a Business Combination with one or more target businesses. We completed our Public Offering on December 15, 2020.  

We presently have no revenue, have had losses since inception from incurring formation costs and have had no operations other than the active solicitation of a target business with which to complete a business combination.

Since completing our Public Offering, we have reviewed, and continue to review, a number of opportunities to enter into a Business Combination with an operating business, but we are not able to determine at this time whether we will complete a Business Combination with any of the target businesses that we have reviewed or with any other target business. We intend to effectuate our Business Combination using cash from the proceedsliquidation preference of our Public Offeringredeemable convertible preferred stock. The common stock was modeled as a call option with a claim on the equity value at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after our redeemable convertible preferred stock is liquidated. The exclusive reliance on the

60

Table of Content
OPM until December 2020 was appropriate when the range of possible future outcomes was difficult to predict and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our capital stock, debt, orresulted in a highly speculative forecast.
Since December 2020, we used a hybrid method utilizing a combination of cash,the OPM and the probability weighted expected return method (“PWERM”). The PWERM is a scenario-based methodology that estimates the fair value of common stock based upon an analysis of future values for Matterport, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value was based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of shares. The future value of the common stock under each outcome was discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and debt.

Recent Developments

Proposed Matterport Business Combination

On February 7, 2021,probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the Company entered intocommon stock. We considered two different scenarios: (a) a Merger Agreement, bytransaction with a SPAC, (b) remaining a private company. Under the hybrid method, we used the OPM, the if-converted method, and the liquidation method to allocate the equity value of our business among the Company, First Merger Sub, Second Merger Sub,various classes of stock. The if-converted method presumes that all shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock convert into shares of common stock based upon their conversion terms and Matterport, which provides for, among other things: (a)differences in the First Merger;rights and (b) immediately following the First Merger and as partpreferences of the same overall transactionshare of redeemable convertible preferred stock are ignored. The liquidation method presumes payment of proceeds in accordance with the liquidation terms of each class of stock.

After the allocation to the various classes of equity securities, a discount for lack of marketability (“DLOM”) was applied to arrive at a fair value of common stock. A DLOM was meant to account for the lack of marketability of a stock that was not publicly traded. In making the final determination of common stock value, consideration was also given to recent sales of common stock.
Application of these approaches and methodologies involved the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the First Merger, the Second Merger. The transactions set forth in the Merger Agreement, including the Mergers, will constitute a “Business Combination” as contemplated by the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificateselection of Incorporation.

The Merger Agreementcomparable public companies, and the transactions contemplated thereby were unanimously approved byprobability of and timing associated with possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the Boardrelationships between those assumptions impacted our valuations as of Directorseach valuation date and may have had a material impact on the valuation of our common stock.

Warrants Liability
The Company assumed publicly-traded warrants (“Public Warrants”) and private warrants (“Private Warrants”) upon the Closing. The Company on February 7, 2021 and the Matterport Board on February 7, 2021.

The Merger Agreement

Merger Consideration

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the First Merger (the “Effective Time”), each share of Matterport’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Matterport Common Stock”), will be converted into the right to receive a number of newly-issuedaccounts for warrants for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock parthat are not indexed to its own stock as liabilities at fair value $0.0001 per share (“Company Class A common stock”), equalon the balance sheet. The warrants are subject to the Per Share Company Common Stock Consideration (as definedremeasurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized in the Merger Agreement)Company’s statement of operations. For issued or modified warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For issued or modified warrants that do not meet all the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as a liability at their initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each share of Matterport’s preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Matterport Preferred Stock”), will be converted into the right to receive a number of newly-issued shares of Company Class A common stock equal to the Per Share Company Preferred Stock Consideration (as definedbalance sheet date thereafter. Changes in the Merger Agreement). Pursuant to the termsestimated fair value of the Merger Agreement,warrants are recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on the Company is required to use reasonable best efforts to cause the sharesstatements of Company Class A common stock to be issued inoperations.

Earn-out Arrangement
In connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the Business Combination) to be listed on Nasdaq at the closing of the Business Combination.

Pursuantreverse recapitalization and pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the aggregate merger consideration payable at the closing of the Business Combination to all of theeligible Legacy Matterport stockholders and Legacy Matterport stock options and restricted share units (RSUs) holders of equity awards of Matterport will be an aggregate number of shares, or equity awards exercisable for shares, of Company Class A common stock (deemed to have a value of $10.00 per share) equal to $2,188,750,000, divided by $10.00.

In addition to the consideration to be paid at the closing of the Business Combination, stockholders of Matterport will beare entitled to receive their pro rata share of an additional number of earn-out shares from the Company, issuable in Company Class A common stock and subject to the terms provided in the Merger Agreement, up to an aggregate of 23,460,000 shares collectively issuable to all Matterport equityholders.


Treatment of Matterport’s Equity Awards

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the closing of the Business Combination, each of Matterport’s stock options, to the extent then outstanding and unexercised, will automatically be converted into (a) an option to acquire a certain number of shares of CompanyCompany’s Class A common shares (“Earn-out Shares”) upon the Company achieving certain Earn-out triggering events during the Earn-out Period (as described in Note 13 of our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report Form 10-K).

In accordance with ASC 815-40, Earn-out Shares issuable to Legacy Matterport common stockholders in respect of such common stock (pursuantare not solely indexed to the common stock and therefore are accounted for as contingent earn-out liability on the consolidated balance sheet at the reverse recapitalization date and subsequently remeasured at each reporting date with changes in fair value recorded a ratiocomponent of other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.
Earn-out Shares issuable to certain holders of Legacy Matterport stock options and RSUs in respect of such stock options and RSUs (the “Earn-out Awards”) are subject to forfeiture and are accounted for in accordance with ASC 718.
61

Table of Content
The Company measures and recognizes stock-compensation expense based on the Per Share Company Common Stock Consideration), at an adjusted exercise price per sharefair value of the Earn-out Awards over the derived service period for each tranche. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.
Upon the forfeiture of Earn-out Shares issuable to any eligible holder of Legacy Matterport stock options and (b)RSUs, the rightforfeited Earn-out awards are subject to receivereallocation and grant on a pro rata portion of a number of earn-out shares from the Company, issuable in Company Class A common stock and subjectbasis to the terms provided inremaining eligible Legacy Matterport stockholders and stock options and RSUs holders. The reallocated issuable shares to Legacy Matterport common stockholders are recognized as contingent earn-out liability, and the Merger Agreement (including that such rightreallocated issuable shares to receive earn-out shares is conditional onLegacy Matterport stock options and RSUs holders are recognized as stock-based compensation over the holder continuing to provide services to the Company), up to an aggregate of 23,460,000 shares collectively issuable to all Matterport equityholders. Each such converted option will be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to such conversion.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the closing of the Business Combination, each of Matterport’s restricted stock units, to the extent then unvested and outstanding, will automatically be converted into (a) an award of restricted stock units covering a certain number of shares of Company Class A common stock (pursuant to a ratioremaining derived service period based on the Per Share Company Common Stock Consideration)fair value on the date of the reallocation.

Upon Closing, the estimated fair value of the Earn-out Shares is allocated proportionally to contingent earn-out liability and (b) the right to receivegrant date fair value of the Earn-out Awards. The estimated fair value of the Earn-out Shares is determined using a pro rata portion of a number of earn-out shares fromMonte Carlo simulation prioritizing the Company, issuable in Company Class A common stock and subject to the terms providedmost reliable information available. The assumptions utilized in the Merger Agreement (including that such right to receive earn-out shares is conditional on the holder continuing to provide services to the Company), up to an aggregate of 23,460,000 shares collectively issuable to all Matterport equityholders. Each such converted restricted stock unit will be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to such conversion.

Private Placement Subscription Agreements

On February 7, 2021, the Company entered into subscription agreements (each, a “Subscription Agreement” and collectively, the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors, including certain individuals (each, an “Individual Investor Subscription Agreement”), institutional investors (each, an “Institutional Investor Subscription Agreement”) and Gores Sponsor VI LLC (the “Sponsor”), pursuant to which the investors have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 29,500,000 shares of Class A common stock in a private placement for $10.00 per share (the “Private Placement”). The proceeds from the Private Placement will remain on the Company’s balance sheet following the consummation of the Business Combination.

Results of Operations

For the period from June 29, 2020 to December 31, 2020, we had a net loss of ($98,837). Our business activities during the year mainly consisted of identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates for a Business Combination. We believe that we have sufficient funds available to complete our efforts to effect a Business Combination with an operating business by December 15, 2022. However, if our estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a Business Combinationcalculation are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our Business Combination.

As indicated in the accompanying unaudited financial statements, at December 31, 2020, we had $633,266 in cash and deferred offering costs of $12,075,000. Further, we expect to continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our acquisition plans. We cannot assure you that our plans to complete our Business Combination, including the Proposed Business Combination, will be successful.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

On July 24, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 17,250,000 shares of Class F Common Stock for $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share. On October 1, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 8,625,000 Founder Shares to us for no consideration, on October 23, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class F Common Stock of 6,468,750 shares thereof and on November 13, 2020 the Sponsor surrendered 6,468,750 Founder Shares to us for no consideration, resulting in an aggregate of 8,625,000 outstanding shares of Class F Common Stock. As a result of such surrenders and stock dividend, the per-share purchase price increased to approximately $0.003 per share. The number of Founder Shares issued was determined based on the expectation thatachievement of certain stock price milestones, including the current Company common stock price, expected volatility, risk-free rate, expected term and dividend rate. The contingent earn-out liability is categorized as a Level 3 fair value measurement because the Company estimates projections during the Earn-out Period utilizing unobservable inputs. See Note 6 “Fair Value Measurement” and Note 13 “Contingent Earn-Out Liability” for additional information.

If the applicable triggering event is achieved for a tranche, the Company will account for the Earn-out Shares for such Foundertranche as issued and outstanding common stock.

The Earn-out triggering events were achieved as of January 18, 2022, and all Earn-out Shares would represent 20%were issued to eligible recipients on February 1, 2022.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For a discussion of the outstanding shares upon completionrecent accounting pronouncements, refer to “Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 2. Summary of the Public Offering. On September 11, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to each of the independent directors at their original purchase price.


On December 15, 2020, the Company consummated its Public Offering of 34,500,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit, including 4,500,000 Units as a result of the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $345,000,000. On the IPO Closing Date, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 4,450,000 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of Common Stock at $11.50 per share, to our Sponsor, at a price of $2.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds, before expenses, of $8,900,000. After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the Deferred Discount, which amount will be payable upon consummation of the Business Combination, if consummated) and the estimated offering expenses, the total net proceeds from our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were $346,055,000, of which $345,000,000 (or $10.00 per share sold in the Public Offering) was placed in the Trust Account. The amount of proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account was $1,055,000 at the closingSignificant Accounting Policies of our Public Offering. Interest earned on the funds heldconsolidated financial statements included in the Trust Account may be released to us to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals, for a maximum of 24 months and/or additional amounts necessary to pay our franchise this Annual Form 10-K.


Item 7A. Quantitative and income taxes.

On July 24, 2020, Company borrowed $300,000 by the issuance of an unsecured promissory note from the Sponsor for $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering. This Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the completion of the Public Offering. This Note was repaid in full upon the completion of the Public Offering.

As of December 31, 2020, we had cash held outside of the Trust Account of approximately $633,266, which Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Matterport is available to fund our working capital requirements. Additionally, interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account may be released to us to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals, for a maximum of 24 months and/or additional amounts necessary to pay our franchise and income taxes.

At December 31, 2020, the Company had current liabilities of $530,703 and working capital of $1,000,317, largely due to amounts owed to professionals, consultants, advisors and others who are working on seeking a Business Combination. Such work is continuing after December 31, 2020 and amounts are continuing to accrue.

We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of Regulatory Withdrawals and taxes payable) to consummate our Business Combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete a Business Combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of shares of our Common Stock upon completion of a Business Combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our Business Combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. In addition, following our Business Combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations. To the extent that our capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to consummate our Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in our Trust Account, if any, will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategy. Following the closing of the Proposed Business Combination, we do not expect there to be remaining proceeds in our Trust Account.

Off-balance sheet financing arrangements

We had no obligations, assets or liabilities which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2020. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.

We had not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or entered into any non-financial agreements involving assets.

Contractual obligations

As of December 31, 2020, we did not have any long-term debt obligations, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations, purchase obligations or long-term liabilities. In connection with the Public Offering, we entered into an administrative services agreement to pay monthly recurring expenses of $20,000 to The Gores Group for office space,


utilities and secretarial support. The administrative services agreement terminates upon the earlier of the completion of a Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company.

The underwriters are entitled to underwriting discounts and commissions of 5.5% ($18,975,000), of which 2.0% ($6,900,000) was paid at the IPO Closing Date, and 3.5% ($12,075,000) was deferred. The Deferred Discount will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement. The underwriters are not entitledmarket risk, primarily relating to any interest accrued on the Deferred Discount.


Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been preparedpotential losses arising from adverse changes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the Securities andforeign currency exchange rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position as of December 31, 2020 and theRisk
Our results of operations and cash flows forare subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Currently, substantially all of our revenue is generated in U.S. dollars. Our expenses are generally denominated in the periods presented. Operatingcurrencies of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our operations, which are primarily in the United States, U.K. and Singapore. Our results forof operations and cash flows in the period ended December 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of results thatfuture may be expected for the full year or any other period. While the Company was formed on June 29, 2020, there were no transactions or operations between inceptionadversely affected due to an expansion of non-U.S. dollar denominated contracts, growth of our international entities, and July 24, 2020. Therefore, these financials statements do not include comparative statements to prior 2020 periods.

Offering Costs

changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company complies with the requirementseffect of the Accounting Standards Codification (the “ASC”) 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A — “Expenses of Offering.” Offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are relateda hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our Public Offering and were charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of our Public Offering. Accordingly, offering costs totaling $19,865,948 (including $18,975,000 in underwriters’ fees), and were charged to stockholders’ equity.      

Net loss per common share

The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A common stock (the “Common Stock”) and Class F Common Stock (the “Founders Shares”). Net income/(loss) per common share is computed utilizing the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share separately for each class of common stock based on an allocation of undistributed earnings per the rights of each class. At December 31, 2020, the Company didbusiness would not have any dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into common stock and then share in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock method. As a result, diluted net income/(loss) per common share is the same as basic net income/(loss) per common share for the period.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

For those liabilities or benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax liabilities as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2020.

The Company may be subject to potential examination by U.S. federal, states or foreign jurisdiction authorities in the areas of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income amounts in various tax jurisdictions and compliance with U.S. federal, states or foreign tax laws.

The Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware and is required to pay franchise taxes to the State of Delaware on an annual basis.


Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effectimpact on the Company’sour historical or current consolidated financial statements based on current operations of the Company.  The impact of any recently issued accounting standards will be re-evaluated on a regular basis or if a business combination is completed where the impact could be material.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is a broad term for the risk of economic loss due to adverse changes in the fair value of a financial instrument. These changes may be the result of various factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and/or equity prices. Our business activities for the period ended December 31, 2020 consisted solely of organizational activities and activities relating to our Public Offering and the identification of a target company for our Business Combination. As of December 31, 2020, $345,008,625 (including accrued interest and dividends and subject to reduction by the Deferred Discount due at the consummation of the Business Combination) was held in the Trust Account for the purposes of consummating our Business Combination. As of December 31, 2020, investment securities in the Company’s Trust Account consisted of $15,525 in cash and $344,993,100 in money market funds. As of December 31, 2020, the effective annualized rate of return generated by our investments was approximately 0.003%.

Westatements. To date, we have not engaged in any hedging activities duringstrategies. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to manage the year ended December 31, 2020. risk relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

Inflation Risk
We do not expectbelieve that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. If our costs become subject to engage in any hedging activities with respectsignificant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to the market riskfully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to which we are exposed.

do so could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.


62

Table of Content
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements

Page

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

62

63

64

65

StatementConsolidated Statements of Cash Flows Forfor the Period from June 29, 2020 (inception) toYears Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

66

67




Report



63

Table of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Content

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Tothe Stockholders and Board of Directors

Gores Holdings VI, and Stockholders of Matterport, Inc.:


Opinion on the Financial Statements


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Gores Holdings VI,Matterport Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company)“Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes inof comprehensive loss, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and of cash flows for the period from June 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, andyears then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements)statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from June 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020,years then ended in conformity with U.S.accounting principles generally accepted accounting principles.

in the United States of America.


Basis for Opinion


These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on thesethe Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our auditaudits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

Denver, Colorado

March 12, 2021




GORES HOLDINGS VI,

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 18, 2022

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2019.



64

Table of Content
MATTERPORT INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2020

SHEETS

CURRENT ASSETS:

Cash and cash equivalents

$

633,266

Prepaid assets

897,754

Total current assets

1,531,020

Deferred tax asset

26,273

Investments and cash held in Trust Account

345,008,625

Total assets

$

346,565,918

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accrued expenses, formation and offering costs

$

475,462

State franchise tax accrual

55,241

Total current liabilities

530,703

Deferred underwriting compensation

12,075,000

Total liabilities

$

12,605,703

Commitments and Contingencies:

Class A Common Stock subject to possible redemption, 32,896,021 shares at December 31, 2020 (at redemption value of $10 per share)

328,960,210

Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized, NaN issued or outstanding

Common stock

Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 400,000,000 shares authorized, 1,603,979 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 32,896,021 shares subject to possible redemption) at December 31, 2020

160

Class F Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized, 8,625,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020

863

Additional paid-in-capital

5,097,819

Accumulated deficit

(98,837

)

Total stockholders’ equity

5,000,005

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

346,565,918

(In thousands, except per share data)

See

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$139,519 $51,850 
Restricted cash468 400 
Short-term investments264,931 — 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $291 and $799, as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively10,879 3,924 
Inventories5,593 3,646 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets16,313 2,453 
Total current assets437,703 62,273 
Property and equipment, net14,118 8,210 
Long-term investments263,659 — 
Other assets3,696 1,369 
Total assets$719,176 $71,852 
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities
Accounts payable$12,227 $3,434 
Current portion of long-term debt— 8,215 
Deferred revenue11,074 4,606 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities10,026 6,995 
Total current liabilities33,327 23,250 
Warrants liability38,974 — 
Contingent earn-out liability377,576 — 
Long-term debt— 4,502 
Deferred revenue, non-current874 297 
Other long-term liabilities262 335 
Total liabilities451,013 28,384 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)00
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 30,000 and 125,405 shares authorized as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; nil and 124,979 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020; and liquidation preference of nil and $166,131 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively— 164,168 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 640,000 shares and 230,680 shares authorized as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; and 250,173 shares and 38,981 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively25 
Additional paid-in capital737,735 9,159 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(1,539)135 
Accumulated deficit(468,058)(129,998)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)268,163 (120,700)
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)$719,176 $71,852 
The accompanying notes toare an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


65

GORES HOLDINGS VI,


Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.

STATEMENT

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the Period from June 29, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

Professional fees and other expenses

$

(78,494

)

State franchise taxes, other than income tax

(55,241

)

Net loss from operations

(133,735

)

Other income - interest and dividend income

8,625

Loss before income taxes

(125,110

)

Income tax benefit

26,273

Net loss attributable to common shares

$

(98,837

)

Net loss per ordinary share:

   Class A Common stock- basic and diluted

$

(0.00

)

   Class F Common Stock - basic and diluted

$

(0.01

)

(In thousands, except per share data)

See

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Revenue:
Subscription$61,275 $41,558 
License4,761 3,500 
Services12,592 7,702 
Product32,546 33,124 
Total revenue111,174 85,884 
Costs of revenue:
Subscription14,754 11,445 
License— 69 
Services10,046 6,131 
Product26,403 20,300 
Total costs of revenue51,203 37,945 
Gross profit59,971 47,939 
Operating expenses:
Research and development55,379 17,710 
Selling, general, and administrative152,360 41,791 
Total operating expenses207,739 59,501 
Loss from operations(147,768)(11,562)
Other income (expense):
Interest income1,811 19 
Interest expense(676)(1,501)
Transaction costs(565)— 
Change in fair value of warrants liabilities(48,370)— 
Change in fair value of contingent earn-out liability(140,454)— 
Other expense, net(2,255)(900)
Total expense(190,509)(2,382)
Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes(338,277)(13,944)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(217)77 
Net loss$(338,060)$(14,021)
Net loss per share, basic and diluted$(2.58)$(0.43)
Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation, basic and diluted131,278 32,841 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

66

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Net loss$(338,060)$(14,021)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)(187)99 
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax(1,487)— 
Other comprehensive income (loss)$(1,674)$99 
Comprehensive loss$(339,734)$(13,922)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
67

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(In thousands)
Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
Shares (1)
Amount
Shares (1)
Amount
Balance as of December 31, 201998,542 $110,978 32,132 $3 $5,871 $36 $(115,539)$(109,629)
Net loss — — —  — (14,021)(14,021)
Other comprehensive income —    99 — 99 
Conversion of convertible note to Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock4,729 9,501    — — — 
Issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stocks net of issuance costs21,708 43,689    — — — 
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options — 7,293 1,538 — — 1,539 
Issuance of common stock warrants net of issuance costs —  — 55 — — 55 
Settlement of vested stock options —  — (956)— — (956)
Repurchase and Retirement of common stock — (444)— — — (438)(438)
Stock-based compensation —   2,651 — — 2,651 
Balance as of December 31, 2020124,979 $164,168 38,981 $4 $9,159 $135 $(129,998)$(120,700)
Net loss— — — — — — (338,060)(338,060)
Other comprehensive loss— — — — — (1,674)— (1,674)
Conversion of convertible note to Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock(125,031)(164,461)126,461 13 164,448 — — 164,461 
Issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock to a customer52 293 — — — — — — 
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options— — 4,072 — 2,068 — — 2,068 
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of legacy Matterport common stock warrants— — 1,038 — — — — — 
Issuance of common stock upon the reverse recapitalization, net of transaction costs— — 72,531 539,890 — — 539,897 
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of public and private warrants— — 7,090 155,055 — — 155,056 
Earn-out liability recognized upon the closing of the reverse recapitalization— — — — (237,122)— — (237,122)
Stock-based compensation— — — — 104,237 — — 104,237 
Balance as of December 31, 2021 $ 250,173 $25 $737,735 $(1,539)$(468,058)$268,163 

(1) The shares of the Company’s common and redeemable convertible preferred stock, prior to the Merger (as defined in Note 1) have been retroactively restated to reflect the exchange ratio of approximately 4.1193 established in the Merger as described in Note 3.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


68

GORES HOLDINGS VI,


Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Period from June 29, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

Class F Common Stock

 

 

Additional

 

 

(Accumulated

 

 

Stockholders'

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Paid-In Capital

 

 

Deficit)

 

 

Equity

 

Balance at June 29, 2020 (inception)

 

 

0

 

 

$

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

$

 

0

 

 

$

 

0

 

 

$

 

0

 

 

$

 

0

 

Sale of Class F Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, to Sponsor on July 24, 2020

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

17,250,000

 

 

 

 

1,725

 

 

 

 

23,275

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

Surrender of Class F Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, by Sponsor on October 1, 2020

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(8,625,000

)

 

 

 

(862

)

 

 

 

862

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

Stock dividend of Class F Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, to Sponsor on October 23, 2020

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

6,468,750

 

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

 

(647

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

Surrender of Class F Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, by Sponsor on November 13, 2020

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(6,468,750

)

 

 

 

(647

)

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from initial public offering of Units on December 15, 2020 at $10.00 per Unit

 

 

34,500,000

 

 

 

 

3,450

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

344,996,550

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

345,000,000

 

Sale of 4,450,000 Private Placement Warrants to Sponsor on December 15, 2020 at $2.00 per Private Placement Warrant

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

8,900,000

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

8,900,000

 

Underwriters discounts

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(6,900,000

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(6,900,000

)

Offering costs charged to additional paid-in capital

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(890,948

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(890,948

)

Deferred underwriting compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(12,075,000

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(12,075,000

)

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption; 32,896,021 shares at a redemption price of $10.00

 

 

(32,896,021

)

 

 

 

(3,290

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(328,956,920

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(328,960,210

)

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(98,837

)

 

 

 

(98,837

)

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

1,603,979

 

 

$

 

160

 

 

 

 

8,625,000

 

 

$

 

863

 

 

$

 

5,097,819

 

 

$

 

(98,837

)

 

$

 

5,000,005

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


GORES HOLDINGS VI, INC.

STATEMENTCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Period from June 29,

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net loss

$

(98,837

)

Changes in state franchise tax accrual

55,241

Changes in prepaid assets

(897,754

)

Changes in accrued expenses, formation and offering costs

4,000

Changes in deferred income tax

(26,273

)

Net cash used in operating activities

(963,623

)

Cash used in investing activities:

Cash deposited in Trust Account

(345,000,000

)

Interest and dividends reinvested in the Trust Account

(8,625

)

Net cash used in investing activities

(345,008,625

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from sale of Units in initial public offering

345,000,000

Proceeds from sale of Class F Common Stock to Sponsor

25,000

Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants to Sponsor

8,900,000

Proceeds from notes and advances payable – related party

300,000

Repayment of notes and advances payable – related party

(300,000

)

Payment of underwriters’ discounts and commissions

(6,900,000

)

Payment of accrued offering costs

(419,486

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

346,605,514

Increase in cash

633,266

Cash at beginning of period

Cash at end of period

$

633,266

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:

Deferred underwriting compensation

$

12,075,000

Accrued deferred costs charged to paid-in capital

$

471,462

(In thousands)

See

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Loss$(338,060)$(14,021)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization5,824 4,778 
Amortization of debt discount135 223 
Amortization of investment premiums, net of accretion of discounts1,370 — 
Stock-based compensation, net of amounts capitalized100,605 2,505 
Change in fair value of warrants liabilities48,370 — 
Change in fair value of contingent earn-out liability140,454 — 
Transaction costs565 — 
Deferred income taxes(385)— 
Loss on extinguishment of debt and convertible notes210 955 
Allowance for doubtful accounts222 846 
Other(102)(4)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable(7,170)(3,264)
Inventories(1,946)(1,731)
Prepaid expenses and other assets(7,751)(1,109)
Accounts payable8,812 616 
Deferred revenue7,602 2,524 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities2,437 4,085 
Net cash used in operating activities(38,808)(3,597)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property and equipment(810)(30)
Capitalized software and development costs(7,200)(4,854)
Purchase of investments(532,561)— 
Investment in privately held companies(250)— 
Investment in convertible notes(1,000)— 
Net cash used in investing activities(541,821)(4,884)
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from reverse recapitalization and PIPE financing, net612,854 — 
Payment of transaction costs related to reverse recapitalization(10,013)— 
Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net— 43,689 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options2,068 1,538 
Proceeds from exercise of warrants76,607 — 
Proceeds from debt, net— 6,221 
Proceeds from convertible notes, net of issuance costs— 8,457 
Repayment of debt(13,067)(8,049)
Settlement of vested stock options— (956)
Repurchase of common stock— (438)
Net cash provided by financing activities668,449 50,462 
Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash87,820 41,981 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash(83)117 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year52,250 10,152 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period$139,987 $52,250 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest$753 $1,071 
Cash paid for taxes$80 $52 
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing information
Contingent earn-out liability recognized upon the closing of the reverse recapitalization and re-allocation$237,122 $— 
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock in connection with the reverse recapitalization$164,461 $— 
Exchange of convertible notes for redeemable convertible preferred stock$— $9,501 
The accompanying notes toare an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


69

GORES HOLDINGS VI,


Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





1. OrganizationORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Matterport, Inc. and Business Operations

Organizationits subsidiaries (collectively, “Matterport” or the “Company”) is leading the digitization and General

Gores Holdings VI, Inc. (the “Company”)datafication of the built world. Matterport’s pioneering technology has set the standard for digitizing, accessing and managing buildings, spaces and places online. Matterport’s platform comprising innovative software, spatial data-driven data science, and 3D capture technology has broken down the barriers that have kept the largest asset class in the world, buildings and physical spaces, offline and underutilized for so long. The Company was incorporated in the state of Delaware on June 29, 2020.in 2011. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar Business Combination with one or more businessesis headquartered at Sunnyvale, California.


On July 22, 2021 (the “Business Combination”“Closing Date”). The Company has neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue to date. The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the Business Combination. The Company’s Sponsor is Gores Sponsor VI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”). The Company has selected December 31st as its fiscal year-end.

At December 31, 2020,, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity forconsummated the period from June 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates tomerger (collectively with the Company’s formation and initial public offering (“Public Offering”)other transactions described below. The Company completed the Public Offering on December 15, 2020 (the “IPO Closing Date”). The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its Business Combination, at the earliest. Subsequent to the Public Offering, the Company will generate non-operating income in the formMerger Agreement, the “Merger”, “Closing”, or “Transactions”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the proceeds derived from the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants (as defined below) held in the Trust Account (as defined below).

Proposed Matterport Business Combination

OnMerger, dated February 7, 2021 the Company entered into a Merger Agreement,(the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company (formerly known as Gores Holdings VI, Inc.) (the “Company”), the pre-Merger Matterport, Inc. (now known as Matterport Operating, LLC) (“Legacy Matterport”), Maker Merger Sub, Inc. (“First Merger Sub”), a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and Maker Merger Sub II, LLC (“Second Merger Sub”), a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, pursuant to which First Merger Sub Second Merger Sub,merged with and into Legacy Matterport, which provides for, among other things: (a)with Legacy Matterport continuing as the First Merger;surviving corporation (the “First Merger”), and (b) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, Legacy Matterport merged with and into Second Merger Sub, with Second Merger Sub continuing as the Second Merger. The transactions set forth in the Merger Agreement, including the Mergers, will constitutesurviving entity as a “Business Combination” as contemplated by the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

The Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby were unanimously approved by the Board of Directorswholly owned subsidiary of the Company, on February 7, 2021 andunder the Matterport Board on February 7, 2021.

The Merger Agreement

Merger Consideration

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the First Mergernew name “Matterport Operating, LLC” (the “Effective Time”“Mergers”), each share of Matterport’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Matterport Common Stock”), will be converted into the right to receive a number of newly-issued shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Company Class A common stock”), equal to the Per Share Company Common Stock Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and each share of Matterport’s preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Matterport Preferred Stock”), will be converted into the right to receive a number of newly-issued shares of Company Class A common stock equal to the Per Share Company Preferred Stock Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement). Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company is required to use reasonable best efforts to cause the shares of Company Class A common stock to be issued in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Business Combination”) to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Nasdaq”) atUpon the closing of the Business Combination.

PursuantMerger, we changed our name to the Merger Agreement, the aggregate merger consideration payable at the closing of the Business Combination to all of the stockholders and holders of equity awards of Matterport, will be an aggregate number of shares, or equity awards exercisableInc. See Note 3 “ Reverse Recapitalization for shares, of Company Class A common stock (deemed to have a value of $10.00 per share) equal to $2,188,750,000, divided by $10.00.

In addition to the consideration to be paid at the closing of the Business Combination, stockholders of Matterport will be entitled to receive their pro rata share of an additional number of earn-out shares from the Company, issuable in Company Class A common stock and subject to the terms provided in the Merger Agreement, up to an aggregate of 23,460,000 shares collectively issuable to all Matterport equityholders.

information.

Treatment of Matterport’s Equity Awards

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the closing of the Business Combination, each of Matterport’s stock options, to the extent then outstanding and unexercised, will automatically be converted into (a) an option to acquire a certain number of shares of Company Class A common stock (pursuant to a ratio based on the Per Share Company Common Stock Consideration), at an adjusted exercise price per share and (b) the right to receive a pro rata portion of a number of earn-out shares from the Company, issuable in Company Class A common stock and subject to the terms provided in the Merger Agreement (including that such right to receive earn-out shares is conditional on the holder continuing to provide services to the Company), up to an aggregate of 23,460,000 shares collectively issuable to all Matterport equityholders. Each such converted option will be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to such conversion.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the closing of the Business Combination, each of Matterport’s restricted stock units, to the extent then unvested and outstanding, will automatically be converted into (a) an award of restricted stock units covering a certain number of shares of Company Class A common stock (pursuant to a ratio based on the Per Share Company Common Stock Consideration) and (b) the right to receive a pro rata portion of a number of earn-out shares from the Company, issuable in Company Class A common stock and subject to the terms provided in the Merger Agreement (including that such right to receive earn-out shares is conditional on the holder continuing to provide services to the Company), up to an aggregate of 23,460,000 shares collectively issuable to all Matterport equityholders. Each such converted restricted stock unit will be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to such conversion.

Private Placement Subscription Agreements

On February 7, 2021, the Company entered into subscription agreements (each, a “Subscription Agreement” and collectively, the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors, including certain individuals (each, an “Individual Investor Subscription Agreement”), institutional investors (each, an “Institutional Investor Subscription Agreement”) and Gores Sponsor VI LLC (the “Sponsor”), pursuant to which the investors have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 29,500,000 shares of Class A common stock in a private placement for $10.00 per share (the “Private Placement”). The proceeds from the Private Placement will remain on the Company’s balance sheet following the consummation of the Business Combination.

Financing

Upon the IPO Closing Date and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, an aggregate of $345,000,000 was placed in a Trust Account with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trust Account”) acting as Trustee.

The Company intends to finance the Proposed Business Combination with the net proceeds from its $345,000,000 Public Offering and its sale of $8,900,000 of Private Placement Warrants.

Trust Account

Funds held in the Trust Account can be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of one hundred and eighty-five (185) days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a‑7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. As of December 31, 2020, the Trust Account consisted of cash and money market funds.

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to fund regulatory compliance requirements and other costs related thereto (a “Regulatory Withdrawal”) for a maximum 24 months and/or additional amounts necessary to pay franchise and income taxes, if any, none of the funds held in trust will be released until the earliest of: (i) the completion of the Business Combination; or (ii) the redemption of any public shares of common stock properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of such public shares of common stock if the Company does not complete the Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date; or (iii) the redemption of 100% of the public shares of common stock if the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, subject to the requirements of law and stock exchange rules.


Business Combination

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Public Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Public Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating a Business Combination. The Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest income earned) at the time of the Company signing a definitive agreement in connection with the Business Combination. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination, including the Proposed Business Combination.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for a Business Combination, will either (i) seek stockholder approval of the Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the Business Combination, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, including interest income but less taxes payable, or (ii) provide stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount in cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, including interest income but less taxes payable. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of the Business Combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek stockholder approval, unless a vote is required by law or under Nasdaq rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval, it will complete its Business Combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. Currently, the Company will not redeem its public shares of common stock in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In such case, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its public shares of common stock and the related Business Combination, and instead may search for an alternate Business Combination. For business and other reasons, the Company has elected to provide its stockholders with the opportunity to have their public shares redeemed in connection with a stockholder vote to approve the Proposed Business Combination rather than a tender offer.

As a result of the foregoing redemption provisions, the public shares of common stock will be recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity” (“ASC 480”) in subsequent periods.

The Company will have 24 months from the IPO Closing Date to complete its Business Combination. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within this period of time, it shall (i) cease all operations except for the purposes of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible, but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares of common stock for a per share pro rata portion of the Trust Account, including interest income, but less taxes payable (less up to $100,000 of such net interest income to pay dissolution expenses) and (iii) as promptly as possible following such redemption, dissolve and liquidate the balance of the Company’s net assets to its remaining stockholders, as part of its plan of dissolution and liquidation. The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they waived their rights to participate in any redemption with respect to their Founder Shares (as defined below); however, if the Sponsor or any of the Company’s officers, directors or affiliates acquire public shares of common stock, they will be entitled to a pro rata share of the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the required time period.

In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per Unit in the Public Offering.

Emerging Growth Company

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act


registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordanceconformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).
Reclassification
Certain prior-period amounts have been reclassified in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and pursuantNotes thereto in order to conform to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulationscurrent period presentation.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the SecuritiesCompany and Exchange Commission (“SEC”),its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and reflect all adjustments, consisting onlytransactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of normal recurring adjustments, which are,Estimates
The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the opinionconsolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates include assumptions related to the fair value of management, necessarycommon stock and other assumptions used to measure stock-based compensation, valuation of deferred tax assets, the estimate of net realizable value of inventory, allowance for adoubtful accounts, the fair presentationvalue of common stock warrants, public and private warrants liability, and earn-out shares, and the financial position asdetermination of stand-alone selling price (“SSP”) of various performance obligations. As of December 31, 20202021, future impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the pandemic, impact on the Company’s subscribers and their spending habits, impact on the Company’s marketing efforts, and effect on the Company’s suppliers, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted with certainty. As a result, many of the Company’s estimates and assumptions required increased judgment and these estimates may change materially in future periods.
Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and various other factors, including the current economic environment and the impact of COVID-19, which management believes to be
70

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



reasonable under the circumstances, the results of operationswhich form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the period ended December 31, 2020liabilities that are not necessarily indicative ofreadily apparent from other sources. The Company adjusts such estimates and assumptions when dictated by facts and circumstances. Changes in those estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment will be reflected in the consolidated financial statements in future periods. Actual results that may be expected for the full year or any other period.

Net Loss Per Common Share

differ materially from those estimates.

Segment information
The Company has two classesa single operating segment and reportable segment. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of shares, whichmaking operating decisions, assessing financial performance, and allocating resources. Refer to Note 4, for information regarding the Company’s revenue by geography. Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets are referred to as Class A common stock (the “Common Stock”) and Class F Common Stock (the “Founders Shares”). Net income/(loss) per common share is computed utilizing the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share separately for each class of common stock based on an allocation of undistributed earnings per the rights of each class. At December 31, 2020, the Company did 0t have any dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into common stock and then sharelocated in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock method. As a result, diluted net income/(loss) per common share is the same as basic net income/(loss) per common share for the period.

United States.

 

 

For the Period from June 29, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Class A

 

 

Class F

 

Basic and diluted net income/(loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allocation of net income/(loss)

 

$

 

(14,662

)

 

$

 

(84,175

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

 

3,153,300

 

 

 

 

11,395,997

 

Basic and diluted net income/(loss) per share

 

$

 

(0.00

)

 

$

 

(0.01

)

Concentration of Credit Risk

and Other Risks and Uncertainties

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, investments, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash balances in aaccounts held by major banks and financial institution as well asinstitutions located in the Trust Account, which at times,United States. Such bank deposits from time to time may be exposed to credit risk in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit, and the Company considers such risk to be minimal.
We invest only in high-quality credit instruments and maintain our cash and cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments in fixed income securities. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold our investments are financially sound and, accordingly, are subject to minimal credit risk. Deposits held with banks may exceed the Federal depositoryamount of insurance coverage of $250,000.provided on such deposits.
The Company’s accounts receivable is derived from customers located both inside and outside the United States. The Company hasmitigates its credit risks by performing ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of its customers and requires advance payment from customers in certain circumstances. The Company generally does not experienced lossesrequire collateral from its customers. No customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total accounts receivable at December 31, 2021 and 2020. No customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and amounts on deposit with financial institutions. Amounts receivable from credit card processors of approximately $0.7 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, are also considered cash equivalents because they are both short-term and highly-liquid in nature and are typically converted to cash approximately 3 to 5 business days from the date of the underlying transaction.
The Company had restricted cash of $0.5 million and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The restricted cash is cash deposits restricted under the 2020 Term Loan. Refer to Note 7. Debt for additional information.
Accounts Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable consists of current trade receivables due from customers recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowances for doubtful accounts.
The Company’s accounts receivable represent amounts due from customers arising from revenue and are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect from outstanding balances. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates accounts receivable estimated to be uncollectible and provides allowances, as necessary, for doubtful accounts. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

71

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Fair Value Measurement
The Company accounts for certain of its financial assets and liabilities at fair value. The Company uses a three-level hierarchy, which prioritizes, within the measurement of fair value, the use of market-based information over entity-specific information for fair value measurements based on the nature of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Fair value focuses on an exit price and is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities which are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as risks inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions and credit risks. The inputs or methodology used for valuing financial instruments are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with investing in those financial instruments.
Accounts receivable and accounts payable are carried at cost, which approximates fair value due to the short maturity of these accounts.

Financial Instruments

instruments. Short-term and long-term debt is carried at amortized cost, which approximates its fair value based on borrowing rates as of December 31, 2020 available to the Company for loans with similar terms. The fair value of the Company’s debt is determined based on Level 2 inputs using primarily observable markets.

Inventories
Inventories consist primarily of finished goods, assemblies, and raw materials. Assemblies are generally purchased from contract manufacturers. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Costs are determined using standard cost, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company assesses the valuation of inventory and periodically adjusts the value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon estimates of future demand and market conditions, as well as damaged or otherwise impaired goods.
The Company recorded a provision for excess and obsolete inventory of nil and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Machinery and equipment2 - 7 years
Furniture and fixtures3 years
Capitalized software and development costs3 years
Leasehold improvementsShorter of remaining lease term or 10 years
Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheets and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.
Long-Lived Assets, Net
The Company evaluates the recoverability of its property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The evaluation is performed at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. Recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If such review determines that the carrying amount of specific property and equipment is not recoverable, the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to its fair value. There was no impairment of long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Acquired property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives. The Company evaluates the estimated remaining useful life of these assets when events or changes in circumstances warrant a
72

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



revision to the remaining period of amortization. If the Company revises the estimated useful life assumption for any asset, the remaining unamortized balance is amortized or depreciated over the revised estimated useful life on a prospective basis.
Investments
The Company classifies its investments in marketable and non-marketable securities as available-for-sale debt securities at the time of purchase based on the legal form of the security, the Company’s intended holding period for the security, and the nature of the transaction. Investments not considered cash equivalents and with maturities within one year or less from the consolidated balance sheet date are classified as short-term investments. Investments with maturities greater than one year from the consolidated balance sheet date are classified as long-term investments.
Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities are excluded from net income (loss) and reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Other income (expense), net, includes interest, amortization of purchase premiums and discounts, realized gains and losses on sales of securities and other-than-temporary declines in the fair value of securities, if any. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. We regularly review all of our investments for other-than-temporary declines in fair value. Our review includes the consideration of the cause of the impairment, including the creditworthiness of the security issuers, the number of securities in an unrealized loss position, the severity and duration of the unrealized losses, whether we have the intent to sell the securities and whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the securities before the recovery of their amortized cost basis. When we determine that the decline in fair value of an investment is below our accounting basis and the decline is other-than-temporary, we reduce the carrying value of the security we hold and record a loss for the amount of such decline.
The Company also has certain private equity investments without readily determinable fair values due to the absence of quoted market prices, the inherent lack of liquidity, and the fact that inputs used to measure fair value are unobservable and require management's judgment. The Company elected the measurement alternative to record these investments at cost and to adjust for impairments and observable price changes resulting from transactions with the same issuer within the statement of operations. Refer to Note 6. Fair Value Measurements for additional information.
Transaction costs
Transaction costs consist of direct legal, accounting and other fees relating to the consummation of the Merger. These costs were initially capitalized as incurred in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Upon the Closing, transaction costs related to the issuance of shares were recognized in stockholders’ equity (deficit) while costs associated with the public and private warrants liabilities were expensed in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company and Gores incurred $10.0 million and $26.3 million transaction costs, respectively. The total transaction cost was $36.3 million, consisting of underwriting, legal, and other professional fees, of which $35.7 million was recorded to additional paid-in capital as a reduction of proceeds and the remaining $0.6 million was expensed immediately upon the Closing. As of December 31, 2020, $0.1 million of deferred transaction costs were included within other assets in the consolidated balance sheet.
Business Combination
Business acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method under Accounting Standards Codifications (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations(“ASC 805”), which requires recording assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value as of the acquisition date. Under the acquisition method of accounting, each tangible and separately identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded based on their preliminary estimated fair values on the acquisition date. The initial valuations are derived from estimated fair value assessments and assumptions used by management. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. No acquisitions closed during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company incurred $0.9 million of acquisition-related costs for the year ended December 31, 2021 for the acquisition announced in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021.

73

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Warrants Liability
The Company assumed publicly-traded warrants (“Public Warrants”) and private warrants (“Private Warrants”) upon the Closing. The Company accounts for warrants for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock that are not indexed to its own stock as liabilities at fair value on the balance sheet. The warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized in the Company’s statement of operations. For issued or modified warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For issued or modified warrants that do not meet all the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as a liability at their initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet date thereafter. Changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants are recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on the statements of operations.
Earn-out Arrangement
In connection with the reverse recapitalization and pursuant to the Merger Agreement, eligible Legacy Matterport stockholders and Legacy Matterport stock option and restricted share unit (“RSU”) holders are entitled to receive an aggregate of 23,460,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (“Earn-out Shares”) upon the Company achieving certain Earn-out Triggering Events during the Earn-out Period (as described in Note 13).
In accordance with ASC 815-40, Earn-out Shares issuable to Legacy Matterport common stockholders in respect of such common stock are not solely indexed to the common stock and therefore are accounted for as contingent earn-out liability on the consolidated balance sheet at the reverse recapitalization date and subsequently remeasured at each reporting date with changes in fair value recorded a component of other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.
Earn-out Shares issuable to certain holders of Legacy Matterport stock options and RSUs in respect of such stock options and RSUs (the “Earn-out Awards”) are subject to forfeiture and are accounted for in accordance with ASC 718. The Company measures and recognizes stock-compensation expense based on the fair value of the Earn-out Awards over the derived service period for each tranche. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.
Upon the forfeiture of Earn-out Shares issuable to any eligible holder of Legacy Matterport stock options and RSUs, the forfeited Earn-out awards are subject to reallocation and grant on a pro rata basis to the remaining eligible Legacy Matterport stockholders and stock options and RSUs holders. The reallocated issuable shares to Legacy Matterport common stockholders are recognized as contingent earn-out liability, and the reallocated issuable shares to Legacy Matterport stock options and RSUs holders are recognized as stock-based compensation expense over the remaining derived service period based on the fair value on the date of the reallocation.
The estimated fair value of the Earn-out Shares is allocated proportionally to contingent earn-out liability and the grant date fair value of the Earn-out Awards. The estimated fair value of the Earn-out Shares is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation prioritizing the most reliable information available. The assumptions utilized in the calculation are based on the achievement of certain stock price milestones, including the current Company common stock price, expected volatility, risk-free rate, expected term and dividend rate. The contingent earn-out liability is categorized as a Level 3 fair value measurement because the Company estimates projections during the Earn-out Period utilizing unobservable inputs. See Note 6 “Fair Value Measurement” and Note 13 “Contingent Earn-Out Liability” for additional information.
If the applicable earn-out triggering event is achieved for a tranche, the Company will account for the Earn-out Shares for such tranche as issued and outstanding common stock. As of December 31, 2021, the earn-out triggering events have not yet been achieved, the Earn-out Shares are contingently issuable and not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Refer to Note 19. Subsequent Events for additional information.

Comprehensive Loss and Foreign Currency Translation
The functional currency of Matterport, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary in Singapore is the U.S. dollar. Matterport, Inc.’s United Kingdom (“U.K.”) subsidiary uses the British Pound as its functional currency to maintain its books and records. Matterport, Inc., therefore, translates its monetary assets and liabilities which qualifyfor its subsidiaries with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar by using the applicable exchange rate as of the consolidated balance sheet date, and the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss and consolidated statements of cash flows are translated at
74

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



average exchange rates during the reporting period. Equity accounts are translated at historical rates. Adjustments resulting from the translation of the consolidated financial instruments under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")statements are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss.
For transactions that occur in a foreign currency other than the functional currency of Matterport, Inc. or its subsidiaries, the Company records the transaction at the applicable rate on the date of recognition. Monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at each consolidated balance sheet date until settled and changes are reported as transaction gains or losses in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.
Revenue Recognition
The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC"(“ASC”) Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, on January 1, 2019, using the full retrospective method. The Company determines the amount of revenue to be recognized through the application of the following steps: (1) identify the contract; (2) identify the performance obligations; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; and Disclosures(5) recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied. In accordance with ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

Nature of Revenue

The Company recognizes revenue from subscription, license, services and sale of products.

Subscription — Revenues comprises of fees that provide customer access to ordered subscription services. Customers have the ability to select from several levels of subscription to the Matterport platform (“Subscription Levels”). Each selected Subscription Level includes Subscription Level-specific features and Subscription Level-specific pricing for add-ons that are available to the user at any time during the subscription term.

Subscription fees are invoiced in advance of the service being provided to the customer. Typical payment terms provide that customers pay within 30 days of invoice. The portion of the transaction price allocated to the subscription is recognized ratably over the subscription term, which typically ranges from one month to a year as the Company’s management has concluded that the nature of the Company’s promise to the customer is to provide continuous access to the Matterport platform, which represents a stand-ready obligation provided throughout the subscription period. Annual and monthly subscriptions are renewed automatically at the end of each term.

The Company’s contracts with customers typically do not include termination rights for convenience, nor do they include terms with a significant financing component.

License — The Company provides a perpetual license to spatial data assets in exchange for a fixed license fee. The license represents right-to-use intellectual property and revenue is recognized at the point in time control of license transfers to the customer.

Services — The Company provides capture services of spatial data and other add-on services to existing subscription customers. Capture services and other add-on services are typically invoiced in arrears on a monthly basis as services are provided. The Company recognizes revenue as the services are delivered.

Product — The Company provides 3D capture cameras and third-party capture devices to customers. Cameras are invoiced upon shipment. The portion of the transaction price allocated to the camera is recognized upon control transferring to the customer. Revenue from sales to end users is recognized upon shipment, net of estimates of returns, as these buyers are entitled to return the camera within 30 days from the date of purchase for a full refund. These rights are accounted for as variable consideration and recognized as a reduction to the revenue recognized. Estimates of returns are made at contract inception and updated each reporting period. Revenue from sales to value-added resellers is recognized upon shipment and resellers do not have rights of return.

The Company accounts for shipping and handling activities related to contracts with customers as costs to fulfill the Company’s promise to transfer the associated products, rather than as a separate performance obligation. Accordingly, the
75

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Company records amounts billed for shipping and handling costs as a component of net product sales, and classifies such costs as a component of cost of products.

Arrangements with Multiple Performance Obligations

The Company’s contracts with customers frequently include multiple performance obligations that may consist of subscription, license, services and products. For these contracts, the transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation on a relative SSP. The SSP is the price at which the Company would sell a promised product or service separately to a customer. Judgment is required to determine the SSP for each distinct performance obligation.

The Company determines SSP based on the Company’s best estimates and judgments by considering its pricing strategies, historical selling price of these performance obligations in similar transactions, bundling and discounting practices, customer and geographic information, and other factors. More than one SSP may exist for individual goods and services due to the stratification of those goods and services, considering attributes such as the size of the customer and geographic region. The allocation of transaction price among performance obligations in a contract may impact the amount and timing of revenue recognized in the consolidated statements of operations during a given period.

Deferred Commission, Net

Incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer consist primarily of direct sales commissions incurred upon execution of the contract. These costs require capitalization under ASC 340-40, Other Assets andDeferred Costs — Contracts and Customers,” approximates and amortization over the estimated period over which the benefit is expected to be received as direct sales commissions paid for subscription renewals are not commensurate with the amounts paid for initial contracts. The Company applies the practical expedient and expenses commissions when incurred if the amortization period is one year or less. The capitalized direct commission costs are included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and the amortization of these costs is included in selling, general, and administrative in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Deferred commission, net was $1.6 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in selling, general, and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations. Advertising expense was $10.5 million and $4.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of salaries, consulting services, and other direct expenses.

Internal-Use Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes certain costs related to developed or modified software solely for its internal use and cloud-based applications used to deliver the Matterport platform. The Company capitalizes costs during the application development stage once the preliminary project stage is complete, management authorizes and commits to funding the project, and it is probable that the project will be completed and that the software will be used to perform the function intended. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post-implementation activities are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures and records the expense related to stock-based payment awards based on the fair value of those awards as determined on the date of grant. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period of the individual grant, generally equal to the vesting period and uses the straight-line method to recognize stock-based compensation. For stock options with performance conditions, the Company records compensation expense when it is deemed probable that the performance condition will be met. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur. The Company selected the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as the method for determining the estimated fair value for stock options. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective and complex
76

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



assumptions, which determine the fair value of stock-based awards, including the option’s expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock.

The Company calculates the fair value of options granted by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

Expected Volatility — The Company estimated volatility for option grants by evaluating the average historical volatility of a peer group of companies for the period immediately preceding the option grant for a term that is approximately equal to the options’ expected term.

Expected Term — The expected term of the Company’s options represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company has elected to use the midpoint of the stock options vesting term and contractual expiration period to compute the expected term, as the Company does not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior.

Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues with a term that is equal to the options’ expected term at the grant date.

Dividend Yield — The Company has never declared or paid dividends and does not anticipate declaring dividends. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.

Common Stock Valuation

In the absence of a public trading market for the Company’s common stock prior to the Merger, on each grant date, the fair value of the Company’s common stock was determined by the Company’s board of directors with inputs from management, taking into account the most recent valuations from an independent third-party valuation specialist. The valuations of the Company’s common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.
The Company used a hybrid method utilizing a combination of the option-pricing model and the probability weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) to allocate the Company’s equity value among outstanding common stock. After the allocation to the various classes of equity securities, a discount for lack of marketability was applied to arrive at a fair value of common stock. Application of these approaches and methodologies involved the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding the Company’s expected future revenue, expenses and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable public companies, and the probability of and timing associated with possible future events.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company records redeemable convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. The Company classifies its redeemable convertible preferred stock as mezzanine equity outside of stockholders’ deficit when the stock contains contingent redemption features that are not solely within the Company’s control. The Company does not adjust the carrying values of shares of its redeemable convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preferences of such shares until it is reasonably certain that the event that would obligate the Company to pay the liquidation preferences to the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock will occur.

Common Stock Warrants

The Company generally accounts for warrants issued in connection with debt and equity financings as a component of equity unless the warrants include a conditional obligation to issue a variable number of shares or if there is a deemed possibility that the Company may need to settle the warrants in cash, in which case the Company records the fair value of the warrants as a liability. All the Company’s outstanding common stock warrants as of December 31, 2020, were classified as equity.

Income Taxes

The Company utilizes the asset and liability method for computing its income tax provision. Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the expected future consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities as well as operating loss, capital loss, and tax credit carryforwards, using enacted tax rates. The
77

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Company’s management makes estimates, assumptions, and judgments to determine the Company’s provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. The Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent the Company believes recovery is not likely, establishes a valuation allowance.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company considers all series of redeemable convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the redeemable convertible preferred stock as the holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses.

Under the two-class method, basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts basic earnings per share for the potentially dilutive impact of stock options, warrants, and redeemable convertible preferred stock. As the Company has reported loss for the periods presented, all potentially dilutive securities are antidilutive, and accordingly, basic net loss per share equals diluted net loss per share.

Comprehensive Income (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) reflects gains and losses that are recorded as a component of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and are excluded from net income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments related to consolidation of foreign entities and unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities classified as available-for-sale.
Accounting Pronouncements
The Company is provided the option to adopt new or revised accounting guidance as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 either (1) within the same periods as those otherwise applicable to public business entities or (2) within the same time periods as nonpublic business entities, including early adoption when permissible. With the exception of standards the Company elected to early adopt, when permissible, the Company has elected to adopt new or revised accounting guidance within the same time period as non-public business entities, as indicated below. As a result, the Company’s financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates because of this election.
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which requires customers to apply internal-use software guidance to determine the implementation costs that are able to be capitalized. Under the new standard, capitalized implementation costs are generally amortized over the term of the arrangement, beginning when the module or component of the hosting arrangement is ready for its intended use. All capitalized implementation amounts representedwill be required to be presented in the same line items of the consolidated financial statements as the related hosting fees. The Company adopted ASU No. 2018-15 beginning January 1, 2021 on a prospective method. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
78

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not yet Adopted
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU requires a lessee to recognize on the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-to-use asset (“ROU asset”) representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements, which provides an alternative modified transition method. Under this method, the cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings is recognized on the date of adoption with comparative prior periods not restated. The new standard, including related amendments subsequently issued by the FASB, is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2022. The Company will adopt the new guidance on the alternative modified transition basis, thereby recognizing the cumulative effect of initially applying Topic 842 as an adjustment to opening retained earnings on the adoption date, without revising the balances of comparative periods. The Company plans on electing the package of transitional practical expedients upon adoption which, among other provisions, allows the Company to not reassess under the new standard prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs, for any existing leases on the adoption date. In addition, for the facility leases, the Company intends to elect to account for lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. The Company will also make an accounting policy election not to record leases that, at the lease commencement date, have a lease term of 12 months or less on the balance sheet.

Offering Costs

The Company complieshas substantially completed its evaluation of the effect that the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. In connection with the requirementsadoption of the new guidance, the Company expects to recognize ROU assets of approximately $3.6 million and lease liabilities of approximately $3.8 million on its statement of financial position for operating leases, with limited impact to its results of operations and cash flows. The Company believes that substantially all of its undiscounted future minimum operating lease commitments based on its current lease portfolio that were not recognized on its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 and as disclosed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, will be subject to the new standard.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, and subsequent related ASUs, which amends the guidance on the impairment of financial instruments by requiring measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held. This ASU is effective for public business entities that meet the definition of a Securities and Exchange Commission filer, excluding eligible smaller reporting companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, including emerging growth companies, it is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company expects to adopt ASU No. 2016-13 beginning January 1, 2023, and is currently evaluating the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting Standards Codificationfor Income Taxes. ASU No. 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. ASU No. 2019-12 will be effective for public entities for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. ASU No. 2019-12 will be effective for all other entities, including emerging growth companies, for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company expects to adopt ASU No. 2019-12 beginning January 1, 2022, and does not expect the adoption will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In October 2021, the FASB issues ASU No. 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. ASU 2021-08 requires an acquirer in a business combination to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contract with Customers, as if it had originated the contracts. This ASU is effective for pubic entities for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022. ASU No. 2021-08 will be effective for all other entities, including emerging growth companies, for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company expects to adopt ASU 2021-08 beginning January 1, 2023, and is currently assessing the impact the guidance will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


79

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



3. REVERSE RECAPITALIZATION
On July 22, 2021, in connection with the Merger, the Company raised gross proceeds of $640.1 million, including the contribution of $345.1 million of cash held in Gores’ trust account from its initial public offering and an aggregate purchase price of $295.0 million in a private placement pursuant to the subscription agreements (“Private Investment in Public Equity” or “PIPE) at $10.00 per share of Gores’ Class A common stock. The Company paid $0.9 million to Gores’ stockholders who redeemed Gores’ Class A common stock immediately prior to the Closing. The Company and Gores incurred $10.0 million and $26.3 million transaction costs, respectively. The total transaction cost was $36.3 million, consisting of underwriting, legal, and other professional fees, of which $35.7 million was recorded to additional paid-in capital as a reduction of proceeds and the remaining $0.6 million was expensed immediately upon the Closing. The aggregate consideration paid to Legacy Matterport stockholders in connection with the Merger (excluding any potential Earn-Out Shares), was 218,875,000 shares of the Company Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The Per Share Matterport Stock Consideration was equal to approximately 4.1193 (the “ASC”“Exchange Ratio”).
The following transactions were completed concurrently upon the Closing:

Immediately prior to the Closing, 52,236 shares Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock of Legacy Matterport were issued to a customer of Legacy Matterport.

each issued and outstanding share of Legacy Matterport preferred stock was canceled and converted into the right to receive a total of 126,460,926 shares of the Matterport Class A common stock;
each Legacy Matterport warrant was exercised in full in exchange for the issuance of 1,038,444 shares of Matterport Class A common stock to the holder of such Matterport Warrant;
each issued and outstanding share of Legacy Matterport common stock (including the items mentioned in above points) was canceled and converted into the right to receive an aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the Per Share Matterport Stock Consideration;
each outstanding vested and unvested Legacy Matterport common stock option was converted into a rollover option, exercisable for shares of Matterport Class A common stock with the same terms except for the number of shares exercisable and the exercise price, each of which was adjusted using the Per Share Matterport Stock Consideration; and
each outstanding and unvested Legacy Matterport RSU was converted into a rollover RSU for shares of Matterport Class A common stock with the same terms except for the number of shares, which were adjusted using the Per Share Matterport Stock Consideration
The Merger was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Gores was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination was primarily based on holders of Matterport capital stock comprising a relative majority of the voting power of the combined entity upon consummation of the Merger and having the ability to nominate the majority of the governing body of the combined entity, Matterport’s senior management comprising the senior management of the combined entity, and Matterport’s operations comprising the ongoing operations of the combined entity. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of the combined entity upon consummation of the Merger represented a continuation of the financial statements of Matterport with the Merger being treated as the equivalent of Matterport issuing stock for the net assets of Gores, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Gores were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Merger were presented as those of Matterport in this report of the combined entity. All periods prior to the Merger have been retroactively adjusted using the Exchange Ratio for the equivalent number of shares outstanding immediately after the Merger to effect the reverse recapitalization.

80

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



The number of shares of Class A common stock issued immediately following the consummation of the Merger was as follows (shares are in thousands):
Shares
Legacy Matterport Stockholders(1)
169,425 
Public Stockholders of Gores34,406 
Initial Stockholders (defined below) of Class F Stock(2)
8,625 
PIPE Investors(3)
29,500 
Total241,956 
(1) Excludes 23,460,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable in earn-out arrangement as they are not issuable until 180 days after the Closing and are contingently issuable based upon the triggering events that have not yet been achieved.
(2) Represents shares of Class A common stock issued into which shares of Class F common stock of the Company (“Class F Stock”) 340-10-S99-1were converted upon the consummation of the Merger. Excludes 4,079,000 shares of Class A Stock purchased under the Sponsor Subscription Agreement and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A — “Expensesexcludes 15,000 shares of Offering.” OfferingClass A Stock purchased by the Initial Stockholders (excluding the Sponsor) in the PIPE Investment. Gores Holdings VI Sponsor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company , Mr. Randall Bort, Ms. Elizabeth Marcellino and Ms. Nancy Tellem, Gores’ independent directors, are collectively noted as “Initial Stockholders”.
(3) Includes the Initial Stockholders’ ownership of 4,079,000 shares of Class A Stock purchased under the Sponsor Subscription Agreement and includes 15,000 shares of Class A Stock purchased by the Initial Stockholders (excluding the Sponsor) in the PIPE Investment.
4. REVENUE
Disaggregated Revenue—The following table shows the revenue by geography for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Revenue:
United States$67,544 $52,093 
International43,630 33,791 
Total revenue$111,174 $85,884 
No country other than the United States accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The geographical revenue information is determined by the ship-to address of the products and the billing address of the customers of the services.
The following table shows over time versus point-in-time revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Over time revenue$73,867 $49,260 
Point-in-time revenue37,307 36,624 
Total$111,174 $85,884 
81

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Contract Balances—The timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of invoicing to customers and this timing difference results in contract liabilities (deferred revenue) on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The contract balances as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Accounts receivable, net$8,898 $2,700 
Unbilled accounts receivable$1,981 $1,224 
Deferred revenue$11,948 $4,903 
During fiscal years 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized revenue of $4.5 million and $2.2 million that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the fiscal year, respectively. Contracted but unsatisfied performance obligations were $25.9 million and $12.2 million at the end of fiscal years 2021 and 2020 and consisted of deferred revenue and backlog, respectively. The contracted but unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied performance obligations expected to be recognized over the next 12 months at the end of fiscal year 2021 were $21.6 million and the remaining thereafter.
5. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts—Allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Balance—beginning of period$(799)$(337)
Increase in reserves(222)(846)
Write-offs730 384 
Balance—end of period$(291)$(799)
Inventories—Inventories as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, consisted of the following (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Finished Goods$295 $538 
Work in process2,043 2,219 
Purchased parts and raw materials3,255 889 
Total inventories$5,593 $3,646 
Property and Equipment, Net—Property and equipment as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, consisted of the following (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Machinery and equipment$2,324 $1,435 
Furniture and fixtures355 359 
Leasehold improvements728 733 
Capitalized software and development costs28,964 18,126 
Total property and equipment32,371 20,653 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization(18,253)(12,443)
Total property and equipment, net$14,118 $8,210 
82

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Depreciation and amortization expenses were $5.8 million and $4.8 million for the years endedDecember 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Additions to capitalized software and development costs, inclusive of stock-based compensation in the years endedDecember 31, 2021 and 2020, was $10.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively. These are recorded as part of property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization expense was $5.5 million and $4.5 million for years endedDecember 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, of which $4.7 million and $3.9 million was recorded to costs of revenue related to subscription and $0.8 million and $0.6 million to selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations, respectively.
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities—Accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, consisted of the following (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Accrued compensation$2,754 $3,208 
Tax payable1,063 1,164 
ESPP Contribution693 — 
Transaction cost payable— 135 
Other current liabilities5,516 2,488 
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities$10,026 $6,995 
6. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
We categorize assets and liabilities recorded or disclosed at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets based upon the level of judgment associated with inputs used to measure their fair value. The categories are as follows:
Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2—Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3—Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. The inputs require significant management judgment or estimation.

83

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



The Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2021
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial Assets:
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds$44,142 $— $— $44,142 
Total cash equivalents$44,142 $— $— $44,142 
Short-term investments:
Non-U.S. government and agency securities— 24,317 — 24,317 
Corporate debt securities— 92,737 — 92,737 
Commercial paper— 147,877 — 147,877 
Total short-term investments$— $264,931 $— $264,931 
Long-term investments:
U.S. government and agency securities$185,075 $— $— $185,075 
Corporate debt securities— 78,584 — 78,584 
Total long-term investments$185,075 $78,584 $— $263,659 
Other assets:
Convertible notes receivable$— $— $1,107 $1,107 
Total other assets:$— $— $1,107 $1,107 
Total assets measured at fair value$229,217 $343,515 $1,107 $573,839 
Financial Liabilities:
Public warrants liability$15,645 $— $— $15,645 
Private warrants liability— 23,329 — 23,329 
Contingent earn-out liability— 0377,576 377,576 
Total liabilities measured at fair value$15,645 $23,329 $377,576 $416,550 


December 31, 2020
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial Assets:
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds$43,116 $— $— $43,116 
Total cash equivalents$43,116 $— $— $43,116 
Total assets measured at fair value$43,116 $— $— $43,116 

84

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Available-for-sale Debt Securities
The following table summarizes the amortized cost, unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of our available-for-sale debt securities as of December 31, 2021 (in thousands). There were no investments as of December 31, 2020.
December 31, 2021
Amortized CostUnrealized GainsUnrealized LossesFair Value
Investments:
U.S. government and agency securities$186,113 $— $(1,038)$185,075 
Non-U.S. government and agency securities24,385 — (68)24,317 
Corporate debt securities171,772 — (451)171,321 
Commercial paper147,914 — (37)147,877 
Convertible notes receivable1,000 107 — 1,107 
Total available-for-sale investments$531,184 $107 $(1,594)$529,697 
Unrealized losses related to these securities are due to interest rate fluctuations as opposed to credit quality. In addition, we do not intend to sell and it is not likely that we would be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be at maturity. As a result, there were no other-than-temporary impairments recorded for these securities at December 31, 2021.
In January 2021, Legacy Matterport entered a convertible note agreement with a privately held company as a strategic investment for a principal of $1.0 million. The note bears an interest rate of 5.0% per annum and matures in January 2023. The convertible note receivable is accounted for as available-for-sale debt securities in other assets based on “Level 3” inputs, which consist principally of professionalunobservable inputs and registration fees incurredreflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset, with unrealized holding gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income (loss). The fair value of the convertible note receivable was determined using a probability-weighted assessment of redemption and conversion scenarios upon the investee closing additional financing. The key inputs to determining fair values under that approach included probability of repayment and conversion scenarios, and discount rates. As of December 31, 2021, the Company applied a probability of 70% and 30% to the conversion and repayment scenario, respectively and an average discount rate of 16.2% in the valuation.
The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of our available-for-sale debt securities as of December 31, 2021, by contractual years-to-maturity (in thousands):
 Amortized CostFair Value
Due within one year$265,216 $264,931 
Due between one and three years265,968 264,766 
Total$531,184 $529,697 
7. DEBT
The Company’s short-term and long-term debt is secured by substantially all the assets of the Company and subject the Company to certain affirmative and negative covenants. Failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default, which may lead to an acceleration of the amounts owed and other remedies.
2015 Term Loan and Line of CreditOn May 20, 2015, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with a lender (the “2015 Agreement”) to borrow a term loan up to $4.0 million (“2015 Term Loan”). The Company borrowed the full $4.0 million term loan on September 23, 2016. The term loan matured on September 30, 2019. The Company was required to make 36 equal installment payments of principal starting October 2016 through September 2019. The term loan bore interest at a floating per annum rate equal to 1.0% above the prime rate published by Wall Street Journal (the “Prime Rate”). Interest was payable monthly. The Company repaid the 2015 Term Loan by September 2019. The agreement also allowed the Company to borrow under financing of eligible accounts, for up to $1.0 million (“2015 Account Financing”). The Company did not borrow any amount under the 2015 Account Financing.
85

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



On May 22, 2017, the Company amended and restated the 2015 Agreement with the lender (the “2015 Amended and Restated Agreement”) for an additional revolving line of credit up to $2.0 million. The line of credit bore interest at a floating per annum rate equal to 0.5% above the Prime Rate. The line of credit matured on May 22, 2019.
On October 26, 2017, the Company amended the 2015 Amended and Restated Agreement with the lender (the “2017 Amendment”) for an additional term loan up to $1.5 million (“2017 Term Loan”). The Company borrowed the full $1.5 million on November 3, 2017. The Company was required to make monthly interest-only payments starting December 2017 and 36 equal installment payments of principal starting October 2018 through September 2021. The term loan bore interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of (a) 1.0% above the Prime Rate; and (b) 5.25%. Interest was payable monthly.
On September 16, 2019, the Company amended and restated the 2015 Amended and Restated Agreement and the 2017 Amendment with the lender (the “2017 Second Amended and Restated Agreement”). The agreement provided the Company with a term loan up to $3.0 million (“2019 Term Loan”). The loan must be first used to repay the prior term loan and accrued interest. The Company borrowed the full $3.0 million on September 16, 2019, and $1.0 million of the amount was used to repay in full the outstanding principal and interest under the 2017 Term Loan. The term loan matures on May 1, 2023. The Company was required to make 36 equal installments payments of principal, plus monthly payment of accrued interest starting in June 2020 through May 2023. The term loan bears interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of (a) 1.0% above the Prime Rate and (b) 5.25%. The amendment also provided the Company with a revolving line of credit up to $3.0 million due in September 2020. The Company borrowed $3.0 million under the line of credit on September 27, 2019. The principal amount outstanding under the revolving line of credit bears interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of (a) 0.5% above the Prime Rate and (b) 5.25%. Interest is payable monthly. The restructuring of the term loan was accounted for as an extinguishment. The loss on extinguishment was not material.
On April 28, 2020, the Company amended the 2017 Second Amended and Restated Agreement with the lender (the “2020 Amendment”) to increase the limit of the revolving line of credit from $3.0 million to $5.0 million and extend the maturity date of the revolving line to December 15, 2020. On December 22, 2020, the Company amended and extended the line of credit maturity date from December 15, 2020, through December 14, 2021. The interest rates for the term loan and the revolving line of credit were 5.25%. As of December 31, 2020, $3.0 million of principal was outstanding under the 2020 Amendment revolving line of credit. In July 2021, the Company repaid in full the Line of Credit of $3.0 million.
For years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded $0.2 million and $0.3 million of interest expenses under the 2019 Term Loan and the Line of Credit. The Company repaid $2.4 million and $0.6 million of principal outstanding under the 2019 Term Loan during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The 2015 Term Loan was fully repaid as of September 30, 2021.
2018 Term LoanOn April 20, 2018, the Company entered into a $10.0 million term loan agreement (the “2018 Agreement”) with a lender maturing on May 1, 2022. The loan was repayable in 48 monthly scheduled installments commencing on May 1, 2018. The Company was required to make interest-only payments for the first 12 months starting May 2018 and thereafter to make 36 equal installment payments through the maturity date of the loan. The interest rate was fixed at 11.5% per annum.
The Company accreted the final payment liability up to the redemption amount as part of the 2018 Agreement term loan balance sheetand recognized interest expense over the term of the loan.
The Company incurred certain debt issuance costs in connection with the above loan agreements. Such cost was capitalized against the loan proceeds. The Company also issued warrants to purchase common stock in conjunction with the above loan agreements. The Company determined the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which was recorded to additional paid-in capital and an adjustment against the loan proceeds. The debt issuance cost was capitalized and amortized as interest expense over the initial term of the agreement.
For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded $0.3 million and $0.8 million of interest expense, respectively, and repaid $5.6 million and $3.2 million of principal outstanding under the 2018 Agreement, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, there was $5.1 million of principal outstanding under the 2018 Agreement. The amount repaid in the year ended December 31, 2021 included a $0.5 million required final payment fee pursuant to the
86

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



2018 Agreement and $0.1 million prepayment fee as the Company fully repaid the 2018 Term Loan in July 2021. The Company recorded $0.1 million loss on the extinguishment for the year ended December 31, 2021.
2020 Term LoanOn February 20, 2020, the Company entered into a $2.0 million term loan agreement (“2020 Term Loan”) with a lender. The loan was provided under 2 facilities: facility A was comprised of $1.0 million maturing in 36 months, and facility B was comprised of $1.0 million maturing in 30 months. On April 17, 2020, the Company borrowed $1.0 million from facility A, and on October 12, 2020 the Company borrowed the full $1.0 million from facility B. In addition to the principal payment, both loan facilities require a fixed monthly coupon payment. The aggregated annual coupon payment was $0.1 million. The principal was payable in 24 equal installments commencing on May 31, 2021 through April 30, 2023. The interest rate was fixed at 4.75% per annum.
The Company incurred certain debt issuance costs in connection with the above loan agreements. Such cost was capitalized against the loan proceeds. The Company also issued warrants to purchase common stock in conjunction with the above loan agreements. The Company determined the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which is recorded to additional paid-in capital and an adjustment against the loan proceeds. The debt issuance costs were amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the agreement.
For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded $0.2 million and $0.1 million of interest expense, respectively. The Company started repayment of principal in May 2021 and repaid $2.0 million of principal outstanding in year ended December 31, 2021. The Company fully repaid the 2020 Term Loan and recorded $0.1 million loss on the 2018 Term Loan extinguishment for year ended December 31, 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company did not repay any principal outstanding under the 2020 Term Loan.
2020 Note—In April 2020, the Company entered into a Paycheck Protection Program Note (“PPP Note”) for $4.3 million pursuant to the PPP under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”). The term of the PPP Note was two years with a maturity date in April 2022 and contained a fixed annual interest rate of 1.0%. Principal and interest were payable monthly and could be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to maturity with no prepayment penalties. The Company repaid in full the PPP Note in May 2020. The Company recorded $0.1 million of interest expense for year ended December 31, 2020.
The Company fully repaid all debt as of December 31, 2021. Debt obligations as of December 31, 2020, consisted of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
2020
Line of credit$3,000 
2019 term loan2,417 
2018 term loan5,650 
2020 term loan2,000 
Total debt$13,067 
Less: unamortized debt discount(350)
Total debt, net of debt discount12,717 
Less: Current portion of long-term debt(8,215)
Long-term debt$4,502 
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Lease and Purchase Obligation—The Company leases offices under operating leases for its U.S. headquarters and international locations that expire at various dates through 2025. Under the lease agreements that contain escalating rent provisions, lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, was $1.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively. In addition, the Company has purchase obligations, which includes agreements and issued purchase orders containing non-cancelable payment terms to purchase goods and services.
87

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



As of December 31, 2021, future minimum operating lease payments and purchase obligations are relatedas follows (in thousands):
Operating
Leases
Purchase
Obligations
Total Lease
and Purchase
Obligations
2022$1,312 $11,505 $12,817 
20231,339 308 1,647 
20241,306 175 1,481 
2025207 — 207 
Thereafter— — — 
Total$4,164 $11,988 $16,152 
Litigation—The Company is named from time to time as a party to lawsuits and other types of legal proceedings and claims in the normal course of business. The Company accrues for contingencies when it believes that a loss is probable and that it can reasonably estimate the amount of any such loss and the Company has made an assessment of the probability of incurring any such losses and whether or not those losses are estimable.

On July 23, 2021, plaintiff William J. Brown, a former employee and a shareholder of Matterport, Inc. (now known as Matterport Operating, LLC) (“Legacy Matterport”), sued Legacy Matterport, Gores Holdings VI, Inc. (now known as Matterport, Inc.), Maker Merger Sub Inc., Maker Merger Sub II, LLC, and Legacy Matterport directors R.J. Pittman, David Gausebeck, Matt Bell, Peter Hebert, Jason Krikorian, Carlos Kokron and Michael Gustafson (collectively, the “Defendants”) in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. The plaintiff’s complaint claims that Defendants imposed invalid transfer restrictions on his shares of Matterport stock in connection with the merger transactions between Matterport, Inc. and Legacy Matterport (the “Transfer Restrictions”), and that Legacy Matterport’s board of directors violated their fiduciary duties in connection with a purportedly misleading letter of transmittal. The plaintiff is seeking damages and costs, as well as a declaration from the court that he may freely transfer his shares of Class A common stock of Matterport received in connection with the merger transactions. An expedited trial regarding the facial validity of the Transfer Restrictions took place from December 1-2, 2021. On January 11, 2022, the court issued a ruling that the Transfer Restrictions did not apply to the plaintiff. The opinion did not address the validity of the Transfer Restrictions. Matterport filed a notice of appeal of the court’s ruling on February 8, 2022. Separate proceedings regarding plaintiff’s remaining claims are pending.

On May 11, 2020, Redfin Corporation (“Redfin”) was served with a complaint by Appliance Computing, Inc. III, d/b/a Surefield (“Surefield”), filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Waco Division. In the complaint, Surefield asserted that Redfin’s use of Matterport’s 3D-Walkthrough technology infringes 4 of Surefield’s patents. Redfin has asserted defenses in the litigation that the asserted patents are invalid and not infringed. We have agreed to indemnify Redfin for the matter pursuant to our Public Offeringexisting agreements with Redfin. The parties are vigorously defending this litigation. The case is tentatively set for trial in May 2022.

On January 29, 2021, Legacy Matterport received a voluntary request for information from the Division of Enforcement of the SEC relating to certain sales and were


chargedrepurchases of its securities in the secondary market. We believe we have complied fully with the request. We have not received any updates from the SEC as to stockholders’ equity upon the completionscope, duration or ultimate resolution of our Public Offering.the investigation.


The Company monitors developments in these legal matters that could affect the any estimate if the Company had previously accrued. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no amounts accrued that the Company believes would be material to its financial position.
Indemnification—In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into certain agreements that provided for indemnification by the Company of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, directors, officers, employees and other parties with respect to certain matters. Indemnification includes losses from breach of such agreements, services provided by the Company, or third-party intellectual property infringement claims. These indemnities may survive termination of the underlying agreement and the maximum potential amount of future indemnification payments, in some
88

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



circumstances, are not subject to a cap. As of December 31, 2021, there were no known events or circumstances that have resulted in a material indemnification liability.
9. CONVERTIBLE NOTES
The Company issued convertible notes between January 2020 and March 2020 to various investors amounting to $8.5 million (“2020 Notes”). The convertible notes carry an interest rate of 5.0% per annum. The notes mature in January 2022 and cannot be prepaid without written consent. As per the terms of the convertible note agreement, if a qualified financing, defined as a transaction or series of transactions by which the Company sells redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $10.0 million, occurs prior to the payment of the notes, then the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest shall automatically convert into shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price paid by the other purchasers of the redeemable convertible preferred stock sold in the qualified financing discounted by 10.0% if converted prior to January 2021, and on or after January 2021 by 15.0%. If no qualified financing occurs on or prior to the maturity date, then the outstanding principal amount of these convertible notes and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be converted into Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at a conversion price of $2.0181 per share. During April and June 2020, the Company completed the Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock financing and subsequently issued 21,708,519 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at $2.0181 per share for total cash proceeds of $43.8 million. Accordingly, offering costs totaling $19,865,948 (including $18,975,000 in underwriters’ fees), and were charged to stockholders’ equity.

Redeemable Common Stock

As discussed in Note 3,as this meets the qualified financing requirement, all of the 34,500,000 classconvertible notes, including unpaid accrued interest of $8.6 million converted into 4,728,975 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at $1.8163 per share in April 2020. The combined aggregate amount of the proceeds from the Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock financing and the converted notes was $52.4 million.

The 2020 Notes contain an embedded derivative. The fair value of the derivative was recorded as a liability with an offsetting amount recorded as a debt discount, and the debt discount is recorded against the carrying amount of the related convertible notes outstanding. The amortization of the debt discount was recorded as interest expense. The embedded derivative liability was re-valued to the current fair value at the end of each reporting period using the income-based approach. Upon conversion, the embedded derivative liability was re-valued at the conversion, and then the related fair value amount was recorded to other (expense) income in the consolidated statements of operations as part of loss on debt extinguishment. The fair value of the embedded derivative upon issuance was $1.0 million and was adjusted to $0.9 million upon conversion in April 2020. Interest expense was accreted on the convertible notes between issuance and conversion. Interest expense on the convertible notes that are included in interest expense are nil and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
10. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
Upon the Closing on July 22, 2021, all issued and outstanding shares of Legacy Matterport redeemable convertible preferred stock was cancelled and converted into the right to receive an aggregate 126,460,926 shares of Matterport Class A common stock. A total of $164.5 million redeemable convertible preferred stock was reclassified into common stock and additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheet.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except per share data):
 December 31, 2020
Convertible preferred stock:Original
Issuance
Price
Shares
Authorized
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
Shares of Common Stock if convertedCarrying
Value
Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
Dividend
Rate
Series Seed redeemable$0.3507 24,861 24,861 24,861 $7,350 $8,720 8.0 %
Series  A-1 redeemable$0.4261 7,570 7,570 7,570 3,165 3,226 8.0 %
Series B redeemable$0.8194 19,527 19,527 20,957 15,905 16,000 8.0 %
Series C redeemable$1.7194 30,730 30,727 30,727 52,696 52,832 8.0 %
Series D redeemable$2.0181 42,717 42,294 42,294 85,052 $85,353 8.0 %
125,405 124,979 126,409 $164,168 $166,131 
89

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




11. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
On July 22, 2021, the Company issued 72.5 million Matterport Class A common shares to public stockholders of Gores, Initial Stockholders of Class F Stock, and PIPE investors for an aggregate gross proceeds of $640.1 million. The Company paid $0.9 million to Gores’ stockholders who redeemed Gores’ Class A common stock immediately prior to the Closing. The Company and Gores incurred $10.0 million and $26.3 million transaction costs, respectively. The total transaction cost was $36.3 million, consisting of underwriting, legal and other professional fees, of which $35.7 million was recorded to additional paid-in capital as a reduction of proceeds and the remaining $0.6 million was expensed immediately.
The Company has retroactively adjusted the shares issued and outstanding prior to July 22, 2021 to give effect to the exchange ratio established in the Merger Agreement to determine the number of shares of common stock into which they were converted. Immediately prior to the Closing, 232.7 million shares were authorized to issue at $0.001 par value. Immediately following the Closing, 670 million share were authorized to issue at $0.0001 par value, including 640 million shares of common stock and 30 million shares of preferred stock. There were 242.0 million shares of common stock outstanding with a par value of $0.0001 upon the Closing. The holder of each share of common stock is entitled to one vote.
The Company had reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as of December 31, 2021 as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
2021
Common stock reserved for Earn-out23,460 
Public and private warrants to purchase common stock4,260 
Common stock options outstanding and unvested RSUs66,971 
Shares available for future grant under 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan7,259 
Shares available for future grant under 2021 Incentive Award Plan3,415 
Total shares of common stock reserved105,365 
Common Stock Warrants— The Company issued warrants to purchase common stock in connection with loan agreements entered from 3 lenders as disclosed below and in Note 7 “Debt”. Those warrants were considered equity at inception and were recorded to additional paid-in capital. The warrants have a contractual 10-year life from the issuance date.
All previously issued common stock warrants were fully vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2020. In February 2021, the holders of all of the Company’s outstanding warrants entered into agreement with the Company to exercise their warrants contingent upon, and effective immediately prior to, the consummation of the First Merger. In the event of an acquisition in which the fair market value of one share is greater than the warrant exercise price as of the date of the acquisition, all outstanding and unexercised warrants shall automatically be deemed to be cashless exercised immediately prior to the consummation of the acquisition. In the event of an acquisition where the fair market value per share is less than the warrant exercise price in effect immediately prior to the acquisition, then warrants will expire immediately prior to the consummation of the acquisition. On July 22, 2021, all the common stock warrants were exercised. The Company issued 1.0 million shares of the Class A common stock to the holders of the common stock warrants upon the Closing.
As of December 31, 2020, the unamortized debt discount related to the above warrants were $0.2 million. The company fully amortized the remaining debt discount associated with the above warrants of $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2021 upon the full repayment of the debt as discussed Note 7 “Debt”.

90

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component, net of tax (in thousands):
Foreign Currency Translation, Net of TaxUnrealized Losses on Available-for-Sale Debt Securities, Net of TaxTotal
Balance at December 31, 2020$135 $— $135 
Net unrealized loss(187)(1,487)(1,674)
Balance at December 31, 2021$(52)$(1,487)$(1,539)
Foreign Currency Translation, Net of TaxUnrealized Gains on Available-for-Sale Debt Securities, Net of TaxTotal
Balance at December 31, 2019$36 $— $36 
Net unrealized gain99 — 99 
Balance at December 31, 2020$135 $— $135 

12. PUBLIC AND PRIVATE WARRANTS
Prior to the Closing, GHVI issued 6,900,000 Public Warrants and 4,450,000 Private Warrants. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase 1 share of the Company’s common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments. The Warrants are exercisable from December 15, 2021 and will expire on July 22, 2026, which is five years after the Closing.
Redemption of Public Warrants
Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants for cash, in whole and not in part, upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (“Redemption Period”) at a price of $0.01 per warrant, if, and only if,the reported last sale price of the common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business day before we send the notice of redemption to the Public Warrant holders. If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, the Company will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis”, as described in the warrant agreement. The warrants holders have the right to exercise their outstanding warrants prior to the scheduled redemption date during the Redemption Period at $11.50 per share.
Commencing 90 days after the Public Warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants, in whole and not in part, for a price equal to a number of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock to be determined based on a predefined rate based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of the Company’s Class A common stock. The “fair market value” of our Class A common stock shall mean the average last reported sale price of our common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of Public Warrants upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder, if, and only if, the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share on the trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.
The Private Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the Warrants sold as part of the Units in the Public Offering, containexcept that the Sponsor has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Private Warrants (except to certain permitted transferees) until 30 days after the completion of the Merger. Additionally, the Private Warrants are exercisable on a cashless basis and are non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted
91

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



transferees. The Private Placement Warrants are non-redeemable for cash so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees.
The Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 on August 19, 2021 related to the issuance of an aggregate of up to 11,350,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants, which was declared effective by the SEC on August 26, 2021. On December 15, 2021, the Company announced to redeem all outstanding Matterport public warrants that remain outstanding at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on January 14, 2022 (the “Redemption Date”) for a redemption featureprice of $0.01 per warrant. The Public Warrants may be exercised by the holders thereof until 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date to purchase fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock underlying such warrants, at the exercise price of $11.50 per share. Any Public Warrants that remain unexercised at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date will be void and no longer exercisable, and the holders of those Public Warrants will be entitled to receive only the redemption price of $0.01 per warrant.
The following table summarizes the Public and Private Warrants activities during the year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands):

Public WarrantsPrivate
Warrants
Total Warrants
Warrants assumed upon the Closing of the Merger6,900 4,450 11,350 
Warrants Exercised(4,348)(2,742)(7,090)
Outstanding as of December 31, 20212,552 1,708 4,260 
The Public Warrants have been classified as Level 1 as the Public Warrants have adequate trading volume to provide a reliable indication of value since the Closing Date. The Private Warrants have been classified as Level 2 since the Closing Date. Public Warrants and the Private Warrants were valued at $9.14 and $9.16 as of December 31, 2021, respectively. The fair value of the Private Warrants was deemed to be substantially the same as the fair value of the Public Warrants because the Private Warrants have similar terms and are subject to substantially the same redemption features as the Public Warrants.
The Warrants are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The following table presents the changes in the fair value of warrant liabilities (in thousands):
Public WarrantsPrivate Warrants
Total Warrant
Liabilities
Fair value at Closing of the Merger$38,984 $25,143 $64,127 
Change in fair value29,431 18,939 48,370 
Warrants Exercised(45,086)(28,437)(73,523)
Fair value at December 31, 2021$23,329 $15,645 $38,974 
13. CONTINGENT EARN-OUT AWARDS
Legacy Matterport Stockholders and certain holders of Legacy Matterport Stock Options and RSUs are entitled to receive a number of Earn-out Shares comprising up to 23,460,000 shares of Class A common stock in the aggregate. There are 6 distinct tranches, and each tranche has 3,910,000 Earn-out shares. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Common Share Price means the share price equal to the volume weighted average price of the Matterport Class A Stock for a period of at least 10 days out of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately prior to the date of determination. If the Common Share Price exceeds $13.00, $15.50, $18.00, $20.50, $23.00, and $25.50, the Earn-out shares are issuable during the period beginning on the 180th day following the Closing and ending on the fifth anniversary of such date (the “Earn-out Period”). The Earn-out shares are subject to early release if a change of control that will result in the holders of the Company common stock receiving a per share price equal to or in excess of the price target as above (collectively, the “Earn-Out Triggering Events”).
Any Earn-out Shares issuable to any holder of Matterport Stock Options and Matterport RSUs in respect of such Matterport Stock Options and Matterport RSUs shall be issued to such holder only if such holder continues to provide
92

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



services to the Post-Combination Company through the date of the occurrence of the corresponding triggering event that causes such Earn-out Shares to become issuable. Any Earn-out Shares that are forfeited pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be reallocated to the other Legacy Matterport Stockholders and Legacy Matterport Stock Options and RSUs holders who remain entitled to receive Earn-out Shares in accordance with their respective Earn-out pro rata shares.
The estimated fair value of the total Earn-out Shares was determined based on a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model using a distribution of potential outcomes on monthly basis over the Earn-out Period using the most reliable information available to be issued include events that are not solely indexed to the common stock of the Company. Assumptions used in the valuation are described below:
As of
December 31, 2021July 22, 2021
Current stock price$20.64$14.47
Expected term (in years)5.15.5
Expected volatility67.0 %51.5 %
Risk-free interest rate1.3 %0.8 %
Expected dividend yield%%
At the Closing, the estimated fair value of the total Earn-out Shares was $294.8 million. The contingent obligation to issue Earn-out Shares to Matterport legacy Stockholders was accounted for as a liability because the Earn-out Triggering Events that determine the number of Earn-out Shares required. The Earn-out pro rata Shares issuable to holders of Legacy Matterport’s RSUs and holders of Legacy Matterport’s Stock Options for such holders with respect to such holders’ Legacy RSUs and Options are accounted as stock-based compensation expense as they are subject to forfeiture based on the satisfaction of certain employment conditions, see Note 14. Stock Plan for more information.
The Company recognized $231.6 million contingent earn-out liability attributable to the Earn-out Shares to Matterport legacy Stockholders upon the Closing on July 22, 2021. The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the estimated fair value of the earn-out liabilities, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (in thousands):
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Balance at December 31, 2020$— 
Contingent earn-out liability recognized upon the closing of the Merger231,627 
Reallocation of Earn-out Shares to earn-out liability upon forfeitures5,495 
Change in fair value of earn-out liability140,454 
Balance at December 31, 2021$377,576 
As of December 31, 2021, the Earn-out triggering events have not yet been achieved, the Earn-out Shares are contingently issuable and not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. On January 18, 2022, all 6 Earn-out Triggering Events for issuing up to 23,460,000 Earn-out Shares occurred. Refer to Note 19. Subsequent Events for additional information.
14. STOCK PLAN
Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan—On June 17, 2011, the Company’s Board and stockholders approved the Matterport, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, (the “2011 Stock Plan”), which allows for the redemptionissuance of such publicincentive stock options (“ISOs”), non-qualified stock options (“NSOs”), the issuance of restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), and the sale of stock to its employees, the Board, and consultants. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had granted primarily ISOs.
93

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



On February 12, 2021, the Company amended and restated the 2011 Stock Plan to allow the Company to grant restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and extended the terms of the plan until February 12, 2022, unless terminated earlier. No shares are available for future grant under the 2011 Plan due to the termination of the 2011 Plan in connection with the Company’s liquidation, if there is a stockholder vote or tender offer inClosing. There were 67.8 million shares authorized under the 2011 Stock Plan prior to its termination, and 2.1 million shares were assumed under the 2021 Incentive Award Plan.
2021 Incentive Award Plan
In connection with the Business CombinationClosing on July 22, 2021, the Company approved the 2021 Incentive Award Plan (“2021 Plan”), an incentive compensation plan for the benefit of eligible employees, consultants, and in connection with certain amendments to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In accordance with ASC 480, redemption provisions not solely within the controldirectors of the Company requireand its subsidiaries. The Company concurrently assumed the 2011 Plan and all outstanding awards thereunder, effective as of the Closing, and no further awards shall be granted under the 2011 Plan. The 2021 Plan provides that the initial aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock, available for issuance pursuant to awards thereunder shall be the sum of (a) 10% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock as of the Closing, which is equivalent to 24.2 million shares of Class A common stock (the “Initial Plan Reserve”), (b) any shares of Class A common stock subject to redemptionoutstanding equity awards under the amended and restated 2011 Stock Plan which, following the effective date of the 2021 Plan, become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan and (c) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031 equal to a number of shares equal to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2021 Plan upon the exercise of ISOs is 181.5 million shares of Class A common stock.
Shares forfeited due to employee termination or expiration are returned to the share pool. Similarly, shares withheld upon exercise to provide for the exercise price and/or taxes due and shares repurchased by the Company are also returned to the pool.
2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In connection with the Closing on July 22, 2021, as discussed in Note 3, the Company approved the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2021 ESPP”). The 2021 ESPP provides that the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock available for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2021 ESPP shall be the sum of (a) 3% of the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock as of the Closing, which is equivalent to 7.3 million shares of Class A common stock (the “Initial ESPP Reserve”), and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031 equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) such smaller number of shares of common stock as may be determined by the Company; provided, however, that the number of shares of common stock that may be issued or transferred pursuant to the rights granted under the 2021 ESPP shall not exceed 15.25% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock as of the Closing, which is equivalent to 36.9 million shares.
Our 2021 ESPP permits eligible employees to acquire shares of our common stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the purchase date. If the fair market value of our common stock on the purchase date is lower than the first trading day of the offering period, the current offering period will be cancelled after purchase and a new 24-month offering period will begin. Participants may purchase shares of common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, subject to purchase limits of 3,000 shares per each purchase period and $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year.
The 2021 ESPP provides for consecutive offering periods that will typically have a duration of approximately 24 months in length and is comprised of 4 purchase periods of approximately six months in length. The offering periods are scheduled to start on the first trading day on or after June 1 and December 1 of each year, except for the first offering period commenced on which began on July 23, 2021 and will end on May 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2021, a total of 7.3 million shares of our common stock are available for sale under our 2021 ESPP. For the year ended December 31, 2021, there were no shares of common stock purchased under the 2021 ESPP.
Shares Available for Future Grant—The Company issues new shares upon a stock option exercise or release. As of December 31, 2021, shares authorized and available for future grant under the Company’s 2021 Plan and 2021 ESPP are 3.4 million shares and 7.3 million shares, respectively.
94

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Stock Option Activities—The following table summarizes the stock option activities under the Company’s stock plans for year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands, except for per share data):
 Options Outstanding

Number of
Shares
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price Per Share
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Balance—December 31, 201948,762 $0.50 8.1$7,698 
Granted13,349 0.81 
Expired or canceled(5,612)0.54 
Exercised(7,293)0.21 
Balance—December 31, 202049,206 $0.62 8.1$245,565 
Expired or canceled(2,907)0.69
Exercised(4,072)0.51$48,660 
Balance—December 31, 202142,227 $0.63 6.9$844,909 
Options vested and exercisable—December 31, 202129,351 $0.58 6.5$588,842 
As of December 31, 2021, unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested options was $3.7 million, which is expected to be classified outsideamortized over a weighted-average vesting period of permanent equity. Ordinary liquidation events, which involve1.9 years.
On April 1, 2021, the redemption and liquidation of allCompany amended the performance condition of the entity’s equity instruments,866,597 performance-based stock option (PSO) awards previously granted to a senior executive in March 2019. Originally, the PSO awards were eligible to vest and become exercisable upon the consummation of the earlier of a change in control or an initial public offering (“IPO”), subject to certain share price targets. The vesting of the award also required continued employment up to the consummation of the change in control or IPO. As a result of the modification, the PSO awards shall vest and become exercisable upon the closing of the Merger. Upon the Closing, the Company recognized $8.1 million stock-based compensation expense related to the 866,597 PSOs as they became fully vested and exercisable.
RSU and PRSU Activities—The following table summarizes the time-based restricted stock unit (RSU) and performance-based restricted stock unit (PRSU) activity under the Company’s stock plans for the year ended December 31, 2021(in thousands, except per share data):
RSUs and PRSUs
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
Average 
Grant-Date Fair Value
Price Per Share
Balance-December 31, 2020— $— 
Granted27,036 17.47 
Vested(1,474)17.31 
Canceled or forfeited(818)10.54 
Balance-December 31, 202124,744 $17.70 
95

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Stock-based compensation expense for awards with only service conditions are excludedrecognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the related award. The PRSU awards have both service-based and performance-based vesting conditions. The service-based vesting condition for these awards is typically satisfied over four years with a cliff vesting period of one year and continued vesting quarterly thereafter, subject to continued service. The performance-based vesting condition is satisfied upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, as defined in the Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Plan. The performance based vesting condition was deemed satisfied upon the Closing. The Company recognized $6.1 million stock-based compensation expenses on the Closing for the portion of these RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition had been satisfied and the performance condition of the RSUs was met.
As of December 31, 2021, unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested RSUs and PRSUs were $387.9 million and $15.4 million, respectively. The remaining unrecognized compensation costs for RSUs and RSUs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.6 years and 1.8 years, respectively, excluding additional stock-based compensation expense related to any future grants of stock-based awards.
Earn-out Award Activities
As discussed in Note 13 “Contingent Earn-Out Liability”, the pro rata Earn-out Shares issuable to holders of Legacy Matterport’s RSUs and holders of Legacy Matterport’s Stock Options for such holders with respect to such holders’ Legacy RSUs and Options are expected to be accounted as stock-based compensation expense as they are subject both a market condition and a service condition to the eligible employees.
The following table summarizes the Earn-out Award activity under the Earn-out Arrangement pursuant to the Merger Agreement during the year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands, except for per share data):
Earn-out Award Outstanding
Number of SharesWeighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value Price Per Share
Balance - December 31, 2020— $— 
Granted5,112 12.63 
Forfeited(412)12.58 
Balance - December 31, 20214,700 $12.64 
As of December 31, 2021, unrecognized compensation cost related to Earn-out Awards was $28.0 million. As of December 31, 2021, the Earn-out Triggering Events have not yet been achieved, the Earn-out Shares are contingently issuable and not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. On January 18, 2022, all 6 Earn-out Triggering Events for issuing up to 23,460,000 Earn-out Shares occurred. Refer to Note 19, Subsequent Events, for additional information.
Employee Stock Options Valuation—The fair value of options on the date of grant is estimated based on the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the single-option award approach. No options were granted during the year ended December 31, 2021. The assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2020 were as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2020
Expected term5.5 – 6.1 years
Expected volatility38.5 – 44.9%
Risk-free interest rate0.3 – 1.5%
Expected dividend yield0%

96

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Earn-out Awards Valuation— The assumptions used to estimate the fair value of Earn-out Awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2021 were as follows:
Inception to
December 31,
2021
Current stock price$13.93 – $27.86
Expected term5.1 – 5.5 years
Expected volatility40.0% – 67.0%
Risk-free interest rate0.8% – 1.3%
Expected dividend yield0%
Employee Stock Purchase Plan—The fair value of shares issued under our 2021 ESPP are estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following table summarizes the assumptions used and the resulting grant-date fair values of our ESPP:
Year Ended December 31,
2021
Expected term0.50 – 2.0 years
Expected volatility27.9 – 43.4%
Risk-free interest rate0.1 – 0.6%
Expected dividend yield0%
Grant-date fair value per share$7.59 – $14.36
The expected volatility is based on the average volatility of a peer group of representative public companies with sufficient trading history over the expected term. The expected term represents the term from the provisionsfirst day of ASC 480. Althoughthe offering period to the purchase dates within each offering period. The dividend yield assumption is based on our expectations about our anticipated dividend policy. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with maturities that approximate the expected term. During the three months ended December 31, 2021, the Company did not specify a maximum redemption threshold, its charter provides that currently,recorded of $1.8 million stock-based compensation expense related to the Company will not redeem its public shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets (stockholders’ equity)ESPP. As of December 31, 2021, unrecognized compensation cost related to the ESPP was $8.4 million, which is expected to be less than $5,000,001.

recognized over the remaining weighted-average service period of 1.4 years.

Stock-based CompensationThe Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occurstock-based compensation expense for awards with only service conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the related award and adjustsrecognizes stock-based compensation expenses for awards with performance conditions on a straight-line basis over the carrying valuerequisite service period for each separate vesting portion of redeemable common stockthe awards when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The stock-based compensation expenses of Earn-out Awards are recognized on a straight-line basis over the derived services period during which the market conditions are expected to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreasesbe met. Forfeitures are accounted for in the carryingperiod in which they occur.
The amount of redeemable common stock are affected by charges against additional paidstock-based compensation related to stock-based awards to employees in capital.

Accordingly, atthe Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 32,896,021were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Costs of revenue$3,083 $135 
Research and development25,691 624 
Selling, general, and administrative71,831 1,746 
Stock-based compensation, net of amounts capitalized100,605 2,505 
Capitalized stock-based compensation3,632 146 
Total stock-based compensation$104,237 $2,651 
97

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



15. INCOME TAXES
The components of the 34,500,000 public shares are classified outsidenet loss before income taxes, determined by jurisdiction, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
United States$(339,094)$(14,294)
Foreign817 350 
Loss before income taxes$(338,277)$(13,944)
The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Current
State$22 $
International146 69 
Total current tax expense168 77 
United States— — 
International(385)— 
Total deferred tax expense(385)— 
Total tax expense$(217)$77 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of permanent equity at their redemption value.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requirestemporary differences between the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reportedcarrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dateamounts used for income tax purposes.

The components of the financial statementsdeferred tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the reported amountsfollowing (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards$41,555 $29,734 
Research and development credits carryforward6,858 5,009 
Accruals317 988 
Other348 62 
Interest expense carryforward562 566 
Fixed assets112 128 
Stock-based compensation10,580 604 
Total deferred tax assets$60,332 $37,091 
Less: valuation allowance(56,344)(35,023)
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangibles(3,214)(1,876)
Deferred commissions(389)(192)
Total deferred tax liabilities(3,603)(2,068)
Net deferred tax assets$385 $— 
98

Table of revenuesContents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



The table below presents the changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2021 and expenses during2020 (in thousands):

DescriptionBalance at beginning of periodAdditions charges to costs and expensesWrite-offs and deductionsBalance at end of period
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
For the Year Ended December 31, 202135,023 21,321 — 56,344 
For the Year Ended December 31, 202031,081 3,942 — 35,023 
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2021 were as follows (in thousands):

AmountExpiration Years
NOLs, federal (Post December 31, 2017)$108,007 Do Not Expire
NOLs, federal (Pre January 1, 2018)61,397 12/31/2031
NOLs, state89,392 12/31/2032
Tax credits, federal7,378 12/31/2032
Tax credits, state$5,130 Do Not Expire
The effective tax rate of the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accountingCompany’s provision for income taxes differed from the federal statutory rate as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and was as follows:


Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Statutory federal income benefit rate21.0 %21.0 %
State income tax rate1.1 7.0 
Change in valuation allowance(6.3)(28.3)
Research and development credits0.3 2.9 
Other(4.2)(0.8)
Convertible notes — nondeductible— (1.6)
Stock-based compensation(0.2)(0.9)
Change in fair value of contingent earn-out liability(8.7)— 
Change in fair value of warrants liabilities(3.0)— 
Foreign rate differential0.1 — 
Effective tax rate0.1 %(0.6)%
The Company had net operating loss carryovers (“NOLs”) for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately, $169.4 million and $89.4 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2021. $61.4 million of federal NOLs will expire beginning in 2031, while $108.0 million generated after the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”), will have an indefinite life. The state NOLs will expire if unused in years 2031 through 2032.
The Company’s utilization of NOLs is subject to an annual limitation due to ownership changes that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future as provided in Section 382 of the Code (“Section 382”), as well as similar state provisions. Section 382 limits the utilization of NOLs when there is a greater than 50% change of ownership as determined under ASC 740, “the regulations. Since its formation, the Company has raised capital through the issuance of capital stock and various convertible instruments which, combined with the purchasing shareholders’ subsequent disposition of these shares, has resulted in multiple ownership changes as defined by Section 382, and could result in an ownership change in the future
99

Income TaxesTable of Contents.” Deferred
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



upon subsequent disposition. The Company has not undertaken an analysis of whether the Merger constituted an “ownership change” for purposes of Section 382 and Section 383 of the U.S. Tax Code. Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities may be limited as a result of ownership changes, including changes in connection with the Merger or other transactions. The Company’s utilization of NOLs may also be adversely affected by future changes in federal and state tax laws and regulations. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has not undertaken any analyses in respect of Section 382 to determine the annual limitation and if any of the tax attributes are subject to a permanent limitation.
In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, and liabilities are recognized formanagement considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferreddeferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enactedwill not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax rates expected to apply toassets is dependent upon future generation for taxable income induring the yearsperiods in which those temporary differences are expectedrepresenting net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. In making such determination, the Company considered all available positive and negative evidence and continued to be recovered or settled. The effect onconclude that as of December 31, 2021, it is not more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of its remaining net deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in incomeno valuation allowance should be released in the period that includescurrent period. As of December 31, 2021, the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduceCompany has a valuation allowance for federal, state, and foreign deferred tax assets that the Company believes will, more likely than not, be unrealizable.
The Company evaluated the provisions of ASC 740 related to the amount expectedaccounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. ASC 740 prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, present, and disclose uncertain positions that the Company has taken or expects to be realized.

take in its tax return. For those liabilities or benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Differences between tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the net benefit recognized and measured pursuant to the interpretation are referred to as “unrecognized benefits.” A liability is recognized (or amount of net operating loss carry forward or amount of tax refundable is reduced) for unrecognized tax benefit because it represents an enterprise’s potential future obligation to the taxing authority for a tax position that was not recognized as a result of applying the provisions of ASC 740.

If applicable, interest costs related to the unrecognized tax benefits are required to be calculated and would be classified as income tax expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Penalties would be recognized as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
A reconciliation of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, was as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Unrecognized tax benefits — beginning$3,662 $2,906 
Gross Increases — prior-year unrecognized tax benefits— — 
Gross Increases — current-year unrecognized tax benefits1,341 756 
Unrecognized tax benefits — ending$5,003 $3,662 
The entire amount of the unrecognized tax benefits would not impact the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognizesdid not recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax liabilities asbenefits. The Company does not anticipate that the amount of existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease during the next 12 months.
The Company files income tax expense. NaN amounts were accrued forreturns in the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2020.

The Company may be subject to potential examination by U.S. federal states or foreign jurisdiction authorities inand state jurisdictions. Due to net operating loss carryforwards, all years since the areasinception of incorporation remain open for income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income amounts in various tax jurisdictions and compliance with U.S. federal, states or foreign tax laws.

authorities’ examination. The Company is incorporatednot currently under examination by income tax authorities in the Statefederal, state, or other foreign jurisdictions.

100

Table of Delaware and is required to pay franchise taxes to the State of Delaware on an annual basis.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company continually monitors its positions with and the credit qualityContents

MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



16. NET LOSS PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
As a result of the financial


institutions with which it invests. Periodically,Reverse Recapitalization, the Company may maintain balances in various operating accounts in excesshas retroactively adjusted the weighted-average number of federally insured limits.

Investments and Cash Held in Trust Account

At December 31, 2020, the Company had $345,008,625 in the Trust Account which may be utilized for Business Combinations. At December 31, 2020, the Trust Account consisted of cash and money market funds.

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay taxes, if any, none of the funds held in trust will be released until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares of common stock properly tendered in connection with a stockholder voteoutstanding prior to amend the Company’s amended and restated certificateClosing Date by multiplying them by the exchange ratio of incorporationapproximately 4.1193 used to modifydetermine the substance or timingnumber of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of such public shares of common stock if the Company does not complete the Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date; or (iii) the redemption of 100% of the public shares ofinto which they converted. The common stock if the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, subject to the requirements of law and stock exchange rules

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements based on current operations of the Company.  The impact of any recently issued accounting standards will be re-evaluated on a regular basis or if a business combination is completed where the impact could be material.

Going Concern Consideration

If the Company does not complete its Business Combination by December 15, 2022, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the common stock sold as part of the units in the Public Offering, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of franchise and income taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of such net interest which may be distributed to the Company to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s Board of Directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per unit in the Public Offering. In addition, if the Company fails to complete its Business Combination by December 15, 2022, there will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the warrants, which will expire worthless.

In addition, at December 31, 2020, the Company had current liabilities of $530,703 and working capital of $1,000,317, largely due to amounts owed to professionals, consultants, advisors and others who are working on seeking a Business Combination as described in Note 1. Such work is continuing after December 31, 2020 and amounts are continuing to accrue.

3.       Public Offering

Public Units

On December 15, 2020, the Company sold 34,500,000 units at a price of $10.00 per unit (the “Units”), including 4,500,000 Units as a result of the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $345,000,000. Each Unit consists of 1 share of the Company’s Class A commonredeemable convertible preferred stock $0.0001 par value, and one-fifth of one redeemable Class A common stock purchase warrant (the “Warrants”). Each Whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase 1 share of Class A common stock for $11.50 per share. Each Warrant will become exercisable

conversion on the laterClosing Date was included in the basic net loss per share calculation on a prospective basis.

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was computed by dividing loss by the weighted-average number of 30 days aftercommon shares outstanding for the completion of the Business Combination or 12 monthsyears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands, except for per share data):
 Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
Numerator :  
Net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted$(338,060)$(14,021)
Denominator:
Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted131,278 32,841 
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted$(2.58)$(0.43)

The following potentially dilutive outstanding securities were excluded from the IPO Closing Datecomputation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and will expire five years afterdiluted, because their effect would have been anti-dilutive or issuance of such shares is contingent upon the completionsatisfaction of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. However, if the Company doescertain conditions which were not complete the Business Combination on or prior to the 24-month period allotted to complete the Business Combination, the Warrants will expire atsatisfied by the end of such period.the period (shares in thousands):
 As of December 31,
 20212020
Public and private warrants4,260 — 
Earn-out shares23,460 — 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, all series— 126,409 
Warrants to purchase common stock— 1,081 
Common stock options outstanding42,227 49,206 
Unvested RSUs24,744 — 
ESPP Shares706 — 
Total potentially dilutive common stock equivalents95,397 176,696 
17. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
From January 2020 to March 2020, Matterport issued convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $8.5 million (“2020 Notes”) to investors, including (i) $400,000 aggregate principal amount to DCM VI, L.P., an affiliate of Jason Krikorian, a member of the Matterport board of directors, (ii) $2.0 million aggregate principal amount to Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P., an affiliate of Peter Hébert, a member of the Matterport board of directors, and (iii) $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount to QUALCOMM Ventures LLC, an affiliate of Carlos Kokron, a member of the Matterport board of directors. The Warrants were issued in registered form2020 Notes accrued interest at a rate of 5% per annum. Refer to Note 9. Convertible Notes.
18. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLANS
The Company has a defined contribution retirement and savings plan intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”) covering substantially all US employees. The 401(k) Plan allows each
101

Table of Contents
MATTERPORT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



participant to contribute up to an amount not to exceed an annual statutory maximum. The Company contracted with a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company,third-party provider to act as warrant agent,a custodian and trustee and to process and maintain the records of participant data. Substantially all of the expenses incurred for administering the 401(k) Plan are paid by the Company. The Company did not registerdiscontinued providing contributions in the shares401(k) Plan match since May 1, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company made $0.2 million of common stock issuable upon exercisediscretionary matching contribution.
The Company contributes to a defined contribution pension plan for eligible employees in the U.K. Pension plan benefits are based primarily on participants’ compensation and years of the Warrantsservice credited as specified under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or any state securities law. Under the terms of the warrantplan. The Company made $0.3 million and $0.2 million matching contributions to the U.K. pension plan for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In December 2021, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Enview, Inc. (“Enview”), a privately-held company engaged in the Company has agreeddevelopment of artificial intelligence algorithms to use its best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act following the completionidentify natural and man-made features in geospatial data using various techniques, for total consideration of approximately 1.6 million shares of the Business Combination covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company paid an upfront underwriting discount of 2.00% ($6,900,000) of the per Unit offering price to the underwriter at the IPO Closing Date, with an additional fee (the “Deferred Discount”) of 3.50% ($12,075,000) of the per Unit offering price payable upon the Company’s completion of a Business Combination. The Deferred Discount will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event the Company completes its Business Combination.

4.       Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On July 24, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 17,250,000 shares of Class F Common Stock for $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share. On October 1, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 8,625,000 Founder Shares to us for 0 consideration, on October 23, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class F Common Stock of 6,468,750 shares thereof and on November 13, 2020 the Sponsor surrendered 6,468,750 Founder Shares to us for 0 consideration, resulting in an aggregate of 8,625,000 outstanding shares of Class F Common Stock. As a result of such surrender, the per-share purchase price increased to approximately $0.003 per share. The number of Founder Shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such Founder Shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of the Public Offering. On September 11, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to each of the independent directors at their original purchase price. The Founder Shares are identical to the common stock included in the Units sold in the Public Offering except that the Founder Shares will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of the Business Combination on a 1-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Private Placement Warrants

The Sponsor purchased from the Company an aggregate of 4,450,000 warrants at a price of $2.00 per warrant (a purchase price of $8,900,000) in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the Public Offering (the “Private Placement Warrants”). Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder to purchase 1 share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account pending completion of the Business Combination.

The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the public warrants sold as part of the units in the Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants may be physical (cash) or net share (cashless) settled and are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

If the Company does not complete a Business Combination, then the Private Placement Warrants proceeds will be part of the liquidation distribution to the public stockholders and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, have registration rights (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion of such shares to common shares) pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into by the Company, the Sponsor and the other security holders named therein on December 15, 2020. These holders will also have certain demand and “piggy back” registration rights. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.


Sponsor Loan

On July 24, 2020, Company borrowed $300,000 by the issuance of an unsecured promissory note from the Sponsor for $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering. This Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the completion of the Public Offering. This Note was repaid in full upon the completion of the Public Offering.


Administrative Services Agreement

The Company entered into an administrative services agreement on December 10, 2020, pursuant to which it agreed to pay to an affiliate of the Sponsor $20,000 a month for office space, utilities and secretarial support. Services commenced on the date the securities were first listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market and will terminate upon the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company.

For the period commencing December 10, 2020 through December 31, 2020 the Company has paid the affiliate $13,548.

5.       Deferred Underwriting Compensation

The Company is committed to pay a deferred underwriting discount totaling $12,075,000 or 3.50% of the gross offering proceeds of the Public Offering, to the underwriters upon the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination. The underwriters are not entitled to any interest accrued on the Deferred Discount, and 0 Deferred Discount is payable to the underwriters if there is no Business Combination.

6.       Income Taxes

Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax expense to the income tax expense from continuing operations provided at December 31, 2020 as follows:  

From June 29, 2020

(inception) to

December 31, 2020

Income tax expense at the federal statutory rate

$

                   (26,273

)

State income taxes - net of federal income tax benefits

                     (4,892

)

Change in valuation allowance

                       4,892

Total income tax expense/(benefit)

$

                   (26,273)

Current/Deferred Taxes

From June 29, 2020

(inception) to

December 31, 2020

Current income tax expense

  Federal

$

-

  State

-

Total current income tax expense

$

-

Deferred income tax expense

  Federal

$

(26,273

)

  State

Total deferred income tax expense

$

(26,273

)

Provision for income taxes

$

(26,273

)

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2020:


Period Ended

December 31, 2020

Deferred tax assets

Accrued Expenses

$

14,608

Net operating losses

23,600

Total deferred tax assets

38,208

Valuation allowance

(4,892

)

Net deferred tax assets

33,316

Deferred tax liabilities

-

Prepaids

(5,232

)

Accrued Income

(1,811

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

(7,043

)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

$

26,273

7.       Investments and cash held in Trust

As of December 31, 2020, investment securities in the Company’s Trust Account consisted of $15,525 in cash and $344,993,100 in money market funds.

8.        Fair Value Measurement

The Company complies with FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually. ASC 820 determines fair value to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or would be paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques the Company utilized to determine such fair value. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable such as quoted prices, interest rates and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs are unobservable data points for the asset or liability, and includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

 

Observable

 

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

Active Markets

 

 

Inputs

 

 

Inputs

 

Description

 

2020

 

 

(Level 1)

 

 

(Level 2)

 

 

(Level 3)

 

Investments and cash held in Trust Account

 

 

 

345,008,625

 

 

 

 

345,008,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

 

345,008,625

 

 

$

 

345,008,625

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

9.       Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 440,000,000 shares of common stock, consisting of 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), and 40,000,000$35.5 million in cash. All shares of Class F Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to 1 vote for each share of common stock and vote together as a single class. At December 31, 2020, there were 34,500,000   shares of Class A common stock (inclusive of the 32,896,021 shares subject to redemption) and 8,625,000  shares of Class F Common Stock issued and outstanding, respectively.


Preferred Stock

in the transaction are subject to a lock-up period expiring 180 days following the closing of the transaction. The acquisition closed on January 5, 2022. The Company is authorizedstill in the process of preparing the initial accounting for the transaction and expects to issue 1,000,000establish a preliminary purchase price allocation with respect to this transaction by the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2022.

On January 14, 2022, the Public Warrants ceased trading on the Nasdaq Global Market. As of the Redemption Date of January 14, 2022, 9.1 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001Common Stock have been issued upon the exercise of Public Warrants and Private Warrants by the holders thereof at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, with such designations, votingresulting in aggregate proceeds to Matterport of $104.5 million, including 7.1 million shares issued upon the exercise of Public Warrants and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to timePrivate Warrants by the Boardholders with a total proceeds of Directors. At $76.6 million received during the year ended December 31, 2020, there 2021. The remaining 0.6 million unexercised and outstanding Public Warrants as of 5:00 p.m. January 14, 2022 New York City time were 0 sharesredeemed at a price of preferred stock$0.01 per Public Warrant and, as a result, no Public Warrants remained outstanding thereafter. Warrants to purchase Common Stock that were issued and outstanding.

10.       Risk and Contingencies

Management is currently evaluatingunder the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could haveWarrant Agreement in a negative effect onprivate placement simultaneously with the Company’s financial position, results of its operations, and/initial public offering and that are still held by the initial holders thereof or search for a target company, the specific impact istheir permitted transferees were not readily determinablesubject to this redemption and remain outstanding. A total of 2.8 million private warrants were exercised as of the dateRedemption Date, resulting in 1.7 million private warrants unexercised and outstanding .

On January 18, 2022, all 6 Earn-out Triggering Events for issuing up to 23.5 million Earn-out Shares occurred. A total of 21.5 million Earn-out Shares were issued on February 1, 2022 after withholding some of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result fromEarn-out Shares to cover tax withholding obligations. We will recognize the outcomeunamortized stock-based compensation related to the Earn-out Shares amounted to $28.0 million as of this uncertainty.December 31, 2021

11.       Subsequent Events

Management has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through March 12, 2021 of the financial statements, noting no items which require adjustment or disclosure other than those set forth in the preceding notes toquarter ended March 31, 2022, as both Triggering event condition satisfied and the financial statements.

service condition was met. No further Earn-out Shares remained contingently issuable thereafter.









102


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None.

103


Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
Material Weaknesses in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency or a combination of deficiencies, in a company’s internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
•    We did not effectively design and maintain control environment commensurate with our financial reporting requirements. Specifically, we did not maintain a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate degree of internal controls and accounting knowledge, experience, and training commensurate with our accounting and reporting requirements. This material weakness contributed to the following additional material weaknesses.
•    We did not effectively design and maintain controls over the period-end financial reporting process, to achieve complete, accurate and timely financial accounting, reporting and disclosures, including segregation of duties and adequate controls related to journal entries, account reconciliations and accounting for significant, or unusual transactions. This material weakness resulted in material audit adjustments to debt and derivatives, and immaterial audit adjustments to property and equipment, prepaid expenses, depreciation expense andselling,generalandadministrative(“SG&A”) expenses in the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020, and immaterial misstatements to the consolidated financial statements for year ended December 31, 2021.
•    We did not effectively design and maintain controls over information technology (“IT”) general controls for information systems that are relevant to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Specifically, we did not design and maintain (i) program change management controls to ensure that information technology program and data changes affecting financial IT applications and underlying accounting records are identified, tested, authorized and implemented appropriately; (ii) user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and that adequately restrict user and privileged access to our financial applications, programs and data to appropriate personnel; (iii) computer operations controls to ensure that critical batch jobs are monitored, and data backups are authorized and monitored; and (iv) testing and approval controls for program development to ensure that new software development is aligned with business and IT requirements.
These IT deficiencies did not result in a material misstatement to our consolidated financial statements; however, when aggregated, these deficiencies could impact maintaining effective segregation of duties, as well as the effectiveness of IT-dependent controls (such as automated controls that address the risk of material misstatement to one or more assertions, along with the IT controls and underlying data that support the effectiveness of system-generated data and reports). Ineffective IT-dependent controls could result in misstatements potentially impacting all financial statement accounts and disclosures that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, management has determined these deficiencies in the aggregate constitute a material weakness.
104


Additionally, each of these material weaknesses could result in a misstatement of one or more account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Ineffective internal controls over financial reporting could expose us to an increased risk of financial reporting fraud and the misappropriation of assets.
Remediation Plan
We have committed significant effort to address these identified material weaknesses and designated resources to the remediation and improvement of our internal control over financial reporting. These remediation measures are ongoing and include the following:
we hired and continued to hire additional accounting and finance resources with public company experience, in addition to utilizing third-party consultants and specialists, to supplement our internal resources;
we designed and implemented controls to formalize roles and review responsibilities to align the team’s skills and experience, including segregation of duties considerations;
we engaged a third-party IT consulting firm to assist in designing and implementing IT general controls, including controls over change management, program development approvals and testing, the review and update of user access rights and privileges and appropriate segregation of duties; and
we are in the process of implementing comprehensive access control protocols for our enterprise resource planning environment to implement restrictions on user and privileged access to certain applications, establishing additional controls over the preparation and review of journal entries, establishing additional controls to verify transactions are properly classified in the financial statements.
The elements of our remediation plan can only be accomplished over time and are subject to continued review, implementation and testing by management, as well as oversight by the audit committee of our board of directors, to determine that it is achieving its objectives. We cannot guarantee that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects. While we have implemented a variety of steps to remediate these weaknesses, the material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until our remediation plan has been fully implemented, the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time, and we have concluded, through testing, that the newly implemented and enhanced controls are operating effectively.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures (as such terms are controlsdefined in Rules 13a-15(e) and other procedures that15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controlsforms, and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a‑15 and 15d‑15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried outwe conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the year ended December 31, 2020.2021. Based upon theirthat evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that ourthe Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective.

During the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there has been no changenot effective as of December 31, 2021 because of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described above. In light of the material weaknesses described above, the Company performed additional analysis and other post-closing procedures to determine its consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, management concluded that hasthe financial statements included in this report fairly present in all material respects the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
As disclosed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we completed the Merger on July 22, 2021. Prior to the Mergers, Gores, our predecessor, was a special purpose acquisition company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization or similar business combination with one
105


or more businesses. As a result, previously existing internal controls are no longer applicable or comprehensive enough as of the assessment date, because Gores’ operations prior to the Merger were insignificant compared to those of the consolidated entity post-Merger. As a result, management was unable, without incurring reasonable effort or expense, to complete an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. Accordingly, we are excluding management’s report on internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 215.02 of the SEC Division of Corporate Finance’s Regulation S-K Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2021 that have materially affected, or isare reasonably likely to materially affect, ourthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

106


Item 9B. Other Information

None.


PART

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not applicable.
107


Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Our current

The following sets forth certain information, as of December 31, 2021, concerning the persons who serve as our directors, executive officers and officers are as follows:

key employees.

Name

Age

Title

Alec Gores

Name

67 

Age

Chairman

Position

Mark R. Stone

Executive Officers and Employee Directors

57 

R.J. Pittman52Chief Executive Officer

and Chairman

Andrew McBride

James D. Fay

40

48

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Randall Bort

Peter Presunka

56

64

Director

Chief Accounting Officer

Elizabeth Marcellino

Jay Remley

63

51

Director

Chief Revenue Officer

Nancy Tellem

Japjit Tulsi

67

46

Chief Technology Officer

Non-Employee Directors
Peter Hébert44Director

Mike Gustafson55Director
Jason Krikorian50Director
Key Employees
Jean Barbagelata61Chief People Officer
David Gausebeck45Chief Scientist
Dave Lippman47Chief Design Officer
Lou Marzano55Vice President of Hardware R&D and Manufacturing

Alec Gores

Executive Officers and Employee Directors
has been our Chairman since June 2020.R.J. Pittman. Mr. Gores is the Founder, Chairman andPittman serves as Chief Executive Officer of The Gores Group, a global investment firm focused on acquiring businesses that can benefit from the firm’s operating expertise. Mr. Gores implemented an operational approach to private equity investing when he founded The Gores Group in 1987 by operating businesses alongside management, or in some cases in lieu of management, to build value in those entities. Since then, the firm has acquired more than 120 businesses including a current portfolio of 8 active companies worldwide. Mr. Gores began his careerMatterport and as a self-made entrepreneurClass I member and operating executive. In 1978, he self-fundedChairman of the Matterport board. Mr. Pittman has served as Chief Executive Officer of Matterport and founded Executive Business Systems (EBS), a developer and distributor of vertical business software systems. Within seven years, EBS had become a leading value-added reseller in Michigan and employed over 200 people. In 1986, CONTEL purchased EBS, and Mr. Gores subsequently began acquiring and operating non-core businesses from major corporations and building value in those entities, a decision that ultimately led to the founding of what has evolved into The Gores Group today. Under his leadership, The Gores Group has continued to acquire businesses in need of operational and financial resources, while creating value and working with management teams to establish an entrepreneurial environment as a foundation for sustainable growth. This philosophy has served the firm well. Mr. Goresmember of its board of directors since July 2021, and previously served as the ChairmanChief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings I from its inception in June 2015 until completionLegacy Matterport since December 2018. Over the past 25 years, Mr. Pittman has held senior leadership positions at eBay, Apple and Google, creating industry-changing Internet software companies and transformational products to accelerate the revolution of the Hostess acquisitiondigital economy. Prior to joining Matterport, Mr. Pittman was the Chief Product Officer at eBay from 2013 to July 2018. He led the global brand for one of the most recognized companies in November 2016,the world as the Chairmandriving force behind the look, feel, and functionality of the eBay marketplace. Mr. Pittman also served as a co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of several startups, including Groxis, the advanced search engine technology company that created the industry’s first graphical information interface used by hundreds of prominent content services, including Google, Yahoo, and Amazon from 2001 to April 2006. Mr. Pittman has served on the Board of Directors of Jyve Corporation, a business optimization platform and talent marketplace, since 2018. Mr. Pittman holds a B.S. in Computer Engineering from the University of Michigan and an M.S. in Engineering- Economic Systems from Stanford University. We believe that Mr. Pittman is qualified to serve on the board of directorsthe Company because he has the long- term vision for Matterport and due to his operational and historical expertise gained from serving as Legacy Matterport’s Chief Executive Officer since December 2018.
James D. Fay. Mr. Fay serves as Chief Financial Officer of Gores Holdings II from its inception in August 2016 until completion of the Verra acquisition in October 2018Matterport. Mr. Fay has served as Matterport’s Chief Financial Officer since July 2021 and as the Chairman of the board of directors of Gores Holdings III from its inception in October 2017 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020. Additionally, Mr. Gores served as the Chief ExecutiveAccounting Officer from October 2021 until December 2021, and Mr. Fay previously served as Chief Financial Officer of Legacy Matterport since September 2017. Mr. Fay has more than 20 years of experience as a globally-focused senior executive, lawyer and advisor for venture-backed and public technology companies and is responsible for Matterport’s financial management and strategy, as well as legal and information technology matters. Prior to joining Matterport, Mr. Fay served as the Chief Financial Officer of View from September 2013 to September 2017, where he was responsible for managing financial, legal, human resources and other operations matters. Mr. Fay also served as Chief Financial Officer and DirectorGeneral Counsel of Gores MetropoulosNeoPhotonics Corporation from its inceptionJanuary 2009 to September 2013. Mr. Fay served as a strategic advisor to Sierra Instruments from March 2016 to May
108


2019 and as an advisory board member of Top Time Corp. from September 2006 to February 2018. Mr. Fay holds a B.A. in August 2018 until the completionInternational Business and a B.A. in French Language from North Central College, and a J.D. from Harvard Law School.
Jay Remley. Mr. Remley serves as Chief Revenue Officer of the Luminar acquisition in December 2020 andMatterport. Mr. Remley has served as a directorMatterport’s Chief Revenue Officer since July 2021, and previously served as Chief Revenue Officer of LuminarLegacy Matterport since December 2020. In addition,July 2019. Mr. GoresRemley has more than 20 years of business development, sales and operations experience. He has built and led global go-to-market teams from startups to Fortune 100 companies. Mr. Remley served as the Chief Revenue Officer of PredictSpring Inc. from January 2018 to October 2018 and prior to that spent nearly eight years at Google LLC in various executive roles, including the Global Director for Google Cloud, where he lead regional and global business teams across Google Commerce and Google Cloud, and served as Global Director of Google Maps. Prior to Google, Jay served as the Vice President of Product Management and Business Development at Seagate Technology, from September 2008 to June 2010, where he led global sales operations before establishing and building the Seagate SaaS business. Mr. Remley has served as the Chairman of the boardBoard of directors of Gores Holdings IV since June 2019 until the completionDirectors of the UWM acquisitionLupus Foundation of Northern California since 2007 and serves as an executive advisor to AMPEL BioSolutions, LLC and DxTerity. Mr. Remley holds a B.S. in January 2021.Aviation from San Jose State University and an M.B.A. in Operations Management Information Systems from Santa Clara University.
Japjit Tulsi. Mr. GoresTulsi serves as Chief Technology Officer of Matterport. Mr. Tulsi has served as the ChairmanMatterport’s Chief Technology Officer since July 2021, and previously served as Chief Technology Officer of the board of directors of Gores Holdings VILegacy Matterport since June 2020, Gores Holdings VII since September 2020, Gores Holdings VIII since September 2020, Gores Technology I since December 2020, Gores Technology II since December 2020 and Gores Guggenheim since DecemberJanuary 2020. Mr. Gores hasTulsi oversees Matterport’s engineering and product team and sets the technical vision for Matterport. Prior to joining Matterport, Mr. Tulsi served as the Chief Technology Officer of Carta from July 2018 to January 2020, where he led technological innovations for private company investors, founders and employees to manage their equity and ownership. Mr. Tulsi also served as the Chief Executive OfficerVice President of Engineering of eBay Inc. from January 2015 to June 2018, where he led engineering for new product technology and a directordevelopment, including eBay’s AI-powered shopping assistant, ShopBot. Prior to that he held executive leadership positions at Microsoft - Product Ads and Google—Google Analytics and YouTube long form media. Mr. Tulsi has served on the Board of Gores Metropoulos IIDirectors of Grassroots Ecology since July 2020.2019 and previously served on the Board of Directors of Acterra from April 2014 to June 2019. Mr. GoresTulsi holds a degreeBachelor’s Degree from Panjab University.
Peter Presunka. Mr. Presunka serves as Chief Accounting Officer of Matterport. Mr. Presunka has served in Computer Science from Western Michigan University.this position since December 2021. Prior to serving as Chief Accounting Officer of Matterport, Mr. Gores’ significant investment and financial expertise make him well qualified to servePresunka worked as a member of our board of directors.

Mark R. Stone has been our Chief Executive Officer since July 2020. Mr. Stone is a Senior ManagingContractor and Director of The Gores Group.Technical Accounting Services at SOAProjects, Inc. since 2018. Before entering this role, Mr. Stone is a member of the Investment Committee and a member of the Office of the Chairman of The Gores Group. Mr. Stone has worked at The Gores Group for more than fifteen years. Mr. Stone served as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings I from its inception in June 2015 until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016 andPresunka served as a Director of Hostess until April 2018. Additionally,Commercial LED Controller for Lumileds LLC from January 2016 and as a Corporate Controller at NEXTracker from August 2015 to December 2016. Mr. StonePresunka also served as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings IIa Corporate Controller for Nanometrics from its inception in August 2016 until completion of the Verra Mobility acquisition in October 2018, as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings III from its inception in October 2017 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020, and as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings IV from June 2019 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021.2008 to 2011. Mr. Stone has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings VI since June 2020, Gores Holdings VII since September 2020, Gores Holdings VIII since September 2020 and Gores Guggenheim since December 2020. From 2005 until 2013, Mr. Stone primarily focused on worldwide operations of Gores’ portfolio companies and Gores’ operational due diligence efforts. He has been a senior team member with key responsibility in several turnaround, value-oriented investment opportunities, including Stock Building Supply, a supplier of building materials and construction services to professional home builders and contractors in the United States; United Road Services, a provider of finished vehicle logistics services; and


Sage Automotive Interiors, the largest North American manufacturer of high-performance automotive seat fabrics. Mr. Stone has also been involved with the acquisitions, successful carve-outs and transformations of Lineage Power and VincoTech, manufacturers of telecom conversion products, electronic OEMs, power modules, GPS products and electronic manufacturing services, from TE Connectivity Ltd.; Therakos, a global leader in advanced technologies for extracorporeal photopheresis (ECP), from Johnson & Johnson; and Sagem Communications, a Paris-based manufacturer of set-top boxes, reone-sidential terminals, printers and other communications equipment, from the Safran Group. He has served as Executive Chairman and/or CEO of several portfolio companies including Siemens Enterprise Communications, a leading Munich-based global corporate telephony (PBX) and unified communications (UC) solutions provider, and Enterasys Networks, a global network solutions provider. Prior to joining The Gores Group, Mr. Stone spent nearly a decade as a chief executive transforming businesses across the services, industrial and technology sectors. Mr. Stone spent five years with The Boston Consulting Group as a member of their high technology and industrial goods practices and served in the firm’s Boston, London, Los Angeles and Seoul offices. Mr. Stone earnedPresunka holds a B.S. in Finance with Computer Science and Mathematics concentrationsEngineering Physics from theMcMaster University, of Maine and an M.B.A. in Finance from The Wharton SchoolMcMaster University and a Masters in Accounting Taxation from San Jose State University.

Non-Employee Directors
Peter Hébert. Mr. Hébert serves as a Class I member of the University of Pennsylvania.

Andrew McBride has been our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary since July 2020.Matterport board. Mr. McBrideHébert has served as Director, Finance and Tax at The Gores Group since February 2010, where he is responsible for tax due diligence and structuring of acquisitions, compliance, planning, financial management and portfolio company reporting. Mr. McBride also served as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings I from January 2016 until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016. Additionally, Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings II from its inception in August 2016 until completion of the Verra acquisition in October 2018 and as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings III from its inception in October 2017 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020. Additionally, Mr. McBride also served as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Metropoulos from its inception in August 2018 until the completion of the Luminar acquisition in December 2020. In addition, Mr. McBride has served as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings IV from June 2019 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021. Mr. McBride has also served as the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Holdings VI since June 2020, Gores Metropoulos II since July 2020, Gores Holdings VII since September 2020, Gores Holdings VIII since September 2020, Gores Technology I since December 2020, Gores Technology II since December 2020, and Gores Guggenheim since December 2020. Previously, from January 2008 to January 2010, Mr. McBride worked in the High Net Worth group at Ehrhardt, Keefe, Steiner, and Hottman, P.C. From January 2004 to January 2008, Mr. McBride was with KPMG, LLP, assisting international corporations with tax planning, structuring and compliance issues. Mr. McBride holds a B.S. in Accounting and Finance from the University of Notre Dame and is licensed as a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Colorado.

Randall Bort has served as a member of ouron Matterport’s board of directors since August 5, 2020. Mr. Bort is a Co-Founder of SandTree Holdings, LLC, a private commercial real estate investment firm,July 2021, and has been a partner at SandTree since November 2012. Previously, Mr. Bort was an investment banker at Drexel Burnham Lambert, BT Securities, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Credit Suisse First Boston, The Mercanti Group and Imperial Capital. Mr. Bort has significant financial, transactional and capital markets experience across multiple industries and has worked both domestically and in Asia. Mr. Bort earned a B.A. in Economics and Mathematics from Claremont McKenna College and an M.B.A. in Finance and Entrepreneurial Management from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Bortpreviously served as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings I Legacy Matterport since February 2013. Mr. Hébert is the co-founder of Lux Capital, for which he has served as the Managing Partner since 2000. Mr. Hébert leads Lux Capital’s active investments in Avail, Bright Machines, Flex Logix, Ingenuity Brands, Lux Health Tech Acquisition Corp. (NASDAQ: LUXA), Matterport, Mendaera, and Ripcord. In 2003, he led the spin-off of Lux Research, and as its founding Chief Executive Officer, helped build Lux Research into a leading emerging- technology research firm. Mr. Hébert began his career at Lehman Brothers, where he worked in the firm’s top-ranked Equity Research group. He was a Chancellor’s Scholar and graduated cum laude from August 2015 until completionSyracuse University’s Newhouse School. We believe Mr. Hébert is qualified to serve on the Matterport board based on his extensive experience investing in and supporting the growth of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016,technology companies.

Mike (Gus) Gustafson. Mr. Gustafson serves as a Class III member of the Matterport board. Mr. Gustafson has served on Matterport’s board of directors of Verra Mobility Corp. (formerly Gores Holdings II) from January 2017 until June 2019, as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings III from September 2018 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020, as a member of the board of directors of Gores Metropoulos, from February 2019 until the completion of the Luminar acquisition in December 2020,since July 2021, and as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings IV from June 2019 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021. Mr. Bort haspreviously served as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings V since August 2020, Gores Metropoulos IILegacy Matterport since January 2021, Gores Holdings VII2018. Mr. Gustafson has served as executive chairman and a member of the board of directors of Druva, Inc. since February 2021, and Gores Holdings VIII since March 2021. Mr. BortApril 2016. He is also expected to servethe sole member of Carve Your Destiny, LLC, a consulting company and serves as a member of the board of directors of Gores Guggenheim,Everspin Technologies, Inc. upon completion(NASDAQ: MRAM), PDF Solutions (NASDAQ: PDFS), Reltio Inc., and Pavilion Data Systems. Mr. Gustafson was previously the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of its offering.Virident Systems from September 2012 to October 2013 and the Chief Executive Officer and member of the
109


board of directors of BlueArc Corporation from June 2004 to September 2011. In addition, he has served as Senior Vice President at Western Digital Corporation, Senior Vice President and General Manager of File & Content Business at Hitachi Data Systems, Senior Vice President of Sales, Marketing and Services at McDATA Corporation, and various executive roles with International Business Machines Corporation early in his career. Mr. BortGustafson also isserves as a member of the Board of Trustees of Children’s Bureau,the NorCal MS Society. Mr. Gustafson is a non-profit organization basedgraduate of Washington University in Los Angeles focused on foster care and the preventionSt. Louis—John M. Olin School of child abuse.Business. We believe Mr. Bort’s significant investment and financial expertise make him wellGustafson is qualified to serve on the Post-Combination Company board based on his extensive experience investing in and supporting the growth of technology companies.
Jason Krikorian. Mr. Krikorian serves as a Class II member of our board of directors.

Elizabeth Marcellinothe Matterport board. Mr. Krikorian has served as a member of ouron Matterport’s board of directors since December 2020. Ms. Marcellino is a writerJuly 2021, and journalist reporting on a wide range of policy issues for Los Angeles-based City News Service. She was previously a managing director at Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., where she worked from 1991 to 2004 in investment


banking, portfolio management, and private equity. During her time with the firm’s Principal Investment Area, Elizabeth managed operations and human resources in support of a global team investing $10 billion in corporate private equity funds. Prior to that, as a portfolio manager for Goldman Sachs Asset Management, Elizabeth launched and managed the Goldman Sachs Real Estate Securities Fund, a total return fund invested primarily in REITs. As an investment banker, Elizabeth advised primarily real estate clients in a wide range of public and private buy-side and sell-side transactions across all property types, including lodging and gaming. She earned a B.A. in Economics from the University of California, Los Angeles and an M.B.A. in Finance and Real Estate from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Ms. Marcellino has served as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings VIILegacy Matterport since February 2021. Ms. Marcellino is also expected to serve as a member of the board of directors of Gores Guggenheim, Inc. upon completion of its offering. Elizabeth sits on the national board of Jumpstart for Young Children (“Jumpstart”), a nonprofit organization working to close the early childhood education gap, and also serves on that board’s finance committee. She is also a board member and treasurer for the Society of Professional Journalists, Greater Los Angeles Chapter. Ms. Marcellino’s significant investment and management experience make her well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Nancy Tellem June 2014. Mr. Krikorian has served as a memberGeneral Partner of our board of directorsDCM, an international venture capital firm, since December 2020. Ms. Tellem2010 and is the Executive Chairpersonco-founder of Eko,Sling Media, the DCM-backed pioneering digital media company that created Slingbox. Prior to Sling Media, Mr. Krikorian was a Partner at id8 Group where he advised leading global technology companies on digital media network that reimagines storytelling by using proprietary technology to create interactive stories that respondproduct strategy. He began his career at BCG where he advised Fortune 500 clients in the retail, automotive and leverage the interactive nature of today’s media devices. In addition, asutilities sectors. Mr. Krikorian leads DCM’s active investments in ART19, Augmedix, Brigit, FloSports, FuboTV, Life360, PLAYSTUDIOS, Shift, SigFig, Siren, and UJET, among others. Mr. Krikorian holds a board member of Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Holdings Inc. (“Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer”) since 2013, Nancy expanded her role from January through July 2019, becoming Executive Director to the Office of the CEO to help develop the overall long-term strategy for the company. Until October of 2014, Ms. Tellem was President of Xbox Entertainment Studios where she oversaw Microsoft’s TV strategy and created a studio focused on the development and production of interactive programming. From 1997 to 2012, Ms. Tellem was President of the CBS Network Television Entertainment Group. She oversaw both CBS Entertainment Network and CBS Studios. Before CBS, Ms. Tellem was the Executive Vice President of Business and Financial Affairs for Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. where she shepherdedB.A. in such hits as “ER” and “Friends.” In 2006, Ms. Tellem was inducted into the Broadcasting & Cable Hall of Fame for her contributions to the electronic arts. Ms. Tellem is also expected to serve as a member of the board of directors of Gores Guggenheim, Inc. upon completion of its offering. Ms. Tellem holds board and advisory positions at numerous digital and media-related companies, including Eko, Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, Nielsen Holdings plc, LeagueApps, Inc., KODE Labs, Inc. and is a board member of Rocket Companies, Inc., Cranbrook Art Academy and Museum, and Seeds of Peace, Inc. She earned her B.A.Psychology from the University of California, Berkeley and received heran M.B.A. and J.D. from the University of California, Hastings CollegeVirginia. We believe Mr. Krikorian is qualified to serve on the Matterport board based on his extensive experience investing in and supporting the growth of Law.technology companies.

Key Employees
Jean Barbagelata. Ms. Tellem’s significantBarbagelata serves as Chief People Officer of Matterport. Ms. Barbagelata has served as Matterport’s Chief People Officer since July 2021, and previously served as Chief People Officer of Legacy Matterport since August 2017. Ms. Barbagelata is responsible for building an incredible team and culture at Matterport. Ms. Barbagelata has more than 20 years of experience with rapidly expanding companies domestically and around the world, serving as a strategic business partner to leadership teams. Prior to Matterport, Ms. Barbagelata was the Vice President of People and Places at The RealReal from May 2015 to August 2017, where she developed and executed human resources strategies in support of the company’s doubled year-over-year growth. Ms. Barbagelata has also held human resources leadership roles with Salesforce, PeopleSoft, and Oracle. Ms. Barbagelata holds a B.S. in Business from the University of Wisconsin, Madison.
David Gausebeck. Mr. Gausebeck serves as Chief Scientist of Matterport. Mr. Gausebeck has served as Chief Scientist of Matterport since July 2021. Mr. Gausebeck is a co-founder of Legacy Matterport and previously served as the Chief Scientist and as a member of its board of directors since its founding in 2011 to July 2021. As one of Legacy Matterport’s founders, he developed much of the computer vision technology that Matterport employs and continues to develop and improve algorithms as he manages the technological research and operations for Matterport. Prior to founding Matterport, Mr. Gausebeck served as a Staff Technical Architect at PayPal, Inc. from August 1999 to January 2008 where he helped build the core back-end security systems as well as the first commercial implementation of a CAPTCHA. Mr. Gausebeck holds a B.S. in Computer Science from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Dave Lippman. Mr. Lippman serves as Chief Design Officer of Matterport. Mr. Lippman has served as Matterport’s Chief Design Officer since July 2021, and previously served as Chief Design Officer of Legacy Matterport since January 2019. Mr. Lippman oversees all aspects of Matterport’s user experience, brand and industrial design. Mr. Lippman has more than 20 years of experience building simple, useful and beautifully crafted experiences at scale. Before Matterport, Mr. Lippman was Vice President of Design at eBay from April 2014 to July 2018, leading the end-to-end transformation of the company’s core products and brand. Earlier in his career, Mr. Lippman led design for the Apple Online Store and co-founded Sisu, a multi-disciplinary design studio based in Los Angeles. Mr. Lippman studied design and visual communications at Parsons School of Design.
Lou Marzano. Mr. Marzano serves as Vice President of Hardware R&D and Manufacturing of Matterport. Mr. Marzano has served as Matterport’s Vice President of Hardware R&D and Manufacturing since July 2021, and previously served as Vice President of Hardware R&D and Manufacturing of Legacy Matterport since December 2018. At Matterport, Mr. Marzano is responsible for the development and delivery of innovative and uniquely differentiated capture devices to the market. Mr. Marzano has more than 20 years of experience leading R&D teams to develop and deliver products across a wide range of technologies and industries. Prior to Matterport, Mr. Marzano served at Bentek Corporation as Senior Vice President of Engineering and Operations from October 2017 to December 2018 and as Vice President of Engineering from
110


October 2013 to October 2017, leading Bentek’s manufacturing plants and supply chain operations to eliminate material shortages, reduce labor costs, and improve on-time delivery. Earlier in his career, Mr. Marzano was Director of Engineering at Hewlett-Packard where he led cross-functional engineering and program management teams for HP’s consumer laptops product line. Mr. Marzano has a B.S.E.E. in Digital Systems from Santa Clara University and an M.B.A. in Business Administration and Management from Santa Clara University’s Leavey School of Business.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.
Corporate Governance
Composition of the Board of Directors
Our business and management expertiseaffairs are organized under the direction of our board. Our board consists of four members. The primary responsibilities of our board are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board will meet on a regular basis and additionally as required.
Pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our board is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Our board is divided into the following classes:
Class I consists of R.J. Pittman and Peter Hébert, whose terms will expire at the Company’s first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after consummation of the Merger;
Class II consists of Jason Krikorian, whose term will expire at the Company’s second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after consummation of the Merger; and
Class III consists of Mike Gustafson, whose term will expire at the Company’s third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after consummation of the Merger.
At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. This classification of the board may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in the Company’s control or management. The Company’s directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Company’s voting stock.
Director Independence
The board has determined that each of the directors of the Company, other than R.J. Pittman, qualify as an independent director, as defined under the listing rules of Nasdaq, and our board consists of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the SEC and Nasdaq listing rules relating to director independence requirements. In addition, we are subject to the rules of the SEC and Nasdaq relating to the membership, qualifications, and operations of the audit committee, as discussed below.
Board Leadership Structure
Our board does not have a policy requiring the positions of the Chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer to be separate or held by the same individual. The board believes that this determination should be based on circumstances existing from time to time, based on criteria that are in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, including the composition, skills and experience of the board and its members, specific challenges faced by us or the industry in which we operate and governance efficiency. Our board designated Mr. Pittman as Chairman of the board because it believes that Mr. Pittman’s strategic vision for the business, his in-depth knowledge of Matterport’s operations, and his experience serving as the Chief Executive Officer of Matterport make herhim well qualified to serve as both Chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer.

111


Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by the Company board. The board may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.
Each committee operates under a charter approved by the board. Copies of each charter are posted on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.matterport.com. Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee consists of Peter Hébert, Jason Krikorian, and Mike Gustafson. The board has determined that each of Messrs. Hébert, Krikorian and Gustafson meets the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the current Nasdaq listing standards and SEC rules and regulations, including Rule 10A-3. In addition, each of Messrs. Hébert, Krikorian and Gustafson is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not impose any duties, obligations, or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of the audit committee and Company board. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:
selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Company’s financial statements;
helping to ensure the independence and overseeing the performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;
reviewing and discussing the results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing, with management and that firm, the Company’s interim and year-end operating results;
reviewing the Company’s financial statements and critical accounting policies and estimates;
reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls;
developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting, internal accounting controls, or audit matters;
overseeing the Company’s policies on risk assessment and risk management;
overseeing compliance with the Company’s code of business conduct and ethics;
reviewing related party transactions; and
approving or, as permitted, pre-approving all audit and all permissible non-audit services (other than de minimis non-audit services) to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.
The audit committee operates under a written charter, which satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq, and is available on the Company’s website. All audit services to be provided to the Company and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to the Company by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm will be approved in advance by the audit committee.
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee consists of Jason Krikorian and Mike Gustafson, each of whom meets the requirements for independence under the current Nasdaq listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our
112


the committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:
reviewing, approving and determining, or making recommendations to the board of directors.

Number and TermsCompany regarding, the compensation of Office of Officers and Directors

We have four members of ourthe Company’s executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer;

making recommendations regarding non-employee director compensation to the Company’s full board of directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classesdirectors;
administering the Company’s equity compensation plans and agreements with only one class of directors being elected in each yearthe Company executive officers;
reviewing, approving and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) servingadministering incentive compensation and equity compensation plans; and
reviewing and approving the Company’s overall compensation philosophy.
The compensation committee operates under a three-year term. The term of officewritten charter, which satisfies the applicable rules of the first classSEC and Nasdaq listing standards, and is available on the Company’s website.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of directors, consistingJason Krikorian and Make Gustafson, each of Randall Bort, expires at our first annual meeting of stockholders.whom meets the requirements for independence under the current Nasdaq listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. The term of office ofnominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:
identifying, evaluating and selecting, or making recommendations to the second class of directors, consisting of Elizabeth Marcellino and Nancy Tellem, expires at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Alec Gores, expires at the third annual meeting of stockholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our initial business combination.

Our officers are appointed byCompany board regarding nominees for election to the board of directors and serve atits committees;

considering and making recommendations to the discretionCompany board regarding the composition of the board of directors rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint personsand its committees;
developing and making recommendations to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of a ChairmanCompany board regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters;
overseeing the Company’s corporate governance practices;
overseeing the evaluation and the performance of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Secretary, TreasurerCompany board and such other offices as may be determined byindividual directors; and
contribute to succession planning.
The nominating and corporate governance committee operates under a written charter, which satisfies the board of directors.

Director Independence

Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employeeapplicable rules of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that Randall Bort, Elizabeth MarcellinoSEC and Nancy Tellem are “independent directors” as defined in the


Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Officer and Director Compensation

None of our officers or directors has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date of this prospectus, we have agreed to pay an affiliate of our Sponsor a total of $20,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. In addition, we may pay our Sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with identifying, investigating and completing our initial business combination. These individuals will also be reimbursed for any out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which fees and expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of Nasdaq and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and the rules of Nasdaq require that the compensation committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors.

Audit Committee

We established an audit committee of the board of directors. Randall Bort, Elizabeth Marcellino and Nancy Tellem serve as members of our audit committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicableis available on the Company’s website.

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our executive officers and directors, our principal accounting officer and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of our comment stock to file with the SEC rules, wereports of their ownership and changes in their ownership of our common stock. To our knowledge, based solely on review of the copies of such reports and amendments to such reports with respect to the year ended December 31, 2021 filed with the SEC and on written representations by our directors and executive officers, principal accounting officer and beneficial owners of greater than 10% of our common stock were filed on a timely basis during the year ended December 31, 2021 or prior fiscal years other than the following: (i) two Forms 4 filed by Mr. Pittman reporting a total of three transactions not reported on a timely basis; (ii) one Form 4 filed by Mr. Kucharski reporting one transaction not reported on a timely basis; (iii) one Form 4 filed by Mr. Presunka reporting one transaction not reported on a timely basis; (iv) three Forms 4 filed by Mr. Fay reporting three transactions not reported on a timely basis; (v) one Form 4 filed by Mr. Tulsi reporting two transactions not reported on a timely basis; (vi) two Forms 4 filed by Mr. Remley reporting three transactions not reported on a timely basis; (vii) two Forms 4 filed by Mr. Hébert reporting two transactions not reported on a timely basis; (viii) one Form 4 filed by Mr.
113


Gustafson reporting two transactions not reported on a timely basis and (ix) one Form 4 filed by Mr. Krikorian reporting two transactions not filed on a timely basis.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
The Company board adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of the Company’s directors, officers and employees, including the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on the Corporate Governance section of the Company’s website. In addition, the Company posts on the Corporate Governance section of the Company’s website all disclosures that are required to have at least three membersby law or the listing standards of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent.

Each memberNasdaq concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the audit committee is financially literateCode of Business Conduct and our boardEthics. The reference to the Company’s website address in this Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include or incorporate by reference the information on the Company’s website into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of directors has determined that Randall Bort qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

We adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent auditors and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;


pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

reviewing and discussing with the independent auditors all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors;

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent auditors describing (i) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

reviewing with management, the independent auditors, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

We established a compensation committee of the board of directors. Randall Bort, Elizabeth Marcellino and Nancy Tellem serve as members of our compensation committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least two members of the compensation committee all of whom must be independent. Randall Bort, Elizabeth Marcellino and Nancy Tellem are independent.

We adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functionsis or has been at any time one of the compensation committee, including:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the compensation of all of our other officers;

reviewing on an annual basis our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for ourCompany’s officers and employees;

if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.


It is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversightemployees. None of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.


Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the Nasdaq rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the Board should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of ourCompany’s executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directorsthe Company or compensation committee (or other board of directors committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the Company board or compensation committee.

114


Item 11. Executive Compensation
Throughout this section, unless otherwise noted, “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms refer to Legacy Matterport prior to the Merger, and to Matterport, Inc. following the Merger.
This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “2021 Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2021, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:
R.J. Pittman, our Chief Executive Officer;
James D. Fay, our Chief Financial Officer; and
Japjit Tulsi, our Chief Technology Officer
This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our board of directors.

Code of Ethics

We adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officerscurrent plans, considerations, expectations and employees. We will file a copy of our Code of Ethics and our audit committee charter as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You will be able to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Conflicts of Interest

The Gores Group manages several investment vehicles. Funds managed by Gores or its affiliates may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If these funds decide to pursue any such opportunity,determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities. In addition, investment ideas generated within Gores, including by Mr. Gores, may be suitable for both us and for a current or future Gores fund and may be directed to such investment vehicle rather than to us. Neither Gores nor members of our management team who are also employed by certain affiliates of The Gores Group have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware, unless presented to such member solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the company. Gores and/or our management, in their capacities as officers or managing directors of Gores or in their other endeavors, may be required to present potential business combinations to the related entities described above, current or future Gores investment vehicles, or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of themadopt in the future may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligationselected to other entitiescomply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies. In addition, as an emerging growth company, we are not required to submit certain executive compensation matters to our stockholders for advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency” of say-on-pay votes.

2021 and 2020 Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the fiscal years presented.
Name and Principal PositionYearSalary ($)
Bonus ($)(1)
Options Awards ($)
Stock
Awards
($)(2)
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(3)
All Other Compensation ($)(4)
Total ($)
R.J. Pittman2021390,000 — 157,368,502 163,691157,922,193 
Chief Executive Officer2020375,000 — — 152,859527,859 
James D. Fay2021368,000 — 67,887,128 198,86968,453,997 
Chief Financial Officer2020360,500 — 248,750— 162,3564,807776,413 
Japjit Tulsi2021282,500 50,000 36,459,347 119,68336,911,530 
Chief Technology Officer2020254,506 50,000 756,000— 87,4291,147,935 
(1) Amount represents a sign-on bonus paid to Mr. Tulsi in connection with his commencement of employment with us that 50% was paid in January 2020 and the remaining 50% was paid to him in January 2021 pursuant to which suchhis employment offer letter with us.
(2) Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and Earn-out awards granted to our named executive officers computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used to calculate these amounts are included in Item 8 Note 14 included in this report.
(3) Amounts represent bonuses earned under our annual bonus plan for 2021. For additional information on these amounts, see “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table – 2021 Bonuses” below.
(4) Amounts represent employer matching contributions under our 401(k) plan.     

Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table
2021 Salaries
The named executive officers receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to our Company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer or director is or will be requiredintended to presentprovide a business combination opportunity. Accordingly, if anyfixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. In April 2021, Mr. Pittman’s base salary was increased from $375,000 to $395,000, Mr. Fay’s base salary was increased from $360,500 to $370,500, and Mr. Tulsi’s base salary was increased from $275,000 to $285,000.
Our board of directors and compensation committee may adjust the base salaries of our named executive officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain a waiver of the corporate opportunity doctrine, which will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless (i) such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company, (ii) such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue and (iii) the director or officer is permitted to refer the opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation. The purpose for the surrender of


corporate opportunities is to allow officers, directors or other representatives with multiple business affiliations to continue to serve as an officer of our company or on our board of directors. Our officers and directors may from time to time be presentedin their discretion.

115


2021 Bonuses
We maintained an annual performance-based cash bonus program for 2021 in which each of our named executive officers participated. Bonus payments under the 2021 bonus program were determined based on achievement of certain corporate and individual performance goals approved by our board, subject to the recipient’s continued employment through the payment date. Each named executive officer’s target bonus under the 2021 bonus program was expressed as a percentage of base salary, as follows: Mr. Pittman: 30%; Mr. Fay: 35%; and Mr. Tulsi: 30%.
Under our 2021 bonus program, named executive officers were eligible to earn up to 50% of their respective target bonuses on a quarterly basis (i.e., 12.5% per quarter) based on the attainment of quarterly Company revenue, business unit performance and operational efficiency performance goals (weighted at one-third each), with opportunities that could benefit both another business affiliation and us. Inany earned bonus paid following the absenceend of the “corporate opportunity” waiver in our charter, certain candidates would not be ableapplicable calendar quarter. Named executive officers were eligible to serve asearn the remaining 50% of their respective target bonuses on an officer or director. We believe we substantially benefit from having representatives, who bring significant, relevantannual basis based on the attainment of annual Company revenue, business unit performance and valuable experienceoperational efficiency performance goals (weighted at one-third each) and the attainment of individual performance metrics, with any such earned bonus paid following the end of calendar year 2021. The actual aggregate bonuses paid to our management,named executives under our 2021 bonus program, as determined by our compensation committee based on the level at which the applicable corporate and as a result,individual performance goals were attained, are set forth above in the inclusionSummary Compensation Table in the column titled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”
Our board of directors and compensation committee may adjust the target bonus opportunities of our named executive officers from time to time in their discretion.
2021 Equity Compensation
Prior to 2021, we historically granted stock options to our named executive officers under our Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan. In connection with the closing of the “corporate opportunity” waiverMerger, we adopted our 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “2021 Plan”) and Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to our named executive officers under the 2021 Plan. We grant equity awards to our named executive officers in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides us with greater flexibilityorder to attract and retain them, as well as to align their interests with the officers and directors that we feel are the best candidates.

However, the personal and financial interests of our directorsstockholders.

In October 2021, we granted Mr. Pittman an award of 7,471,228 RSUs, Mr. Fay an award of 3,481,034 RSUs, and officers may influence their motivationMr. Tulsi an award of 1,740,517 RSUs, in timely identifyingeach case, under the 2021 Plan. Each RSU represents the right to receive one share of our Class A common stock upon vesting. Each award vests as to 1/16th of the underlying RSUs on each quarterly anniversary of July 15, 2021, subject to the applicable executive’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. Under each award, if we undergo a change in control and selectingthe applicable executive’s employment is terminated by us or a target business and completingsuccessor entity without “cause” (as defined in the applicable award agreement) or such executive resigns due to certain material adverse changes to the executive’s position, work location, base compensation or working conditions, in either case, within 12 months following such change in control, then the award shall vest as to the number of RSUs that would have otherwise vested over the 12 months following such executive’s date of termination.

116


Other Elements of Compensation
Retirement Plans
We currently maintain a business combination. The different timelines of competing business combinations could cause our directors and officers to prioritize a different business combination over finding a suitable acquisition target401(k) retirement savings plan for our business combination. Consequently,employees, including our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combinationnamed executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our named executive officers are appropriate and in our stockholders’ best interest, which could negatively impact the timing for a business combination.

In addition, our Sponsor, officers and directors mayeligible to participate in the formation401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. In 2020, we made discretionary matching contributions in respect of certain contributions made by participants in the 401(k) plan (up to a specified percentage of the employee contributions), and any such matching contributions become fully vested after an employee has provided two years of service. We did not make any matching contributions under the 401(k) plan in 2021. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies.


Employee Benefits and Perquisites

All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including:

medical, dental and vision benefits;
medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts;
short-term and long-term disability insurance; and
life insurance
We believe the perquisites described above are appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our named executive officers.

No Tax Gross-Ups
We do not make gross-up payments to cover our named executive officers’ personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or becomeperquisites paid or provided by our Company.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table summarizes the outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2021:
117


Option AwardsStock Awards
NameGrant DateVesting Start DateNumber of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) ExercisableNumber of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) UnexercisableOption Exercise Price ($)Option Expiration DateStock
Awards—
Number
of Shares
or Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)    
Stock
Awards—
Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested ($)(1)
R.J. Pittman03/21/201912/3/2018(2) (3)(5)11,526,565 0.66 3/21/2029— — 
03/21/2019— (4)866,597 — 0.66 3/21/2029— — 
03/21/201912/3/2018(2)(5)454,329 151,444 0.66 3/21/2029— — 
07/22/202107/22/2021(8)— — — — 1,440,701 $29,736,069 
10/1/202107/15/2021(6)(7)— — — — 7,004,277 $144,568,277 
James D. Fay10/5/201709/11/2017(2)1,473,881 — 0.35 10/05/2027— — 
10/14/202010/14/2020(2)(9)125,213 364,728 1.14 10/14/2030— — 
07/22/202107/22/2021(8)— — — — 238,779 $4,928,399 
10/1/202107/15/2021(6)(7)— — — — 3,263,470 $67,358,021 
Japjit Tulsi02/6/202001/21/2020(2)(6)1,381,675 1,501,821 0.66 2/06/2030— — 
07/22/202107/22/2021(8)— — — — 319,584 $6,596,214 
10/1/202107/15/2021(6)(7)— — — — 1,631,735 $33,679,010 
(1)Amount determined by multiplying the number of RSUs that have not vested by $20.64, the closing price of our Class A common stock on December 31, 2021.
(2)Represents an officeroption vesting with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting start date, and with respect to 1/48th of the shares subject to the option monthly thereafter, subject to the applicable executive’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(3)Represents an option that may be exercised as to all of the shares subject thereto before vesting, with any shares purchased subject to the Company’s right of repurchase at the original exercise price upon a termination of service, which repurchase right lapses in accordance with the option vesting schedule (described in Note (2) above).
(4) This option vested in full upon the closing of the Merger.
(5)(i) If the Company undergoes a change in control and the executive’s employment is terminated without “cause” (as defined in the executive’s offer letter) in connection with or directorfollowing the change in control, the option shall vest in full, and (ii) if the Company undergoes a change in control and executive resigns his employment for “good reason” (as defined in the executive’s offer letter) in connection with or following the change in control, or the executive’s employment is terminated without “cause” other than in connection with or following a change in control, the option shall vest as to the number of any other blank check companyshares that would have vested over the 12 months following the executive’s date of termination. Additionally, if the Company undergoes a change in control and the successor entity does not assume or substitute the option, the executive remains in continued employment with us through the closing of the change in control, and the executive’s employment with the successor entity does not continue following the change in control (other than due to the executive’s resignation without “good reason”), then the option shall vest immediately prior to completionthe change in control to the same extent such option would have vested upon the executive’s termination of employment.
(6)If the Company undergoes a change in control and the executive’s employment is terminated by us or a successor entity without “cause” (as defined in the applicable award agreement) or the executive resigns due to certain material adverse changes to the executive’s position, work location, base compensation or working conditions, in either case, within 12 months following such change in control, then the option shall vest as to the number of shares that would have vested over the 12 months following the executive’s date of termination.
(7) Represents an RSU award vesting with respect to 1/16th of the total RSUs subject thereto on each quarterly anniversary of the vesting start date, subject to the applicable executive’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(8) Represents Earn-out shares that are issuable during the period beginning on the 180th day following the Closing and ending on the fifth anniversary of such date (the “Earn-out Period”), if the Common Share Price exceeds $13.00, $15.50, $18.00, $20.50, $23,00 and $25.50. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Common Share Price means the share price equal to the volume weighted average price of the Matterport Class A Stock for a period of at least 10 days out of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately prior to the date of determination. The Earn-out shares are subject to early release if a change of control that will result in the holders of the Company common stock receiving a per share price equal to or in excess of the price target as above (collectively, the “Earn-Out Triggering Events”). The estimated fair value of the total Earn-out Shares was determined based on a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model using a distribution of potential outcomes on monthly basis over the Earn-out Period using the most reliable information available to be issued include events that are not solely indexed to the common stock of the Company, see Note 14. Stock Plan under item 8 for more information.
(9) If the Company undergoes a change in control and the executive’s employment is terminated by us or a successor entity without “cause” or the executive resigns due to certain material adverse changes to the executive’s position, work location, base compensation or working conditions at any time following such change in control, then the option shall fully vest.

118


Executive Compensation Arrangements
Offer of Employment Letters
During 2021, we were party to employment offer letters with Messrs. Pittman, Fay, and Tulsi, the material terms of which are summarized below.
Mr. Pittman’s Offer Letter
We entered into an employment offer letter with Mr. Pittman in November 2018, pursuant to which Mr. Pittman serves as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Pittman’s offer letter sets forth the terms and conditions of his initial employment, including his initial base salary, target annual bonus opportunity and terms of his initial stock option grants.
Under his offer letter, if Mr. Pittman’s employment with us is terminated without “cause” (as defined therein), then he will be eligible for the following severance benefits: (i) continued payment of his then-current base salary for 12 months, (ii) reimbursements for the cost of COBRA premiums for up to 12 months, and (iii) accelerated vesting as to the number of shares underlying each outstanding equity award that would have vested over the 12 months following the date of termination. Mr. Pittman will also be eligible for the foregoing accelerated vesting upon a termination of his employment due to his death or disability. The foregoing severance benefits are subject to Mr. Pittman (or his estate) executing and not revoking a general release of claims in favor of us and returning all Company property to us upon his termination.
Additionally, if the Company undergoes a change in control and the successor entity does not assume or substitute Mr. Pittman’s outstanding equity awards, he remains in continued employment with us through the closing of the change in control, and Mr. Pittman’s employment with the successor entity does not continue following the change in control (other than due to his resignation without “good reason” (as defined in the offer letter)), then equity awards shall vest immediately prior to the change in control to the same extent such awards would have vested upon Mr. Pittman’s termination of employment.
Mr. Fay’s Offer Letter
We entered into an employment offer letter with Mr. Fay in July 2017, pursuant to which Mr. Fay serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Fay’s offer letter sets forth the terms and conditions of his initial employment, including his initial base salary, target annual bonus opportunity, an initial stock option grant, and eligibility to participate in our employee benefit plans.
Under his offer letter, if Mr. Fay’s employment with us is terminated without “cause” (as defined in the option agreement evidencing the stock option granted to him on October 5, 2017) or he resigns due to certain material adverse changes to his position, work location, base compensation or working conditions (an “Involuntary Termination”) within 24 months following a change in control of the Company, then he will be eligible for the following severance benefits: (i) an amount equal to three months of his base salary, and (ii) an amount equal to his target annual bonus for the year of termination, prorated based on the period during which Mr. Fay was employed during such year (plus an additional three months). Additionally, if Mr. Fay experiences an Involuntary Termination at any time following a change in control of the Company, all of his then-outstanding Company stock options will fully vest.
Alternatively, if Mr. Fay experiences an Involuntary Termination before or more than 24 months after a change in control of the Company, he will be eligible to receive three months of his continued base salary, subject to his execution of a release of claims in favor of us.

Mr. Tulsi’s Offer Letter
We entered into an employment offer letter with Mr. Tulsi in January 2020, pursuant to which Mr. Tulsi serves as our Chief Technology Officer. Mr. Tulsi’s offer letter sets forth the terms and conditions of his initial employment, including his initial base salary, target annual bonus opportunity, an initial stock option grant, and eligibility to participate in our employee benefit plans. Mr. Tulsi’s offer letter also provides for the payment of a sign-on bonus of $100,000, with 50% of such bonus paid in July 2020 and the remaining 50% paid in January 2021.
119


Director Compensation
Before the Merger, we did not maintain a formal non-employee director compensation program; however, we previously granted stock options to non-employee directors from time to time. Additionally, we reimbursed our non-employee directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our initial business combination.board and its committees. None of our non-employee directors received any cash, equity, or other compensation for their services in 2021. As of December 31, 2021, Mike Gustafson held an option covering 475,645 shares of our Class A common stock, and none of our other non-employee directors held Company equity awards as of December 31, 2021.
Mr. Pittman receives no additional compensation for his service as a result, our Sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interestdirector, and the compensation provided to him during 2021 as an employee is set forth in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. Although we have no formal policy in place for vetting potential conflicts of interest,the Summary Compensation Table above.
In February 2022, our board of directors will review any potential conflictsadopted a non-employee director compensation program (the “Director Compensation Program”), which provided our non-employee directors with fixed annual cash retainer fees as well as equity incentive awards for their service on the Board, as summarized below.
Under the Director Compensation Program, commencing January 1, 2022, each non-employee director receives an annual cash retainer of interest on a case-by-case basis. In particular, affiliates of our Sponsor are currently sponsoring seven other blank check companies, Gores Holdings V, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II and Gores Guggenheim. Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, and Gores Guggenheim may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is not focusing on any particular industry for business combinations. Gores Metropoulos II may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is focusing on a business combination in the consumer products and services industry, Gores Technology I and Gores Technology II may seek to complete a business combination in any location and are focusing on a business combination in the technology industry. Further, Mr. Gores, our Chairman, serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Metropoulos II, Mr. Stone, our Chief Executive Officer, serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII and Gores Guggenheim. Mr. McBride, our Chief Financial Officer, serves as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings V, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II, and Gores Guggenheim. Any such companies, including Gores Holdings V, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II, and Gores Guggenheim may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts with Gores Holdings V, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II, and Gores Guggenheim would materially affect our ability to identify and pursue initial business combination opportunities or complete our initial business combination because (a) Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Technology I and Gores Technology II each have a Chief Executive Officer that is different than Gores Holdings VI, (b) we expect that Mr. Gores will lead the search for a business combination target for each of Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VII and Gores Holdings VIII and given the industry focus of Gores Metropoulos II, Mr. Dean Metropoulos will lead the search for a business combination target for Gores Metropoulos II, whereas Mr. Ted Fike and Mr. Justin Wilson will lead the search for a business combination target for Gores Technology I and Gores Technology II and Gores will partner with Guggenheim in a search for a business combination target for Gores Guggenheim, (c) none of our directors that will be on our board are directors of either Gores Technology I or Gores Technology II, two of the four directors on our board are not directors of Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VII or Gores Guggenheim and (d) our management team has significant experience in identifying and executing multiple acquisition opportunities simultaneously, and we are not limited by industry or geography in terms of the acquisition opportunities we can pursue.

Potential investors should also be aware$30,000. The members of the following other potential conflictscommittees receive additional annual cash retainers in the amounts set forth below, depending on whether the member serves as chairperson of interest:

None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.

the committee:

ChairNon-Chair
Audit Committee$20,000 $10,000 
Compensation Committee$14,000 $7,000 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee$8,000 $4,000 

In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

All cash retainers are paid quarterly in arrears within 30 days following the end of the applicable quarter (and prorated for partial service during a quarter).

Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Additionally, our Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares held by them if fail to consummate our initial business combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our Initial Stockholders until 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination. With certain limited exceptions, the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock underlying such warrants, will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our Sponsor and officers and directors may directly or indirectly own common stock and warrants, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination because of their financial interest in completing an initial business combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date.

None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.

In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Additionally, our Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to consummate our initial business combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our Initial Stockholders until 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination. With certain limited exceptions, the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock underlying such warrants, will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our Sponsor and officers and directors may directly or indirectly own common stock and warrants following the Public Offering, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination because of their financial interest in completing an initial business combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Our Sponsor, officers or directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a business combination and financing arrangements as we may obtain loans from our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or any of our officers or directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $2.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.


The conflicts described above may notUpon a non-employee director’s initial appointment or election to our Board, the director will automatically be resolved in our favor.

Under Delaware law, officers and directors owe the following fiduciary duties:

(i)

duty to act in good faith, with the care of a prudent person, and in the best interest of the corporation as a whole.

(ii)

duty to refrain from self-dealing, usurping corporate opportunities and receiving improper personal benefits.

(iii)

duty to make decisions on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action was taken in the best interest of the corporation and that these decisions will be protected by the “business judgment rule.”

In general, officers and directorsgranted an award of a corporation incorporated undernumber of RSUs calculated by dividing (a) $350,000 by (b) the lawsaverage closing trading price of our Class A common stock over the 30 consecutive trading days ending with the trading day immediately preceding the grant date (an “Initial Award”). Each Initial Award will vest as to one-third of the Statetotal RSUs on each anniversary of Delaware are requiredthe grant date, subject to present business opportunitiescontinued service on the Board through each applicable vesting date.

Additionally, on the date of each annual stockholders meeting, each non-employee director who serves immediately before and will continue to serve immediately after the meeting will be automatically granted an award of a corporation if:

the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

number of RSUs calculated by dividing (a) $175,000 by (b) the average closing trading price of our Class A common stock over the 30 consecutive trading days ending with the trading day immediately preceding the grant date (the “Annual Award”). Each Annual Award will vest on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the grant date, or (ii) immediately before our next annual stockholders meeting following the grant date, subject to continued service on the Board through the applicable vesting date.

the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

it would not be fair to our company and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Accordingly, asIf we undergo a result of multiple business affiliations, our officerschange in control, each Initial Award and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meetingAnnual Award then-held by a non-employee director will vest in full immediately before such change in control if the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the doctrine of corporate opportunitynon-employee director will not apply with respect to any of our officers or directors in circumstances where the application of the doctrine would conflict with any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations they may have, and none of our directors or officers will be required to offer any such corporate opportunity of which he may become aware to us. Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may present a conflict of interest:


Name of Individual

Entity Name

Entity’s Business

Affiliation

Alec Gores

The Gores Group

Investments

Chief Executive Officer

Gores Holdings V, Inc.*

Investments

Chairman

Gores Metropoulos II, Inc.*

Investments

Chief Executive Officer

Gores Holdings VII, Inc.*

Investments

Chairman

Gores Holdings VIII, Inc.*

Investments

Chairman

Gores Technology Partners, Inc *

Investments

Chairman

Gores Technology Partners II, Inc *

Investments

Chairman

Gores Guggenheim, Inc*

Investments

Chairman

Luminar Technologies, Inc.

Automotive

Director

Mark Stone

The Gores Group

Investments

Senior Managing Director

Gores Holdings V, Inc.*

Investments

Chief Executive Officer

Gores Holdings VII, Inc.*

Investments

Chief Executive Officer

Gores Guggenheim, Inc*

Investments

Chief Executive Officer

Gores Holdings VIII, Inc.*

Investments

Chief Executive Officer

Andrew McBride

The Gores Group

Investments

Senior Vice President–Finance–Tax

Gores Holdings V, Inc.*

Investments

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Gores Metropoulos II, Inc.*

Investments

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Gores Holdings VII, Inc.*

Investments

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Gores Holdings VIII, Inc.*

Investments

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Gores Technology Partners, Inc *

Investments

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Gores Technology Partners II, Inc *

Investments

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Gores Guggenheim, Inc*

Investments

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Randall Bort

Gores Holdings V, Inc.*

Investments

Director

Gores Metropoulos II, Inc.*

Investments

Director

Gores Holdings VII, Inc.*

Investments

Director

Gores Holdings VIII, Inc.*

Investments

Director

Gores Guggenheim, Inc*

Investments

Director nominee

SandTree Holdings, LLC

Real Estate Investment

Partner

Children's Bureau

Non-Profit

Trustee

Elizabeth Marcellino

Gores Holdings VII, Inc.*

Investments

Director

Gores Guggenheim, Inc*

Investments

Director nominee

Jumpstart

Non-Profit

Director

Society of Professional Journalists, Greater Los Angeles Chapter

Professional Society

Treasurer & Director

Nancy Tellem

Gores Guggenheim, Inc*

Investments

Director nominee

Eko

Media

Executive Chairperson

Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer

Media

Director

Nielsen Holdings plc

Information Technology and Services

Director

LeagueApps, Inc.

Software

Advisor

KODE Labs, Inc.

Software

Advisor

Rocket Companies, Inc.

Financial Services

Director

TV Pass

Media

Advisor

Cranbrook Art Academy and Museum

Non-Profit

Director

Seeds of Peace, Inc.

Non-Profit

Director

*

This entity’s amended and restated charter contains a waiver of the corporate opportunity doctrine. Accordingly, there is no conflicting obligation to bring opportunities to this entity before the Company.


We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote any founder shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after the offering in favor of our initial business combination and our officers and directors have also agreed to vote any public shares purchased during or after the offering in favor of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our officers and directors will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us or our stockholders for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors.

We will enter into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws also will permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director or employee for any liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit such indemnification. We will purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Item 11.     Executive Compensation

None of our officers or directors has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on December 10, 2020, we have agreed to pay monthly recurring expenses of $20,000 to The Gores Group for office space, administrative and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of a Business Combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.  In addition, we may pay our Sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with identifying, investigation and completing our Business Combination.  The individuals will also be reimbursed for any out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, officers, directors and our or their affiliates and will determine which fees and expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed.

After the completion of our Business Combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed Business Combination. We have not established any limitcontinue on the amountboard of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed Business Combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any


compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined, or recommended to the Board for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our Board.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of a Business Combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after a Business Combination. The existence or terms of anysuccessor company following such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivationchange in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management team to remain with us after the consummation of a Business Combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential Business Combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

control.

120


Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial OwnersOwner and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

We

Securities Authorized For Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans (As of December 31, 2021)
Plan category:Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants, and Rights
Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants, and Rights (2)
Number of Securities Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (excludes securities reflected in first column)
Equity compensation plans approved by
security holders (1)
66,970,500 $0.63 10,673,270 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders— — 4,700,002 
Total66,970,500 $0.63 15,373,272 
(1) Includes our 2021 Plan. Our 2021 Plan provides that the initial aggregate number of shares of common stock, available for issuance pursuant to awards thereunder shall be the sum of (a) 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the Closing (b) any shares of Class A common stock subject to outstanding equity awards under the amended and restated 2011 Stock Plan which, following the effective date of the 2021 Plan, become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan and (c) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031 equal to a number of shares equal to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year. Our 2021 ESPP provides that the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock available for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2021 ESPP shall be the sum of (a) 3% of the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock as of the Closing and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031 equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) such smaller number of shares of common stock as may be determined by the Company; provided, however, that the number of shares of common stock that may be issued or transferred pursuant to the rights granted under the 2021 ESPP shall not exceed 15.25% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock as of the Closing.
(2) The weighted average exercise price does not take into account outstanding RSUs and PRSUs, which have no compensation plansexercise price, or outstanding rights under the 2021 ESPP.
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
Thefollowingtablesetsforthinformationregardingthebeneficialownershipofourvotingsharesby:
eachpersonwhoisknowntobethebeneficialownerofmorethan5%ofourvotingshares;
eachofourexecutiveofficersanddirectors;and
allofourexecutiveofficersanddirectorsasagroup.
BeneficialownershipisdeterminedaccordingtotherulesoftheSEC,which equity securities generallyprovidethatapersonhasbeneficialownershipofasecurityifhe,sheoritpossessessoleorsharedvotingorinvestmentpoweroverthatsecurity,includingoptionsandwarrantsthatare authorized for issuance.

The following table sets forth information available to us at currentlyexercisableorexercisable within 60 days ofDecember 31, 2020 with respect to the beneficial 2021.

Percentageownershipofourvotingsecuritiesisbasedon280,814,312 sharesofourcommonstockissuedandoutstandingasof our Common Stock held by:

March 11, 2022.

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding Common Stock;

Unlessotherwiseindicated,webelievethatallpersonsnamedinthetablebelowhavesolevotingandinvestmentpowerwithrespecttothevoting securitiesbeneficiallyownedbythem.

each of our officers and directors that beneficially own shares of our Common Stock; and

all officers and directors as a group.

121

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all



Name and Address of Beneficial OwnersNumber of
Shares of
Common
Stock
% of
Common
Stock
Directors and Executive Officers of the Company
R.J. Pittman (1)(2)
14,134,778 5.0 %
James D. Fay (1)(3)
1,470,327*
Jay Remley (1)(4)
1,664,578*
Japjit Tulsi (1)(5)
1,796,524*
Mike Gustafson (1)(6)
619,280*
Peter Presunka (1)
— *
Peter Hébert (7)
21,938,1677.8 %
Jason Krikorian (8)
22,062,4567.9 %
All Directors and Executive Officers of the Company as a Group (7 individuals)63,686,11022.7 %
Five Percent Holders of the Company
Entities affiliated with Lux Capital Management(7)
21,938,1677.8 %
DCM VI, L.P.(8)
22,062,4567.9 %
R.J. Pittman (1)(2)
14,134,778 5.0 %
*Less than one percent.
(1) The principal business address is c/o Matterport, Inc., 352 East Java Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089.
(2) Consists of (a) 1,249,426 shares of Common Stock beneficially ownedand (b) 12,885,352 options exercisable for shares of Common Stock.
(3) Consists of (a) 602,906 shares of Common Stock and (b) 867,421 options exercisable for shares of Common Stock.
(4) Consists of (a) 306,590 shares of Common Stock and (b) 1,357,988 options exercisable for shares of Common Stock.
(5) Consists of (a) 294,704 shares of Common Stock and (b) 1,501,820 options exercisable for shares of Common Stock.
(6) Consists of (a) 143,635 shares of Common Stock and (b) 475,645 options exercisable for shares of Common Stock.
(7) Consists of (a) 229,793 shares of Common Stock held by them.Peter Hebert (b) 15,174,620 shares of Common Stock held by Lux Ventures III, L.P., (c) 5,806,341 shares of Common Stock held by Lux Co-Invest Venture Partners III, LLC is the general partner of each of Lux Ventures III L.P. and Lux Ventures III Special Founders Fund, L.P. and exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares noted herein held thereby. Lux Co-Invest  Partners, LLC is the general partner of Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P. and exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares noted herein held by Lux Co-Invest  Opportunities, L.P. Lux Ventures Cayman III General Partner Limited is the general partner of Lux Ventures Cayman III, L.P. and exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares noted herein held by Lux Ventures Cayman III, L.P. Peter Hébert and Josh Wolfe are the individual managing members of Lux Venture Partners III, LLC, Lux Co-Invest Partners, LLC and Lux Ventures Cayman III General Partner Limited. The following table does not reflect record orindividual managers, as the sole managers of Lux Venture Partners III, LLC, Lux Co-Invest Partners, LLC and Lux Ventures Cayman III General Partner Limited, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power for the shares noted herein held by Lux Ventures III, L.P., Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P., Lux Ventures Cayman III, L.P. and Lux Ventures III Special Founders Fund, L.P. Each of Lux Venture Partners III, LLC, Lux Co-Invest Partners, LLC and Lux Ventures Cayman III General Partner Limited, and the individual managers separately disclaim beneficial ownership over the shares noted herein except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities and individuals is c/o Lux Capital Management, 920 Broadway, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10010.
(8) Consists of shares of Common Stock held by DCM VI, L.P. Jason Krikorian is a general partner at DCM, which is an affiliate of DCM VI, L.P. Mr. Krikorian disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by DCM VI, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of DCM VI, L.P. and Mr. Krikorian is 2420 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
122


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Policies and Procedures for Approval of Related Person Transactions
Our board of directors recognizes the fact that transactions with related persons present a heightened risk of conflicts of interests (or the perception thereof). We have a written related party transactions policy that is in conformity with the requirements for issuers having publicly held common stock that is listed on Nasdaq. The policy provides that officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of the Company’s voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, will not be permitted to enter into a related-party transaction with the Company without the prior consent of the audit committee, or other independent members of the board in the event it is inappropriate for the audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for the Company to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder, or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, must first be presented to the audit committee for review, consideration, and approval. In approving or rejecting the proposed transactions, the audit committee will take into account all of the relevant facts and circumstances available.
Any proposed transaction that has been identified as a Related-Person Transaction may be consummated or materially amended only following approval by the Audit Committee in accordance with the provisions of our policy. No director may participate in approval of a related person transaction for which he or she is a related person. In the event that it is inappropriate for the Audit Committee to review the transaction for reasons of conflict of interest or otherwise, after taking into account possible recusals by Audit Committee members, then the related person transaction shall be approved by another independent body of our board of directors. Any related person transaction, if not a related person transaction when originally consummated, or if not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, shall be submitted to the Audit Committee for review and ratification as soon as reasonably practicable. The Audit Committee shall consider whether to ratify and continue, amend and ratify, or terminate and rescind such related person transaction.
Our management will update the Audit Committee as to any material changes to any approved or ratified related person transaction and will provide a status report at least annually of all then current related person transactions. No director may participate in approval of a related person transaction for which he or she is a related person.
Relationships and Transactions with Directors, Executive Officers and Significant Stockholders
Other than compensation and indemnification arrangements for our directors and executive officers, which are described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2018 and each currently proposed transaction in which:
we, GHVI or Legacy Matterport have been or are to be a participant;
the amounts involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and
any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the Closing, the Company, Gores Holdings VI Sponsor, LLC (our “Sponsor”), certain directors of GHVI (together with the Sponsor, the “Gores Holders”), and the stockholders of Legacy Matterport party thereto (the “Matterport Holders” and together with the Gores Holders, the “Registration Rights Holders”) entered into an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2021 (the “Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement”).
Under the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is obligated to file a registration statement with the SEC to register the resale of (a) any (i) outstanding shares of common stock or any Private Placement Warrants, (ii) shares of common stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of the Founder Shares and upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants, and (iii) shares of common stock issued as they are not exercisableEarn-out Shares or issuable upon the conversion of any Earn-out Shares, in each case, held by the Matterport Holders, and (b) any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to any such share of common stock by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in
123


connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise, in each case held by such Registration Rights Holder.
The Company agreed to, within 30 days after the Closing, file with the SEC a shelf registration statement registering the resale of the common stock held by the Registration Rights Holders and use its reasonable best efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but in no event later than 60 days of March 12, 2021.

Name and Address of

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Percentage of Shares of

 

 

Beneficial Owner(1)

 

Beneficially Owned

 

 

Outstanding Common Stock

 

 

Gores Sponsor VI, LLC(2)(3)

 

 

8,550,000

 

 

 

19.9

 

%

Alec Gores(2)(3)

 

 

8,550,000

 

 

 

19.9

 

%

Guggenheim Partners, LLC(4)

 

 

4,000,000

 

 

 

11.6

 

%

Suvretta Capital Management, LLC(5)

 

 

2,750,000

 

 

 

8.0

 

%

Mark Stone

 

 

 

*

 

 

Andrew McBride

 

 

 

*

 

 

Randall Bort(2)

 

 

25,000

 

 

*

 

 

Elizabeth Marcellino(2)

 

 

25,000

 

 

*

 

 

Nancy Tellem(2)

 

 

25,000

 

 

*

 

 

All directors and officers as a group (6 individuals)

 

 

8,625,000

 

 

 

20.0

 

%

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

This table is based on 34,500,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of March 12, 2021. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as described in the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws and similar laws, we believe that each person listed above has sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the entities, directors and executives in this table is 9800 Wilshire Blvd., Beverly Hills, California 90212.

(2)

Represents Founders Shares which are automatically convertible into shares of Common Stock at the time of our Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. Percentage ownership assumes all shares are converted to Common Stock.


(3)

Represents shares held by our Sponsor which is controlled indirectly by Mr. Gores. Mr. Gores may be deemed to beneficially own 13,050,000 Founders Shares and ultimately exercises voting and dispositive power of the securities.

(4)

According to Schedule 13G filed on January 11, 2021. The business address of Guggenheim Capital, LLC is 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606.

(5) Accordingfollowing the filing deadline. In addition, pursuant to Schedule 13G filed on February 16, 2021. The business address of Suvretta Capital Management, LLC is 540 Madison Avenue, 7th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

Our Initial Stockholders will beneficially own 20%the terms of the then-issuedAmended and outstanding sharesRestated Registration Rights Agreement and subject to certain requirements and customary conditions, the Gores Holders are entitled to three demand registrations and the Matterport Holders are entitled to six demand registrations; provided, however, the Company is not obligated to participate in more than four demand registrations in any twelve-month period. Further, the Company is not obligated to participate in an underwritten offering if the aggregate gross proceeds from such offering are expected to be $25 million or less. The Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement also provides “piggy-back” registration rights to such stockholders and their permitted transferees, subject to certain requirements and customary conditions.

Indemnification Agreements
The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of our common stock (assuming they do not purchase any units inIncorporation contains provisions limiting the Public Offering)liability of executive officers and directors, and the Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that the Company will indemnify each of its executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Amended and Restated Bylaws also provide the board with discretion to indemnify certain key employees when determined appropriate by the board.
We have the right to appointentered into indemnification agreements with all of our directors prior to our initial business combinationand executive officers and certain other key employees. The indemnification agreements provide that the Company will indemnify each of its directors, executive officers, and other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by reasonsuch director, executive officer, or other key employee because of their ownership of founder shares. Holders of our public shares will not have the right to appoint any directors to our board of directors prior to our initial business combination. Because of this ownership block, our Initial Stockholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions, including approval of our initial business combination.

The holdershis or her status as one of the founder shares have agreed (A)Company’s directors, executive officers, or other key employees, to vote any shares ownedthe fullest extent permitted by them in favorDelaware law, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of any proposed business combinationIncorporation and (B) notthe Amended and Restated Bylaws. In addition, the indemnification agreements provide that, to redeem any sharesthe fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the Company will advance all expenses incurred by its directors, executive officers, and other key employees in connection with a stockholder vote to approvelegal proceeding involving his or her status as a proposed initial business combination.

Our Sponsordirector, executive officer, or key employee.

Pre-Merger Relationships and our officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws.

Related Party Transactions of GHVI

ITEM 13.

Founder Shares

On July 24, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 17,250,000 shares of GHVI’s Class F Common Stockcommon stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share. Subsequently, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to each of GHVI’s three independent directors at their original purchase price. On October 1, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 8,625,000 Founder Shares to usGHVI for no consideration, on October 23, 2020, the CompanyGHVI effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class F Common Stockthe Founder Shares of 6,468,750 shares thereof and on November 13, 2020 the Sponsor surrendered 6,468,750 Founder Shares to usGHVI for no consideration, resulting in an aggregate of 8,625,000 outstanding shares of Class F Common Stock.Founder Shares. As a result of such surrender,surrenders and stock dividend, the per-share purchase price increased to approximately $0.003 per share. The number of Founder Shares issued was determined based on
In connection with the expectation that such Founder Shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of the Public Offering. On September 11, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to each of the independent directors at their original purchase price. The Founder Shares are identical to the common stock included in the Units sold in the Public Offering except thatClosing, the Founder Shares will automatically convertconverted into shares of Class A common stock at the time of the Business Combination on a one-for-one basis and continue to be subject to adjustment as described in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

transfer restrictions applicable to the Founder Shares. The Initial StockholdersGores Holders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any Founder Shares until 180 days after our Business Combination, (the “Founder Shares Lock-Up Period”).

the Closing.

Private Placement Warrants

On December 15, 2020, the IPO Closing Date, our Sponsor purchased 4,450,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $2.00 per warrant,Private Placement Warrant, or $8,900,000.$8,900,000 in the aggregate. Each private placement warrantPrivate Placement Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Common Stockcommon stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share of Common Stock.share. The Private Placement Warrants may not be redeemed by the Companyus so long as they are held by ourthe Sponsor or its permitted transferees. If any Private Placement Warrants are transferred to holders other than ourthe Sponsor or its permitted transferees, such Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Companyus and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants included in the Units sold in the Public Offering. OurGHVI IPO. The Sponsor and its permitted transferees have the option to exercise the Private Placement Warrants on a physical (cash) or net share (cashless) basis.


The Initial Stockholders have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any Private Placement Warrants and the Common Stock underlying such Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of our Business Combination (such period, together with the Founder Shares Lock-Up Period, the “Lock-Up Periods”).

If we do not complete a Business Combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date, the proceeds of the sale of the Private

124


Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of our Common Stock, subjectwas made pursuant to the requirementsexemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of applicable law, and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

Registration Rights

Holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and Warrants issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, have registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands that the Company register under the Securities Act the Warrants and the Common Stock underlying the Warrants and the Founder Shares. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed by the Company subsequent to its completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement provides that that Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable Lock-Up Period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Related Party Notes

On July 24, 2020, Company borrowed $300,000 by the issuance of an unsecured promissory note from the Sponsor for $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering. This Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the completion of the Public Offering. This Note was repaid in full upon the completion of the Public Offering.

We may pay our Sponsor, or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with identifying, investigation and completing our Business Combination. These individuals will also be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which fees and expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on payments that may be made to our Sponsor, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with our Business Combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete a Business Combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from the Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $2.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in the Trust Account.

After our Business Combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our Business Combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

Administrative Services Agreement


On December 10, 2020, the CompanyGHVI entered into an agreement to pay monthly recurring expenses to The Gores Group of $20,000 for office space, utilities and secretarial support. TheThis agreement terminatesterminated upon the earlierClosing.

Pre-Merger Relationships and Related Party Transactions of Legacy Matterport
Legacy Matterport Series D Preferred Stock Financing
From February 2019 to June 2020, Legacy Matterport issued and sold shares of its Series D Preferred Stock to investors, including (i) Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P., an affiliate of Peter Hébert, a member of the completionLegacy Matterport board of directors, (ii) DCM VI, L.P., an affiliate of Jason Krikorian, a Business Combination or the liquidationmember of the Company.Legacy Matterport board of directors, and (iii) QUALCOMM Ventures LLC, an affiliate of Carlos Kokron, a member of the Legacy Matterport board or directors, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $85.4 million. In connection with the Closing, each share of Legacy Matterport’s Series D Preferred Stock was exchanged for Per Share Company Stock Consideration and the right to receive its Earn-out pro rata share of any Earn-out Shares issued.
The following table summarizes purchases of shares of Legacy Matterport’s Series D Preferred Stock by Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P., DCM VI, L.P. and QUALCOMM Ventures LLC.
Name
Shares of Series D Preferred Stock (1)
Total Purchase Price
Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P.(2)
5,498,666 $11,096,833 
DCM VI, L.P.(3)
2,071,973 $4,181,439 
QUALCOMM Ventures LLC(4)
1,734,888 $3,501,170 
(1) The shares of Series D Preferred Stock prior to the Merger have been retroactively restated to reflect the exchange ratio of approximately 4.1193 established in the Merger.
(2) Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P. is an affiliate of Peter Hébert, a member of Legacy Matterport’s board of directors.
(3) DCM VI, L.P. is an affiliate of Jason Krikorian, a member of Legacy Matterport’s board of directors.
(4) QUALCOMM Ventures LLC is an affiliate of Carlos Kokron, a member of Legacy Matterport’s board of directors.
2020 Convertible Promissory Notes
From January 2020 to March 2020, Legacy Matterport issued convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $8.5 million (the “2020 Notes”) to investors, including (i) $400,000 aggregate principal amount to DCM VI, L.P., an affiliate of Jason Krikorian, a member of the Legacy Matterport board of directors, (ii) $2.0 million aggregate principal amount to Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P., an affiliate of Peter Hébert, a member of the Legacy Matterport board of directors, and (iii) $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount to QUALCOMM Ventures LLC, an affiliate of Carlos Kokron, a member of the Legacy Matterport board of directors. The 2020 Notes accrued interest at a rate of 5% per annum. All of the 2020 Notes were converted to Legacy Matterport’s Series D Preferred Stock in April 2020 in connection with Legacy Matterport’s Series D Preferred Stock financing. In connection with the Closing, each share of Legacy Matterport’s Series D Preferred Stock was exchanged for Per Share Company Stock Consideration and the right to receive its Earn-out pro rata share of any Earn-out Shares issued.
The following table summarizes the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock that were issued to each of DCM VI, L.P., Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P. and QUALCOMM Ventures LLC upon the conversion of the 2020 Notes.
Name
Shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued upon conversion of the 2020 Notes(1)
Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P.(2)
1,116,078 
DCM VI, L.P.(3)
558,039 
QUALCOMM Ventures LLC(4)
223,216 
125


Director Independence

Nasdaq listing

(1) The shares of Series D Preferred Stock prior to the Merger have been retroactively restated to reflect the exchange ratio of approximately 4.1193 established in the Merger.
(2) Lux Co-Invest Opportunities, L.P. is an affiliate of Peter Hébert, a member of Matterport’s board of directors.
(3) QUALCOMM Ventures LLC is an affiliate of Carlos Kokron, a member of Matterport’s board of directors.
(4) DCM VI, L.P. is an affiliate of Jason Krikorian, a member of Matterport’s board of directors.
Investors’ Rights Agreement
In February 2019, Legacy Matterport entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement with certain holders of Legacy Matterport’s capital stock including certain directors and 5% holders of Legacy Matterport’s capital stock. This agreement terminated upon the Closing.
Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement
In February 2019, Legacy Matterport entered into an Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement with certain holders of Legacy Matterport’s capital stock including certain directors and 5% holders of Legacy Matterport’s capital stock. This agreement terminated upon the Closing.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees and Services
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP was appointed as our independent registered accounting firm in July 2021, upon the dismissal of KPMG LLP. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has audited the financial statements of Legacy Matterport since 2019. The following tables present the aggregate fees billed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and KPMG LLP to us (including Legacy Matterport, in the case of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP) for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
Years Ended
2021(2)
2021(3)
2020
Audit Fees (1)
$3,080 $1,063 $206 
Audit-related Fees— — — 
Tax Fees— — — 
All Other Fees (4)
— — 
Total Fees$3,083 $1,063 $206 
(1) Audit fees include fees for services performed to comply with the standards require that a majorityestablished by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, including the audit of our Board be independent. An “independent director” is definedconsolidated financial statements. This category also includes fees for audits provided in connection with statutory filings or services that generally only the principal independent auditor reasonably can provide, such as a person other than an officer or employeeconsent and assistance with and review of our SEC filings.
(2) Includes fees billed for professional services rendered in connection with the Company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship whichaudit of our year-end consolidated financial statements, including, audited financial statements presented in our Registration Statement on Form S-1 and Form S-4 in connection with our Merger transaction, quarterly reviews and services that are provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in connection with regulatory filings. The amounts also include interim procedures and audit fees, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings. Included in the opinion of2021 Audit Fees are fees billed in connection with our Merger.
(3) Represent fees billed for services for the period from January 1, 2021 through July 22, 2021 prior to the Merger. Audit Fees for professional services rendered by KPMG LLP includes reviewing the Company’s Board, would interferetwo quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and Form S-4 in connection with our Merger filed with the director’s exerciseSEC.
(4) “All Other Fees” consists of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilitiesfees related to subscriptions to an accounting regulatory database.

Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of a director. Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Our Board has determined that Mr. Bort, Ms. Marcellinoaudit committee’s policy is to pre‑approve all audit and Ms. Tellem are “independent directors” as defined in the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

ITEM 14.     PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Fees for professionalpermissible non‑audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm, since June 29, 2020 include:

For the Period from

June 29, 2020 (inception)

December 31, 2020

Audit Fees(1)

$

206,000

Audit-Related Fees(2)

Tax Fees(3)

All Other Fees(4)

Total

$

206,000

the scope of services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm and the fees for the services to be performed. These services may include audit services, audit‑related services, tax services and other services. Pre‑approval is detailed as to the particular service or category of services and is

(1)

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

126


(2)

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably relatedgenerally subject to a specific budget. Our independent registered public accounting firm and management are required to periodically report to performance of the audit or review of our year-end financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

(3)

Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice.

(4)

All Other Fees. All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services.

Policy on Board Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of the Independent Auditors

The audit committee is responsible for appointing, setting compensation and overseeing the work of the independent auditors. In recognition of this responsibility, the audit committee shall review and, in its sole discretion, pre-approve all audit and permitted non-auditregarding the extent of services to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with this pre‑approval, and the independent auditors asfees for the services performed to date.


Prior to the Merger, all of the services listed in the table above provided underby KPMG LLP were approved by Gores in accordance with its policies then in effect. Following the audit committee charter.

Merger, all of the services listed in the table above provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP were approved by our board of directors.

127


Part IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules.

(a) Documents files as part of this report
1. Consolidated Financial Statements
Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
2. Financial Statement Schedules
Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not required, not applicable, not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes thereto.

3. Exhibits †
The following documents areis a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Financial Statements:10-K.

Exhibit
Number
DescriptionFormFile No.ExhibitFiling DateFiled Herewith
2.1†8-K001-397902.17/28/2021
3.18-K001-397903.17/28/2021
3.28-K001-397903.27/28/2021
4.1S-1333-2493124.210/5/2020
4.28-K001-397904.112/16/2020
4.38-K001-397904.37/28/2021
10.18-K001-3979010.17/28/2021
10.28-K001-3979010.27/28/2021
10.3+
8-K001-3979010.3(a)7/28/2021
10.4+
8-K001-3979010.3(b)7/28/2021
10.5+
8-K001-3979010.3(c)7/28/2021
128


10.6†8-K001-3979010.47/28/2021
10.78-K001-3979010.12/8/2021
10.88-K001-3979010.22/8/2021
10.9S-4333-25505010.64/6/2021
10.10S-4333-25505010.74/6/2021
10.11S-4333-25505010.84/6/2021
10.12+
8-K001-3979010.57/28/2021
10.13+
S-4333-25505010.104/6/2021
10.14+
S-4333-25505010.114/6/2021
10.15*
21.1*
23.1*
31.1*
31.2*
32.1*
32.2*
101.INSInline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.*
101.SCHInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.*
101.CALInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.*
101.DEFInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.*
101.LABInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.*
101.PREInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.*
Exhibit 104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
_____________
*    Filed herewith
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
The financial statements listedschedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in “Indexaccordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(2). The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule to the Financial Statements” at “Item 8. Financial StatementsSecurities and Supplementary Data” are filed as part of this Annual Report onExchange Commission upon its request.

129


Item 16. Form 10-K.


(b)          Exhibits:  The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Exhibit

Number

Description

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 7, 2021, by and among Gores Holdings VI, Inc., Maker Merger Sub, Inc., Maker Merger Sub II, LLC and Matterport, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 8, 2021).

3.1

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 16, 2020).

3.2

Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 7, 2020).

4.1

Specimen Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 7, 2020).

4.2

Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 7, 2020).

4.3

Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 7, 2020).

4.4

Warrant Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 16, 2020).

10.1

Promissory Note, dated July 24, 2020, issued to Gores Sponsor VI LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 7, 2020).

10.2

Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 16, 2020).

10.3

Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, among the Company, Gores Sponsor VI LLC and certain other security holders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 16, 2020).

10.4

Sponsor Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated December 10, 2020, between the Company and Gores Sponsor VI LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 16, 2020).

10.5

Administrative Services Agreement, dated December 10, 2020, between the Company and The Gores Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 16, 2020).

10.6

Letter Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, by and between the Company and each of its officers and directors, and Gores Sponsor VI LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 16, 2020).

10.7

Form of Indemnity Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, between the Company and each of its officers and directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 16, 2020).

10-K Summary

None.

Exhibit

Number

Description

10.8

Securities Subscription Agreement, dated July 24, 2020, between the Registrant and Gores Sponsor VI LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 7, 2020).

24.1*

Power of Attorney (included on the signature pages herein).

31.1*

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2*

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1*

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2*

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101

The following financial statements from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Gores Holdings VI, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language (iXBRL): (i) Balance Sheets, (ii) Statement of Income, (iii) Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) Statement of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Financial Statements.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

130

*     Filed herewith.




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrantregistrant has duly caused this Reportreport to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


GORES HOLDINGS VI,

MATTERPORT, INC.

Date: March 18, 2022

By:
/s/ R.J. Pittman

Date:  March 12, 2021

By:

/s/ Mark Stone

R.J. Pittman

Mark Stone

Chief Executive Officer

(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark Stone and Andrew McBride and each or any one of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-Kreport has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrantregistrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Title

Date

/s/ Alec Gores

Chairman

Signature

March 12, 2021

Title
Date

Alec Gores

/s/ Mark Stone

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

March 12, 2021

Mark Stone

/s/ R.J. PittmanMarch 18, 2022

R.J. Pittman

/s/ Andrew McBride

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 12, 2021

Andrew McBride

/s/ James D. FayMarch 18, 2022

James D. Fay

/s/ Randall Bort

Director

March 12, 2021

Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Randall Bort

/s/ Peter PresunkaMarch 18, 2022

Peter Presunka

/s/ Elizabeth Marcellino

Director

March 12, 2021

Director

Elizabeth Marcellino

/s/ Michael B. GustafsonMarch 18, 2022

Michael B. Gustafson

/s/ Nancy Tellem

Director

March 12, 2021

Director

Nancy Tellem

/s/ Peter HébertMarch 18, 2022
Peter Hébert
Director
/s/ Jason KrikorianMarch 18, 2022
Jason Krikorian

97


131